THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth

Book II:
THE EARTH CHANGES
[18th Edition - Revised 2014]

Copyright 2014 by
Lawrence & Michael Sartorius
with the exception of credited quotations.

Deutsche Übersetzung: 'DIE NEUE ERDE' - Buch 2: Die Veränderungen der Erde
http://www.thenewearth.org/DieNeueErdeBuch2.html

     Introduction to the coming Earth Changes
     Chapter 1: Ancient Prophecies
     Chapter 2: A History of Upheaval
     Chapter 3: Prophets of Our Time
     Chapter 4: Cleansing Planet Earth
     Chapter 5: The Higher Plan
     Chapter 6: Time for Choice
     Chapter 7: The Flying Saucers
     Chapter 8: Home on a Mother Ship
     Chapter 9: Planning a New World
     Chapter 10: Updates from the Galactic Federation & Higher Spiritual Sources

Introduction to the coming Earth Changes

We are on the verge of a significant change of Universal Age, and it is now important at this time to become fully aware that we are in fact surrounded by millions of other worlds teeming with intelligent life. Most of them are vastly more advanced than our own world, living on higher Planes/Dimensions with a higher vibration-rate than Earth's dense-physical "Third Dimension". A large group of these worlds have been closely watching over us since WW II with millions of their Motherships invisibly surrounding us, ready to assist us at any moment to fulfill our Ascension up to a Fourth Dimensional "New Earth". They also have had an important function in shielding us from any unwarranted intrusions or attacks by those Forces of Darkness that unfortunately still exist within our Galaxy. However, they have never wished to directly interpose themselves on our World, as any interference without our express invitation would be wrong karmaically.

Most of us, as the "Explorer Race" have volunteered to come to Planet Earth expressly to partake in a planetary experiment in overcoming/resolving the Duality inherent in our Universe of Good and Evil - the eternal fight between the Forces of Light and Darkness - the Positive versus the Negative. This difficult process has actually been assisted by our being shrouded from contact with all the other Worlds under a Higher level Spiriutal Agreement made in volunteering to participate in the "Duality Experiment" as a "Veil of Forgetfullness”, so that we could pursue this experiment on behalf of the Cosmic Creator without distraction or undue outside interference. However, this "Veil" also became a part of a post "Lucifer Rebellion" "Quarantine" imposed upon our Planet over two-hundred thousand years ago, along with 37 other Planets in our Local System of Satania, a section of our "Milky Way" Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon by the ruling Grand Universe Hierarchy. This "Veil" has had the effect of cutting us off from direct contact with all the other surrounding Worlds and of any knowledge of their inhabitants. On the other hand this "Veil” has given us a unique opportunity to concentrate, un-influenced by outsiders, on our special Planetary experiment in exploring the ultimate extremes of Duality between the Forces of Good and Evil. We have undertaken this difficult task in order to develop new solutions, not only for our own World, but also for the benefit of many other Worlds. In addition, this "Veil of Forgetfullness" has at the same time prevented us at any time from opting-out of our agreed Earth Planet experiment and escaping to the peace of the Higher Spiritual Planes.

Our Space Brothers from more advanced worlds have had to limit our knowledge of their presence to only to those Earth Humans who either had a direct connection with them in a previous life or who had over many lives developed an extra-sensory psychic ability to communicate through channeling. Nonetheless, our Extraterrestrial visitors have at times tried to communicate directly with either our Governments or our media, especially so in a wish to warn them of the extreme dangers of our development and use of atomic weapons, and particularly the Hydrogen bomb. They did also have come to warn us of the coming "Earth Changes" associated with the ending of one Major Age Period and the approach of a New Age. However, Governments fearing the loss of their control over us, have conducted a major "Cover Up" of U.F.O.s and Extraterrestrial visitors since World War II, and at the same time intimidated the World's Media into ignoring any reports of their appearances in our skies. In the meantime, the Governments have quietly created their own secret files of all the numerous UFO sightings supplied by their Military Forces and filed them away in Top-Secret Archives, even though having at the same time secretly interacting with some of these extraterrestrial visitors.

As an example of the US Government's cover-up of UFOs and the existence of extraterrestrials over the years, only recently the true secrets of the well-known Roswell flying saucer crash in 1947 have been revealed, this being done by a non-governmental source. When a "Flying Saucer" was reported on the 8th of July 1947 to have crashed near Roswell, New Mexico, a US Air Force retrieval team was immediately sent to the site of the crash. Among them was an Air Force Senior Master Sergeant Nurse, Matilda MacElroy, who was given the task of attending to the sole survivor E.T. in the crashed craft out of the two other crew members. She turned out to be the only person on their return to the Military Base who was able to communicate with the E.T. survivor through telepathy, which nobody else was able to do. She was given the task of communicating with the small E.T. female Being, whom she was to name as "Airl", who had refused to answer any questions other than through her. After being helped by Nurse MacElroy to learn English through the use of many books borrowed from the Base's Library on all sorts of Earth subjects over a 16 day period, Airl was to give an extraordinary telepathic message, and only through Nurse MacElroy, which was transcribed by a Government stenographer. This gave many details the workings of what Airl described as the "Evil Old Empire" which had been working within our area of the Universe - fortunately much of which has since then been disbanded and removed, although remnants still do operate on Earth as the "Dark Cabal". (The outside derived "Dark Forces of Darkness" have also been vividly described in the Creator God Horus (Heru) messages in Chapter 10 of The New Earth - Book 1).

Following the E.T.'s death 6 weeks later, brought on by electric shock treatment by US Government operatives to force revelations out of her, Nurse MacElroy was debriefed and sent into forced retirement by the US Air Force, but managed in the confusion to retain her own copy of the transcripts of the interviews. These were duplicates of the "Top Secret" transcripts also kept by the US Government, the existence of which they have never revealed to the public. 60 years later on, Mrs. MacElroy sent her copy of the Transcripts to Lawrence R. Spencer, the Author of "The Oz Factors" (which she had read after he had contacted her by phone in 1998) not long before her death at the age of 83. Mr Spencer has bravely published this as the book "Alien Interview" (this can be read from the Free Link at the end of Book II).

On the night and early hours of February 20-21, 1954, while on a 'vacation' in Palm Springs, California, President Dwight Eisenhower 'went missing' and was taken to Edwards Air Force Base (previously Muroc Airfield) for a secret meeting. This was to be a 'First Contact' meeting with Extraterrestrials by the US Government and was the beginning of a series of later meetings with other Extraterrestrial Races. The Extraterrestrials of this visit were described as being of a "Nordic" appearance and they came to make a request for President Eisenhower to stop pursuing the Nuclear Arms Race and not to continue to develop the highly dangerous Hydrogen Bomb. However, Eisenhower's Administration responded that they could not do this so long as the Soviet Union also continued its own nuclear build-up. During the Extraterrestrial Negotiations, various other Government personnel took the unique opportunity to investigate the varied collection of spacecraft which had landed on the Airfield.

Later on in 1954, there was to be another meeting between the Eisenhower Administration and some quite different Extraterrestrials. These were a renegade race of Zeta Reticulians, better known as the "Grays", because of their gray colored skin. They have hairless bodies and a large head with big round dark eyes, the result of having to live many thousands of years underground on their Planet after contaminating the surface with a nuclear war with their more advanced Zeta Reticuli compatriots. The Grays were no longer able to reproduce themselves through normal physical means and had to rely on 'cloning' their bodies to continue life and therefore they were gradually dying out. They were also of a generally non-loving and self-serving nature. They were hoping to engineer a transference of Human Earthling DNA genetics to enable them to once again physically reproduce themselves.

It was in the latter part of 1954 that they landed at Holloman Air Force Base and requested the making a of Treaty with the U.S. Government in exchange for some of their more advanced technology. They identified themselves as originating from a Planet around a Red Star in the Constellation of Orion which we called Betelgeuse. They stated that their Planet was dying and that at some unknown future time they would no longer be able to survive there. A Treaty was eventually signed between them and the U.S. Government for them to re-engineer their failing DNA with that of Earth Humans in exchange for their spacecraft technology and weapons. The Treaty that was agreed on stated that the Aliens would not interfere in our affairs and we would not interfere in theirs. We agreed in return to keep their presence on Earth a secret and provide them with large underground Base facilities under the "Four Corners" area of Utah, New Mexico, Arizona and Colorado. They were not make any Treaty with any other Earth Nation. They would be allowed to make abductions of Humans on a limited and periodic basis for the purpose of medical examination and monitoring of our development, with the agreed requirement that the Humans would not be harmed, and be returned to their point of abduction with no memory of the event. They were also required to furnish the Government with a list of all Human contacts and abductees on a regularly scheduled basis. However, after over a period of forty years they had proved to have failed to either supply very meaningful new technology or to keep their word on the amount and degree of abductions. This applied particularly to women and children taken up to their Mothership for experimental surgery, as well as to their frequent mutilation of cattle in a continued effort to extract genetic codes. As a result, the U.S. Government had gradually closed down most of their extensive main underground Bases by the late 1990s, leaving them to carry on with only much more limited facilities for a short period.

There have indeed also been many other U.S. Government meetings with Extraterrestials. In fact, J.F. Kennedy was about to give a major speech on the day he was assassinated (by an Agent of Earth's "Secret Government") in which he would have revealed the existence of Extraterrestrials (click on this following link to his intended speech: JFKennedy's Speech he was to give on the Day he was Assassinated). As we know, this speech was unfortunately never given. In fact the Galactic Federation had planned to make a first major appearance with their space craft within a short period following Kennedy's Speech, and this plan had to be abandoned. It would no doubt have ushered in a major change of direction in Earth's future development.

Apart from these secret contacts with the U.S.Government, there have also been many thousands of unofficial reported "Flying-Saucer" or UFO sightings as well as quite a few direct contacts made to individuals. Although they became well-known to limited circles of Earth's "Lightworkers", they have always been totally ignored by the mainstream Media through behind-the-scenes Government control. One of the first major "Contactees" was George Adamski, who wrote several books in the mid 1950s detailing his physical contacts with Venusian, Saturnian and Martian Space visitors and of his journeys up in their Scout-ships to their large Motherships overhead. In his second book "Inside the Space Ships", he describes in fascinating detail the interiors of these Motherships and his many conversations with their Commanders and other onboard personnel. A few years later, Dino Kraspedon, a Brazilian, also published a book describing his unexpected meeting with the Captain of a 300-foot Flying Saucer Scout, who gave him much useful scientific information about space travel and their methods of propulsion. Among other things, the Captain explained how they can move at enormous speeds through our atmosphere by creating a vacuum around the Scouts by ionizing the air surrounding the craft to prevent atmospheric friction. He was also one of the first to give us information on the approaching "Earth Changes". (For extended excerpts from "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by Dino Kraspedon and the George Adamski books, see the Link at the end of this Book II)

In the last 16 years there have been a growing number of channeled E.T. messages published in various books and specialist magazines, particularly those coming from the Galactic Federation (see the "Updates" in Chapter 10) and also more recently from The Andromeda Council (see link at the end of Book II).

Another extraterrestrial phenomenon that has become well-known during the last twenty years have been the thousands of perfectly formed "Crop Circles" which mysteriously appear overnight in fields of cereal crops, especially so in Britain, giving us many beautiful and highly complex patterns. Photographs of them have been well documented in various books and on the Internet. Likewise, there are also the many photographs on the Internet and books of "flying saucers" or Scoutships. These are ones that the Space Visitors have permitted us to see through lowering their higher vibration rates down to our 3D level. There are thousands of huge Motherships stationed invisibly overhead, many of them over hundreds of miles in diameter, and as they mostly operate on the 4th and 5th Dimensional vibrational levels which is invisible to our 3D physical sight.

crop circle crop circle

Flying Saucer Flying Saucer Flying Saucer

Although our Space Visitors have up to now been limited to few Earth contacts, they promise that they will soon be making their first major appearance as part of a "First Contact" Mission, once Earth's major Governments have made their long awaited "Disclosure" announcement of the existence of Extraterrestrials. This "First Contact Event" will probably be made through providing a mass sighting of their spacecraft over several of Earth's major cities. They would then follow this up with a series of actual Earth landings in order to give us detailed information about themselves and to provide us with various useful technologies, such as the use of "free energy". However, they have in the meantime made contact with over 160 Earth Governments requesting them to make a full "Disclosure" announcement before they will make an appearance. Of course the various Governments have "dragged their heels", as they not only fear the loss of their power to rule over their citizens, but even more so from the dire effects of any revelations of their past massive cover up of E.T. and UFO contacts.

However, at least a few Governments, under considerable public pressure, are beginning to open up some of their Secret UFO files to the general public. The French Government has recently promised to now open some of its secret UFO files to researchers, as well as the British Government, who announced in March 2008 they will start making its UFO documents available through the Ministry of Defense, and which would feature hundreds of documented UFO sightings gathered over the last 10 years across the UK.

On the 12th of February 2008 the United Nations convened a secret gathering at the United Nations Headquarters in New York with Delegates of 28 major countries to discuss the increasing and unprecedented numbers of UFO sightings during 2007 and 2008. Security around the meeting was intense: everyone was searched at the entrance; pens, pins, key chain items were collected and even Member's UN Security Cards were temporarily taken in custody. This meeting was attended by over 40 Representatives of 28 Member Countries. A document from the Galactic Federation was circulated in the meeting in which a request was made that all the countries represented should make a full disclosure of E.T. existence. The Galactic Federation were offering to provide in return such useful technologies as new forms of "free energy". A debate then followed on how the UN might respond to this offer, if at all - we presume the answer was indeed negative. A similar document was later sent by the Galactic Federation directly to the relevant Ministries of all the attending 28 Member States.

Ever since World War II, the Galactic Federation of Light has been trying to give a warning to our major Governments, as well as to Earth's Scientific Community, on the extreme dangers of developing nuclear weapons . They also expressed an especial concern about our developing the Hydrogen Bomb and they informed us that Hydrogen is a basic "living" element permeating all our surrounding ether. A large scale use of Hydrogen bombs could set off a massive chain-reaction conflagration throughout the Ethers of Space in addition to destroying our Planet. In fact the Galactic Federation has been forced to intervene countless times to disrupt our setting off nuclear devices in particularly dangerous situations. This they can do by simply neutralizing them at their point of use.

Another important part of their mission was to alert us of the impending "Earth Changes" as part of the ending of a Major Universal Age. They have told us that the present ending of the two-hundred million year-long Grand Universal Age, is a time when all our Universes, Galaxies and Solar Systems must collectively move up a step to higher dimensional planes. This also coincides with our own Solar Ring and Milky Way Galaxy having just completed a long orbit around the Great Central Sun of the Universe, and is also the Zodiacal ending of Earth's 2000 year-long Piscean Age. The Piscean Age commenced around the time of the Birth of Christ, and ends on the 21st of December 2012 (as foretold in the ancient Mayan Calendar). That will be the start of the new "Aquarian Age", long been prophesied as bringing in a "Golden Age of Peace" on Earth.

There have been many other prophesies concerning these coming End-Times, such as in the Bible's "Book of Revelations". These are referred to in the Christian Bible as the "Final Day of Judgement" and also the promised "Second Coming of Christ". The same message has also been given in more recent times by the growing number of "New Age" Esoteric Schools of Higher Spiritual Knowledge.

Humanity on Planet Earth, along with the other inhabited worlds of our Solar System, is thus about to make an "Ascension" up to a higher "Dimension" or vibrational plane. We on Earth are already moving up from our past dense physical "Third Dimension" vibrational level to rising degrees towards the 4th Dimension. We and all living things have gradually been upgraded, through an inflow of powerful higher Celestial energies to now over 3.52 D and will soon be moving seamlessly further up into the Fourth Dimension. After a period as a Fourth Dimensional Planet Earth following Earth Humanity's Ascension after the 21st of December 2012, we shall then be moving further on up to the existing 5th Dimensional Earth. Those of Earth's inhabitants at that Ascension time that are ready to Ascend up to the Fifth Dimension will themselves move up to the 5th Dimensional Earth, along with all those already on our after-death Fourth Dimensional "Summerlands" Spiritual Plane.

Most of the advanced "Lightworkers" working and teaching down on Earth have themselves come down here as "Starseeds" from other Planets and Star Systems. Having already experienced living on higher Dimensions and more advanced worlds, such an Ascension will not be such a big deal for them. On the other hand, many of the younger Souls starting out on their long evolutionary Ascension on this "Seed Planet" for new Human Souls, may not yet be ready to make a move up to the Fourth Dimensional level, and will be relocated by the Galactic Federation to other worlds capable of supporting a Third Dimension vibrational level.

However, Planet Earth badly needs to go through a vibrational reformulation as well as a major surface cleansing of the worst of the environmental detritus and destructive effects made by its present inhabitants, as this will have a negative effect on the higher dimensional layers, which are all based on the fundamental 3D core. This will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation's Forces whose technology can do this within at least a couple of years or more. During this Planetary cleansing period certain 3D surface areas may need to go through some fairly major upheavals. However, most of us already beyond that basic 3D level will not feel experience the disruptions as they will have been placed suspended animation, also known as a state of "Stasis". However, those who are in areas of severe disruptions will lifted off by the Galactic Federation's Scout Craft and taken up for a temporary period to the overhead Motherships. Others in areas of danger may alternatively choose to be taken down into the interior hollow "Inner Earth", the home of an existing Fifth-dimensional civilization named "Aghartha", which will barely be affected by the 3D surface cleansing. This Ancient Civilization which has up to now not revealed itself to us surface dwellers, lives an advanced and almost perfect life within the hollow interior and the underside of Earth's 800 mile thick outer planetary crust. Here there exist a pristine environment of verdant landscapes, rivers, lakes, crystal cities, all of which are illuminated by its own interior Sun which shines as the high-density crystalline core at the very center of Planet Earth. [More information on the Inner Earth is available at the link to "The Inner Earth & Realm of Aghartha" at the end of this Book II]

Those not at this time ready to make their Ascension up to the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions, will therefore be relocated to an existing Third-dimensional level. There they may have to start on a new round of Third-dimensional physical evolution lasting anything upwards to 26,000 years until a new Galactic Age commences. Those still firmly rooted to the lower Third Dimension vibration with their barely controlled extremes of emotion and concentration on their own self-interest at the expense of others, would in any case find themselves unable to stand up to the higher vibrations of the Fourth Dimension. There they would experience intolerable discomfort and be unable to learn vital evolutionary lessons such as learning to overcome their many uncontrolled emotions and lower level desires.

Those yet wishing to move up to the higher Dimensions need to concentrate on changing their motivations of pure self-interest expressed at the expense of others. They need to move away from their physical "survival-mode" of subjective concentration on their self-interest, with its natural tendency towards a competitive individualism and the domination of others. They have to learn to embrace a new attitude of a less selfish service to others without always having a subjective motive of purely personal gain. They eventually will have to learn to give "Unconditional Love" to others combined with a spirit of cooperation, mutual tolerance and an allowance for the faults of others.

We may possibly be acquiring a "Second Sun" within our Solar System. According to Christ Michael this would be through an "ignition" of the Planet Jupiter into a brighter Nova of Light. This new energetic source of Light-energy would cause a magnetic Pole Reversal on Earth, during which time Earth will come to a brief stop and reverse its direction of rotation. The Sun will then be rising in the West! This process would cause some fairly major 3D surface changes as well as a possible five degree alteration of the Earth's Polar Axis, setting in motion some major earthquakes, extremely heavy winds, tidal waves, and floods.

That these Earth Changes have previously happened on Planet Earth in the past has been well-documented in geological studies, with entire continental landmasses either being submerged beneath the oceans, or raised up to become some of today's highest mountain ranges. Seashells and skeletons of fish have been found high up in the Himalayas and the Andes. The great plains of the USA from Mexico to Alaska are known to have been under the sea, and today's Eastern coast of America was the 'shore-line' of what are now the Appalachian Mountains. The North and South Poles have also been shown to have moved rapidly to new positions with the evidence of dramatic surface and climatic changes left behind. An aspect of this was first discovered in 1799, when frozen bodies of mammoths were unearthed in the tundra of Siberia, their stomachs containing freshly eaten grasses and leaves normally belonging to tropical regions thousands of miles to the South. Former tropical coral reefs have also been discovered as far north as Spitzbergen, within what is now the Polar Circle. Coal deposits found in Antarctica indicate that the area was once covered by equatorial forests.

We need to also become aware that Mother Earth/Gaia is herself a highly evolved Spirit ensouling the Planet. She now awaits impatiently for the long-desired Ascension of her 3D surface dwellers up to the Fourth and Fifth Dimensions. She has up to now had to maintain a long and painful duty of supporting a lowly evolved combative and turbulent Humanity as part of her Celestial service "Contract". However, she also needs to cleanse her 3D Planetary core of all the past pollution, damage and detritus that Humanity has accumulated on her surface. The many areas of interior blasting within her crust and Humanity's increasing extraction of oil has also caused her much 3D physical distress. Oil is in fact the very "life-blood" of her planetary body, part of the system that helps to lubricate the tectonic plates and thus help keep them properly locked together. An insufficient quantity of this substance at the intersection of two major continental plates resulted in the massive underwater Sumatra Earthquake and Tsunami of December 2004.

Humanity has to now undertake a process of erasing all past negative "Karma" before we can Ascend to the Fourth or Fifth Dimensions. We at this Eand of Age time need to balance out all our past Karmaic debts with those that we have previously harmed and at the same time give forgiveness to those that we consider may have wronged us in the past. Many of those long repressed emotional hurts and historical grievances which have accumulated over thousands of incarnations held as deep scars within our DNA and our Soul's memory, now need to be brought to the surface, resolved and finally transmuted.

At this time we can indeed see much of this resolving of past Karma going on as a world-wide activity within the many settlings of past historical grievances. This is particularly visible in the present day conflicts within the Middle East, where we see the re-surfacing of the old Christian-Muslim conflict which was first generated, and never properly resolved, during the time of the Crusades.

In conjunction with the ending of the present major Universal Age, there is at this time being enacted by the Celestial Hierarchy a major removal within our Galaxy of all the Forces of Darkness. Most of this darkness came in from a particularly evil outside infestation of darkness originating in a totally corrupted Grand Universe Creation out in the Great Void. It infected the outer regions of our surrounding Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton millions of years ago and spread to our own Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon. Now, at last we are coming to an end of over 500 million years of this pervasive darkness which had so subtly infiltrated the outer areas of the "Realms of Light". It has left behind a scene of much destruction and damage, which is only now being thoroughly cleansed within our Galaxy by the Galactic Forces of Light. (more information on this at the end of Book I, in Chapter 10).

Since Planet Earth was put in "quarantine" over 200,000 years ago after the Lucifer Rebellion, it has also had to undertake the function as a virtual "Prison Planet/Remand Center" for many of the most negative and destructive Beings within our Universe brought here for reform. Also, it had to fulfill its original role as a "Seed Planet" for young Souls starting out on their long Ascension and evolutionary path up from the Animal Kingdom. They have had learn how to control their as yet undeveloped animalistic emotional responses, which have a tendency to descend into violent conflict when conditions get difficult. By experiencing the many conflicts between each other they are eventually forced over time to evolve a deeper respect for the "sanctity of life", which will then allow them to move on up to higher worlds.

Planet Earth was at its creation within our Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon also given a role as an "Experimental Ecology Planet", in which new life forms and varieties of plant life were to be developed. All the diversity of biological life found throughout the Universe has at some time been brought here by the "Life Carriers" who have the job of physically creating new and improved life forms on a new experimental Ecology Planet. Also there were many of the original extraterrestrial Human settlers of Planet Earth who were brought here millions of year ago in the Motherships of the Galactic Federation as a specially selected team of volunteer "Celestial Gardeners". They came having made a solemn pledge to help in the development of new and better varieties of plant and animal life for this new Galactic Museum under a long-term "contract" to remain here as Stewards of Earth until a virtual "Garden of Eden" was finally established. Although they were eventually dragged down into lower and lower levels of dense 3rd Dimension physicality, and which was mainly caused by the various invasions by the Dark Forces within our Galaxy, they nevertheless maintained a Sacred Pledge to return here repeatedly until their job was finally done. Millions of years later, many are still here as the many ecologists who attempt to carry on the work of developing a yet more beautiful and diverse Planet.

This Planetary role as a Biological Showcase for the Galaxy explains the amazing rich variety of plant and animal life which we now enjoy. Our Planet is even now, despite Man's past destructive activities, considered by the other inhabited Worlds as being one of the most beautiful and green Water-Planets within the Galaxy. The future levels of Earth are destined to further develop this great wealth and variety of life to even greater heights, into a true Celestial "Garden of Eden", not only for our own enjoyment, but for the education and enjoyment of all the other Worlds who will be visiting us.

Apart from co-creating with our Galactic friends a beautiful green new world, we will also be developing many new and improved social systems from the learning gained through our difficult experiences of resolving positive-negative Duality. We shall become an exemplary "Showcase World" for the rest of the Galaxy and Grand Universe. The Earth's previously Third Dimensional inhabitants will have moved up from our previous inherent focus on pure "self-interest", to one of developing an enlightened attitude of "serving others" for the benefit of the whole. We shall be a loving and cooperative society which incorporates a deep respect for the integrity and rights of others. We will thus have developed a strong attitude of mutual respect for others out of our trials of resolving the positive-negative duality experience. This will in future be governed by a central Political Principle which mandates "that we take all possible steps to avoid intruding into, or causing harm, to another Being". This Political Principle can be encapsulated as: "Do unto others only as you would have them do unto you".

Chapter 1:
ANCIENT PROPHECIES

Many Biblical predictions have for long told us clearly and graphically of the coming "Final Day of Judgment", the "Second Coming of The Christ" and of our final reward of an Ascension up to the Heavenly realms.

The old Biblical "Final Day of Judgment" was traditionally divided into several different sequences, starting with the "Rapture", in which those who are "just and faithful to the ways of the Lord" are lifted up to the Heavens to avoid the "Tribulation" which follows. Then will the "Wrath of the Lord" descend upon those who have failed their Final Judgment followed by a great cleansing of Earth. A small "Remnant" who repent and learn to change their ways would possibly survive the Tribulation and emerge from their hiding places underground and in caves to commence a glorious new Millennium, a prophesied 1,000-year Golden Age of Peace, to be started off with the Second Coming of The Christ to Earth as the "Prince of Peace, King of Kings and Lord of Lords".

Isaiah describes the Tribulation graphically in the Old Testament:

"Behold the day of the Lord cometh cruel both with wrath and fierce anger to lay the Land desolate: and He shall destroy the sinners thereof out of it. For the stars of Heaven and the constellations thereof shall not give their light: the Sun shall be darkened in his going forth, and the Moon shall not cause her light to shine. And I will punish the World for their evil and the wicked for their iniquity; and I will cause the arrogance of the proud to cease, and will lay low the haughtiness of the Terrible. I will make a man more precious than fine gold; even a man the Golden Wedge of Ophir. Therefore I will shake the Heavens, and the Earth shall remove out of her place". [Isaiah 13: 9-13]

The New Testament gives four major prophecies of the Final Day of Judgment and the Second Coming of The Christ: from the Apostles Mark, Luke and Matthew, and the Book of Revelations by St. John of the Island of Patmos.

In the Gospel according to St Luke, Jesus speaks of the "Signs before the End" and the "Second Coming":

"The days will come, in which there shall not be left one stone upon another, that shall not be thrown down. Nation shall rise against nation and kingdom against kingdom: and great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from Heaven.

And there shall be signs in the Sun, and in the Moon, and in the stars; and upon the Earth distress of nations, with perplexity; the sea and waves roaring; men's hearts failing them for fear, and for looking after those things which are coming on the Earth: for the powers of Heaven shall be shaken.

And then shall they see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. And when these things begin to come to pass, then look up, and lift up your heads; for your redemption draweth nigh". [Luke 21: 6, 10, 25-28]

Likewise from St Matthew:

"For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And unless those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect's sake those days shall be shortened. Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken. But of that day and hour knoweth no man, no, not the Angels of Heaven, but my Father only". [Matthew 24: 21-22; 29, 36]

In the Book of Revelations, St John the Divine was given a vision in which a High Angel broke seven seals, each containing a revelation, a future vision:

"And I beheld when he had opened the Sixth Seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood; and the stars of Heaven fell unto the Earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

And the Heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

And when he had opened the Seventh Seal, there was silence in Heaven. And I saw the Seven Angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets.

The first Angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the Earth: and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.

And the second Angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood; and the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed.

And the third Angel sounded, and there fell a great star from Heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; and the name of the star is called Wormwood; and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

And the seventh Angel sounded; and there were great voices in Heaven, saying, "The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign for ever and ever". [Revelation 6:12-14; 8:1-2 & 7-11; 11:15]

The Buddhist tradition also foretells the end of the present civilization 2,500 years after the birth of the Buddha, at which time mankind will be redeemed by Maitreya, the future Buddha. The exact birth year of the original Buddha is not known, but the earliest of several dates is 566 BC, thus confirming the timing of the predicted changes to occur after the end of the 20th Century.

In the early 1830s the Church of the Latter Day Saints was founded on the prophecies given to Joseph Smith by an Angelic Being, named Moroni, and on Smith's subsequent discovery, under Moroni's direction, of buried golden tablets of great antiquity inscribed with much ancient wisdom which was to become "The Book of Mormon".

The Mormon teachings repeat the Biblical warnings of great judgments which were coming upon the Earth, with great desolations by famine, sword, and pestilence...

"And when that day shall come they shall be visited of the Lord of Hosts, with thunder and with earthquake, and with a great noise, and with storm, and with tempest, and with the flame of devouring fire".

One of the best known of more recent psychics and clairvoyants, Edgar Cayce, gave between 1901 and 1945 thousands of trance 'readings'. Cayce became well known for his trance diagnoses of illnesses and 'miracle' cures, later to be documented and confirmed by medical science. He also gave many predictions of future events which were to be proved unusually accurate. For the end of the Twentieth Century he predicted earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and catastrophic changes to the Earth's surface:

"The Earth will be broken up in many places. The early portion will see a change in the physical aspect of the West Coast of America. There will be open waters appearing in the northern portions of Greenland. There will be new lands seen off the Caribbean Sea, and dry land will appear. South America shall be shaken from the uppermost portion to the end, and in the Antarctic off Tierra del Fuego Land, and a strait with rushing waters..." [3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]

"The Earth will be broken up in the western portion of America. The greater portion of Japan must go into the sea. The upper portion of Europe will be changed as in the twinkling of an eye. Land will appear off the East coast of America..."[3976-15, Jan 19, 1934]

"There will be upheavals in the Arctic and the Antarctic that will make for the eruptions of volcanoes in the Torrid areas, and there will then be the shifting of the poles - so that where there have been frigid or semi-tropical areas, these will become the more tropical, and moss and fern will grow..." (3976-15, Jan 19, 1934)

"In the next few years, lands will appear in the Atlantic as well as in the Pacific. And what is the coastline now of many a land will be the bed of the ocean... Portions of the now East coast of New York, or New York City itself, will in the main disappear... while the southern portions of Carolina, Georgia, these will disappear". [1152-11, Aug 13, 1941]

Cayce also refers to ancient records of Atlantis hidden underground in a secret chamber near the Pyramid of Giza in Egypt, covering the entire history of mankind from pre-Egypt to the end of the 20th Century - which is, said Cayce, "...that period when there is to be the change in the Earth's position, and the return of the Great Initiate to that and other lands for the folding up of those prophecies that are depicted there". [5748-5]

[From the "Life Readings" by EDGAR CAYCE. Copyright 1971, 1993, 1995 by the Edgar Cayce Foundation, Virginia Beach, Virginia 23451, U.S.A. and used by permission.]

As we consider the possibility and the implications of these predicted Earth Changes, we can be quite certain that physical changes of enormous magnitude have already occurred many times during Planet Earth's long history.

Chapter 2:
A HISTORY OF UPHEAVAL

We tend quite naturally to regard "our Earth" as a stable and unchanging home, a "sure stronghold" which could never be substantially disrupted. Our confidence may from time to time be shaken by major earthquakes and typhoons, but these soon pass over, and we prefer to regard them as minor temporary upsets in an otherwise comfortable and predictable environment. There is however much geological evidence of sudden and major structural changes having taken place on Planet Earth in the past; and it is not unreasonable to consider the possibility that what has happened in the past may well be repeated.

Historical accounts written many centuries ago bear witness to previous planetary disruptions. Immanuel Velikovsky has made a major contribution to research in this area; his "Worlds in Collision", written in 1950, assembles numerous Biblical and ancient historical references to such events, drawing substantially on contemporary accounts from the Middle East and lower Mexico.

He quotes, for example, a long inscription in hieroglyphics on a shrine of black granite found at El-Arish on the border of Egypt and Palestine. It reads: "The land was in great affliction. Evil fell on this earth. There was a great upheaval in the residence. Nobody could leave the palace during nine days, and during these nine days of upheaval there was such a tempest that neither men nor gods could see the faces of those beside them".

This inscription corresponds with the Bible, Exodus 10,22: "And there was a thick darkness in all the land of Egypt three days. They saw not one another, neither rose any from his place for three days".

East of Egypt, in Babylonia, the eleventh tablet of the 'Epic of Gilgamesh' refers to the same events:

"From out of the horizon rose a dark cloud and it rushed against the Earth; the land was shriveled by the heat of flames. Desolation stretched to heaven; all that was bright was turned into darkness. Nor could a brother distinguish his brother. (For) six days the hurricane, deluge, and tempest continued sweeping the land, and all humans back to their clay were returned".

The Ancient Egyptian historian Ipuwer witnessed and survived this earthquake, recounting that: "The towns are destroyed, Upper Egypt has become a waste. All is ruin. The residence is overturned in a minute". [Papyrus Ipuwer 2:11, 3:13]

From his research into ancient documents, Velikovsky concludes that the Earth was forced out of its regular motion by the close approach of the body of a Comet: a major shock convulsed the lithosphere, and the area of the earthquake was the entire globe. Terrific hurricanes swept the Earth because of the change or reversal of the angular velocity of rotation and because of the sweeping gases, dust, and cinders of the Comet.

He supports this contention of worldwide disruptions with similar quotations from historical records of Mexican tradition.

The Mexican sacred book "Popol-Vuh", the "Manuscript Cakchiquel", and the "Manuscript Troano" all record how the mountains in every part of the Western Hemisphere simultaneously gushed lava. The volcanoes that opened along the entire chain of the Cordilleras and in other mountain ranges and on flat land vomited fire, vapour, and torrents of lava.

Velikovsky quotes "Manuscript Troano" and other documents of the Mayas which describe a cosmic catastrophe during which the ocean fell upon the continent and a terrible hurricane swept the Earth. These records provide graphic accounts of hurricanes which broke up and carried away all towns and forests. Exploding volcanoes, tides sweeping over mountains, and raging winds threatened to annihilate Humankind, and actually did annihilate many species of animals. The face of the Earth changed, mountains collapsed, other mountains grew and rose over the onrushing cataract of water driven from oceanic spaces, numberless rivers lost their beds, and a wild tornado moved through the debris descending from the sky.

The ancients referred to the physical agent that brought darkness and swept away houses and trees and even rocks and mounds of earth as "Hurakan", from which our present word 'hurricane' is derived. Hurakan, it is recorded, destroyed the major part of the Human Race. In the darkness swept by wind, resinous stuff fell from the sky and participated with fire on water in the destruction of the world. For five days, save for the burning naphtha and burning volcanoes, the World was dark, since the sun did not appear.

In a later book, "Earth in Upheaval", Velikovsky supports Biblical and other historical references with currently visible geological evidence of past upheavals.

He describes, for example, an area in Alaska to the north of Mount McKinley which has a frozen layer of "muck" composed of a jumble of trees and extinct animals, such as the mammoth, mastodon and super-bison. This was analyzed by Professor F.C. Hibben of the University of New Mexico, who concluded:

"There is ample evidence that at least portions of this material were deposited under catastrophic conditions. Mammal remains are for the most part dismembered and dis-articulated, even though some fragments yet retain, in their frozen state, portions of ligaments, skin, hair, and flesh. Twisted and torn trees are piled in splintered masses. At least four considerable layers of volcanic ash may be traced in these deposits, although they are extremely warped and distorted.

"The presence of volcanic ash indicates that a volcanic eruption did take place, and repeatedly, in four consecutive stages of the same epoch; but it is also apparent that the trees could have been uprooted and splintered only by hurricane or flood or a combination of both agencies. The animals could have been dismembered only by a stupendous wave that lifted and carried and smashed and tore and buried millions of bodies and millions of trees. Also, the area of the catastrophe was much greater than the action of a few volcanoes could have covered."

During the late 1830s Hugh Miller made a special study of the Old Red Sandstone in Scotland in which an abundant aquatic fauna is embedded. The animals embedded within it are seen in very 'disturbed' positions. Miller writes: "Some terrible catastrophe involved in sudden destruction the fish of an area at least a hundred miles from boundary to boundary, perhaps more. The same platform in Orkney, as at Cromarty, is strewn thick with remains, which exhibit unequivocally the marks of violent death. The figures are contorted, contracted, curved; the tail in many instances is bent around to the head; the spines stick out; the fins are spread to the full, as in fish that die in convulsions."

In 1901 a quick-frozen mammoth was found in Beresovka, Siberia, so well preserved that its eyeballs were fully intact. It still had buttercups in its mouth and the content of its stomach indicated that it had been eating temperate-zone plants, no longer growing in that area. R.S. Lull, Director of the Peabody Museum at Yale, reports the discovery in his book "Organic Evolution", confirming that: "...a fractured hip and fore limb, a great mass of clotted blood in the chest, and unswallowed grass between the clenched teeth, all point to the violence and suddenness of its passing."

Rock geology shows that there have been major uplifts of land-masses around the globe. The great massif of the Himalayas is estimated to have risen to its present height since the last Ice Age of over 11,000 years ago. Likewise the Andes in South America also show evidence of having been thrust upwards eleven thousand years ago.

Many other researchers have identified evidence of major geological changes during our Planet's long history; indeed, there are many areas in which even a casual observer can see such evidence for him or herself, as for example when erosion shows cross-sections of hillsides miles from the present coastline displaying deposits of seashells.

An interesting example, quoted in "Doomsday 1999 A.D.", by Charles Berlitz, can be found in Bolivia. The stone city of Tiahuanaco is so old that its broken pottery shows pictures of Pleistocene animals. Although Tiahuanaco is now at an altitude of 13,500 feet, too high for a population to live, its docks and quays indicate that it was once a seaport and that it rose with the Andes when they were created 11,000 years ago.

Immanuel Velikovsky summarizes these sudden geological changes:

"Wherever we investigate the geological records of this Earth, we find signs of catastrophes and upheavals, old and recent.

"Mountains sprang from plains, and other mountains were levelled; strata of the terrestrial crust were folded and pressed together and overturned and moved and put on top of other formations. Igneous rock melted and flooded enormous areas of land with miles-thick sheets, and the ocean bed flowed with molten rock. Ashes were showered down and built layers many yards thick on the ground and on the bottom of the oceans in their vast expanse. The shores of ancient lakes were tilted and are no longer horizontal and the seacoasts show subsidence or emergence, in some places, of over one thousand feet.

"Rocks of the Earth are filled with remains of life extinguished in a state of agony. Sedimentary rocks are one vast graveyard, and the granite and basalt, too, have embedded in them numberless living organisms. Shells have closed valves as they do in a living state, so unexpectedly came the entombment. Vast forests were burned and washed away and covered with the waters of the seas and with sand and turned to coal. Animals were swept to the far north and thrown into heaps and were soaked by bituminous outpourings. Broken bones and torn ligaments and the skins of animals, both of living species and of extinct species, were smashed together with splintered forests into huge piles.

"The evidence is overwhelming that the great global catastrophes were either accompanied or caused by the shifting of the terrestrial axis, or by a disturbance in the diurnal and annual motions of the Earth. The shifting of the axis could not have been brought about by internal causes, but only under the impact of external forces. The state of lavas with reversed magnetization, hundreds of times more intense than the inverted terrestrial magnetic field could impart, reveals the nature of the forces that were in action".

['Earth in Upheaval', by Immanuel Velikovsky – 1955 – Buccaneer Books Inc., Cutchogue, NY, USA.]

Set against the wider time-frame of the many dramatic surface changes which have already occurred, current predictions of major physical 'Earth Changes' may now perhaps seem less extreme. There is plenty of evidence that the Planet's very geography has in fact been dramatically changed many times before, and likewise, there is no scientific evidence to support the contention that such changes will not happen yet again.

Human Earth civilizations have also come and gone. Most people today look at the story of Humanity and assume that it has lasted for only six thousand years or so, but there have in fact been many much older civilizations, such as Lemuria (or Mu) in the Pacific Ocean and the legendary Atlantis in the Atlantic Ocean.

Chapter 3:
PROPHETS OF OUR TIME

In March 1994, NBC television network broadcast a program entitled "Ancient Prophecies", covering both ancient and contemporary predictions of Earth Changes. It was seen by millions of American and Canadian viewers and prompted over 24,000 enquiries. A major feature was the prediction by Gordon-Michael Scallion of violent and significant geological changes coming to Earth by the end of the Millennium. Although these events have not yet manifested, they still remain a potential possibility for the near future, and therefore their details are worth taking into consideration.

Mr. Scallion had worked in the field of communications and education until 1979, when he experienced a health crisis which left him with the 'gift of prophecy'. Some of his more notable prophecies were the 1992 Californian earthquakes on April 22 and June 28, Hurricane Andrew in Florida, and the Mississippi floods of 1993.

Viewers of the March 1994 program were shown a Future Map of the United States: 1998-2001 which Mr Scallion had visualized through his inner sight. Published by his company Matrix Institute, the map showed major geological changes in the United States occurring in two distinct phases:

A first super-mega California earthquake in the 10-15 magnitude range causes a fracture along a line from Eureka to Bakersfield and southwest to the Gulf of California-Baja. Gaps and fissures occur running the length of the San Joaquin and Sacramento Valleys. Flooding inundates much of the coastal area of California, causing some of the existing land mass to become islands.

In a second major Californian earthquake the Central North American Plate is thrust violently upward on a tilt, causing much of California to go under the sea. Higher elevations remain as islands and become known as the Isles of California. A large part of the land mass west of a line running from Newport Oregon to Tucson Arizona breaks away and sinks within minutes. This line forms the new West Coast of the United States, and with Phoenix, Arizona, becoming a major seaport.

Along the Eastern seaboard, coastlines from Maine to Florida are also pushed inland for many miles. Atlanta Georgia becomes a new seaport. Florida is reduced in size by more than half and all the Florida Keys disappear beneath the sea.

In the center of the American continent, a wide belt of water floods the Mississippi basin, connecting up with the Great Lakes, which themselves rise and expand, cutting off the Eastern part of the United States from the West and effectively creating two separate landmasses.

Mr. Scallion envisaged the Earth's magnetic pole shifting twice to the west: seven degrees at first, and then a further six degrees as a result of magna displacement through a shifting of the Earth's core. As a contributory element he saw a large heavenly body entering our solar system, the "Blue Star", causing a realignment of Earth's position within the system.

We should always bear in mind that although these events have not yet manifested themselves, they are all potentialities that can be seen from higher spiritual planes. Although they have in fact been delayed and greatly modified by the relatively good progress made by Humanity since that time, elements of them will nonetheless still manifest, although probably to a lesser degree, and at the appropriately set Divine time for our final Ascension.

Another 'Future Map' of America was channeled through Lori Adaile Toye, between 1988 and 1991, transmitted jointly by the Ascended Masters Saint Germain, Kuthumi, El Morya, Mother Mary, Sanat Kumara, Sananda, and other Masters of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy. It was published as the 'New World Atlas' by Seventh Ray Publishing of Payson Arizona.

This material demonstrated remarkable similarities with the map produced by Mr Scallion. Much of the American West Coast was to be inundated, from Washington State down to southern Oregon, with the ocean covering most of California, Nevada and Utah. This created a new coastline extending from the Rocky Mountains, near Denver, down to Phoenix, Arizona. Similarly the Mississippi River on this map expands into a wide inlet, running up to an enlarged Great Lakes area, with the East Coast partially flooded, and the bottom tip of Florida sinking under the ocean.

Again much of the same outline was prophesied from yet another source:

Hypnotic past-life regression is an established technique in which the patient under hypnosis is able to recall specific episodes from his or her past life or lives. The pioneering past-life and prenatal work of Dr Helen Wambach PhD is reviewed in her two published books Recalling Past Lives (Harper & Row 1978) and Life Before Life (Bantam Books 1979). Having demonstrated this technique to her satisfaction during a series of group workshops, Dr Wambach wondered how it would work when applied to the future. She therefore began giving similar workshops offering participants a chance to look ahead at their possible future lives through hypnotic progression, projection not into the past, but into the future.

Dr Wambach was at that time being assisted in her research and experiments by Dr Chet Snow PhD, who also then himself became her subject for a series of future life projections in 1983. Dr Snow was at that time an historian/archivist working as a civilian employee of the United States Air Force, subsequently obtaining a Hypno-therapy certification and now practising regression therapy. The fascinating record of these future projections under hypnosis is related in Dr Snow's book "Mass Dreams of the Future".

Under hypnosis, Dr Snow described, aloud, visions of his future life at the end of the 20th Century. Here he sees himself living on a remote ranch north of Phoenix Arizona, in a small community which had been set up both as a school for the development of psychic communication skills (mental telepathy) and as a survival base for the foreseen coming 'Earth Changes'.

He recounts that their small community was then busy laying-in stocks of food and other supplies, which were now becoming both expensive and scarce through changing weather patterns. In the world news, the weather was becoming increasingly unpredictable, with freak storms, record heat and cold periods, drought and exceptional rainfall around the globe. The world stock markets and financial systems were also collapsing.

In a time period of a year later, Dr Snow was made aware that a major earthquake had just hit the Pacific Rim area. The coastline areas of southern California had sunk, submerging the once densely built-up coastal areas under the sea. Mount Fuji had erupted, causing much of Japan to sink and triggering a chain of earthquakes and eruptions all around the Pacific 'Ring of Fire', including the West Coast of America right up into Alaska.

By the end of two weeks, television and radio were now telling everyone that "the worst is over". As Dr Snow, still under hypnosis, recounted: "The water is receding slowly and we'll just have to adjust to the new situation. The Federal Government is already setting up temporary relocation centers farther inland and everyone is talking of rebuilding. A lot of cropland has been permanently lost however, not to mention so much of the Southern California coastline."

Moving forward a couple of months, he reports that there followed in Southern California a far more devastating earthquake than the previous one: "It accelerated the sinking of major areas along the West Coast so that the coastline moved up to within a couple of hundred miles of Phoenix Arizona, and only the mountain areas remained above water all the way up to Oregon. In the south, the Gulf of Mexico surged inward over Texas; our part of Arizona was more or less cut off to both the east and west by water."

Moving yet further ahead in time, Dr Snow continues: "At first everything appeared totally black around me. Then I realized that the sky was completely dark now. The weather had also worsened as tons of dust and volcanic ash were thrown into the atmosphere by this second series of eruptions. Although the worst occurred during the first few weeks of havoc, the Sun simply did not return. Most green vegetation in a wide belt of the temperate zone withered and died."

['Mass Dreams of the Future', by Chet B. Snow and Helen Wambach - Deep Forest Press, Crest Park, CA – 1993]

One must bear in mind when considering such predictions, that all timings and sequences of future events can never be entirely accurate, as projection forward in time can only be made up of potential future. In all evolutionary progress, a sequence of real-life "cause-and-effect" events must always first of all take place, constantly being subjected to the changing modifications of individual "free will". Although a fairly accurate view projected forward is possible from higher planes, Humanity's inherent gift of "free will" causes unexpected modifications in any future sequence of events. Also, any future direction these take is always subject to the total progress of Humanity's "Collective Consciousness" during that period. This explains why we our now being informed by "Higher Sources" that much of the severity of the previously predicted "Earth Changes" has since been greatly modified, thanks to the fairly rapid spiritual and evolutionary progress of Humanity in recent years.

And now, approaching predictions of future Earth Changes from a totally different source, there have been since World War II an enormous quantity of channeled communications from Higher Spiritual Realms on the coming Earth Changes. A few selected examples follow:

The Master Hilarion, an Ascended Member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:

"The cities will become piles of rubble. The beautiful woodland scenes will be flattened by the might of terrible storms. Great earthquakes will rip the mantle of the planet apart in a patchwork of destruction never before seen on the Planet in the entire history of the race.

"Continents sunk thousands of years ago will rear up out of the ocean to show man that his civilization is not the first, and that this is not the first time that his efforts have been crushed by catastrophe.

"The atmospheric storms, which will roar across the surface, will tear down forests of trees at a single swipe, and raise water out of the natural reservoirs of lake and ocean to spread destruction and inundation far inland from the shore. Nothing will remain of the once-vaunted civilization that men have built for themselves.

"During the last portion of the Tribulation, the light of the Sun and the Moon will be shrouded out completely for long periods, and the very air that is breathed will turn to a foul miasma in the lungs."

[HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in "The Nature of Reality". Published 1979. Marcus Books, Bradford , Ontario, Canada]

The Master Jesus-Sananda:

"And there shall be a mighty earthquake and it shall split in twain the country of North America, and it shall be as nothing the world has known before, for it shall be that there shall be a great part of the great land of the North Continent go down, and a great sea shall form within her center part from Canada into the Gulf of Mexico.

"And the waters of the Mediterranean shall wash over the land to the North, unto the polar zone, and it shall return unto its place, and the Black Sea and the Mediterranean shall become one sea. And there shall be great changes within the borders of Asia.

"Africa shall be changed - her shoreline shall be broken to the West, and great rivers shall flow within the desert.

"Ye have been told time and time again that the Earth shall shift upon her axis, and so shall she. There shall be a change of climate. That which is now the barren North shall become semi-tropical. Trees shall bear semi-tropical fruit and the fauna shall be that of a new species. And that which is the impassable barrier of the South Pole shall be penetrated and Man shall discover a new continent within."

[JESUS-SANANDA, channeled by Sister Thedra in 'The Prophecies From Other Planets Concerning Our Earth' - The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona]

Brother Philip, of the Abbey of the Brotherhood of the Seven Rays in the Peruvian Andes near Lake Titicaca, gives us transcripts channeled from the 'Great White Brotherhood' in his book "Secret of the Andes". He quotes Sanat Kumara, a highly evolved Master from Venus who assumed the role of 'Planetary Logos of Earth' over 18 million years ago:

"And now we enter this great period of Initiation. The skies of Earth will become fantastic. I say verily that pen has not recorded nor voice uttered that which shall become a great sign and display in the skies of the Earth, for the elements themselves will have control for a short period of time. There will be great rainstorms and floods. You have heard how it rained forty days and nights. That is nothing compared to what it will rain. Perhaps it would be forty months. The entire face of the Earth shall change. It will become unrecognizable.

"Very soon the winds shall howl, sooner than we can realize. It is already upon us, for I have witnessed it on the plane which is just above that of physical expression upon the Earth, and that means that if it descends one more plane it shall find reality."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" - Leaves of Grass Press, Novato, California.]

Another source of channeled information originates from the Star systems of the Pleiades. The Pleiadians are a planetary Race which has been closely connected with Earth and the Human Race since our early arrival on this Planet; they themselves come from the same Human evolutionary roots in distant pre-Earth times on other planets. They have developed a prosperous and peaceful society within their own Star system, and have always maintained a close watch over Earth's development down through the ages. In the book "The Pleiadian Workbook", channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, the 'Pleiadian Emissaries of Light', speaking through their spokesperson, Ra, give an important insight into the wider context of the coming Earth Changes:

"You and your Planet are undergoing a unique and wondrous transition in your spiritual evolution at this time. You are preparing for a quantum leap unlike any that has ever occurred before. In order to help you understand this more fully, I must first tell you about the orbit of the entire Galaxy around the Great Central Sun of All That Is. Just like your 'Solar Ring' (our term for a 'Solar System') orbits around the Galactic Center, the Galaxy itself moves through space in the form of continual, connecting circles, like a great Cosmic Spiral.

"At the completion point of a multi billion-year single circular orbit around the Great Central Sun, our Galaxy connects diagonally to the next 'ring' on the great Cosmic Spiral. When this diagonal move from one ring of the great Cosmic Spiral to the next takes place, all of the planets, solar systems, and their inhabitants simultaneously take an 'initiatic' step into a new evolutionary cycle. This is occurring now. You are not only at the end of a 26,000-year Earth/Sun/Pleiadian cycle; the entire Pleiadian system, which includes this solar ring, is at the end of a 230,000,000-year orbit around the Galactic Center, and the entire Galaxy is at the completion of its infinitely longer orbit around the Great Central Sun....

"Prior to the end of 2012, Earth will undergo a spiritual and physical house-cleaning, corresponding to what have commonly been called the 'Earth Changes'. These changes, which have already begun, intensify both externally and internally as your Solar Ring moves deeper into the Photon Band, a high-frequency Cosmic emanation from the Galactic Center. You have been in and out of the edges of this Photon Band for a few years now, and, after the year 2000, will start to be completely immersed in this band for the next 2000 years.

"Floods, earthquakes, changes in land masses, volcanic eruptions, and finally a complete pole shift, will all take place within the remaining years prior to the year 2013, at which time the Galactic Solar Initiation of Earth, as a Mystery School and home for the Cities of Light, will finally take place. You who now live on Earth must choose whether or not you are ready to become spiritually responsible Human Beings in order to remain on Earth beyond that time. Those who do not wish to remain on Earth will be taken to another planet in a different part of the Galaxy where karmic lessons and third-dimensional evolution will continue."

[Ra, spokesperson for the collective Pleiadians Emissaries of Light, channeled by Amorah Quan Yin, in "The Pleiadian Workbook", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]

A more detailed background on the nature of the Photon Belt/Band is given to us from another Pleiadian Source, in this case by Satya, Astrologer, Keeper of the Records for the Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone. Alcyone not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but also functions as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own Solar System.

"Your Sun is spinning as the eighth Star of the Pleiadian spiral, and the Pleiades are themselves spiraling within the Galaxy as the whole Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar System travels through the Photon Belt and when Earth precesses the Ages of Leo and Aquarius, and then you orbit through the "Galactic Night" during all the other zodiacal polarities of the Great Ages - Cancer/Capricorn, Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio, Aries/Libra, and Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into the Photon Band as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving into the Age of Aquarius.

"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [a central Galaxy vortex that appears as a "Black Hole"] are of 9th-Dimensional pure darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes, the astounding power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-Dimensional Galactic Synchronization Beams. These Synchronization Beams spin out of the Black-Hole Galactic Centers, torqued by the galactic axial spin. These beams, belts, axes, and horizontal planes with Black Hole vortexes in their centers are 8th-Dimension organizational systems of intelligence. In the Milky Way Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional brilliance is part of the Light that belongs to the Galactic Federation, holding the Galaxy in form by means of the "information-highway" Photon Bands. All Stars existing permanently within the several Photon Bands generate spirals that capture other Stars, and these special "Photon Stars", such as Alcyone, then function as Galactic Federation Libraries.

"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which is located in the Photon Band eternally, travels through the 7th-Dimensional Photon Band for 2000 years of Earth time. Each Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for varying lengths of Earth time.

"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in the Photon Belt for more time than they are in the Galactic Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in the Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in the Light. What does this mean? Various members of the Solar System become very dense while in the Galactic Night, and this generates experience called "Karma" - feelings in our 4th-Dimensional bodies on the spiritual level that seek expression and then translate as actions down on the Third Dimension physical world. Bodies traveling in the 7th-D Photon Bands become less dense, more multidimensional. As a result, their acquisition of the Photon Light cleanses their emotional bodies and intensifies vibrations in physical bodies.

"The 7th-Dimension "donuts" of Photonic Light coming from the Galactic Center are information highways that stimulate the nature of "curiosity". The desire for union, for twinning, for new expressions of both sides of a Duality, derive from this passion of seeking. This seeking is what causes the rods of 7th-D Photonic Light to curl back on themselves to the Galactic Center, forming them into "donuts". The Galaxy would disintegrate into empty space without the nucleus of gravity in the Central vortex, from which pulses of Photonic Light then shoot out.

"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center and all the planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the planets move through these zodiacal zones, you can locate where a planet is in relationship to the Sun in these zones with astronomical ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to know that Earth first entered the Photon Belt during the Spring Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it further - one week more each side of that entry point each year. The border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk of your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Belt from March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed when the Photon Belt reaches your Sun by the Winter Solstice 1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will be engulfed in this tidal wave of Light after the Winter Solstice of 2012. Eventually, the whole Solar System will be totally in the Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be travelling all the way through it."

[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]


Our forthcoming LIGHT BODY through Mary Mageau

Humanity is experiencing a great awakening as we currently enter this time of transformation. Many of us are searching for deeper meaning in our lives as we change jobs, end old relationships, begin new ones, relocate to new places and dream bold, creative new dreams. All around us we witness to the fact that ordinary people are now asking questions, demanding answers and requesting greater accountability from our governments, churches and large institutions that hold power over us. And what is the driving force behind these world wide events? This scenario for change that is occurring everywhere is being driven by the waves of Light that are continually bombarding our Solar System and the Earth plane. And in the near future all who choose to fully participate in the new raising of consciousness will be transmuted into higher dimensional bodies of Light.

Within a 2,000 year period our Solar System passes through a band of extreme high energy. This band has been referred to as the Menasic Radiation or the Photon Belt. It is a period of intense "Light" that we have now entered and which will bring all life forms within it into a new and higher vibration. This Photon Light-energy has the capacity to lift all of life into a higher frequency dimension. It carries the seeds for the potential enlightenment of all Beings as the atomic structures within the very cells of our bodies, are tuning themselves to match the rising frequencies. We are shifting from a Third-dimensional carbon based body (that is, from one that matches the 3D vibratory rate and direction of atomic spin characterized by the electrons that make up carbon) to a Fifth or higher dimensional crystalline body (that is to one that matches the 5D atomic spin and frequency of crystal). So too the bodies of animals, plant life and all upon and within Earth are making this transition with us, as is our entire Galaxy.

Our Light Bodies are also being activated as these new energies recalibrate our dormant DNA strands that contain the blueprint of ourselves as Divine and fully Conscious Beings. Currently most of Humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA, intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information pertaining to our biology - such as our individual features and the genetic information passed on through our family lines, e.g.: a paternal grandfather's tendency toward arthritis, or a mother's genes for musical talent. These two strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the Human Being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the Human Being consists of a Soul embedded within a biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it?

Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a Human Being. Very Dark-energy Extraterrestrial forces, who were also genetic engineers, desired to keep the development of Humankind firmly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over 13,000 years ago, when the Human DNA molecule was breached. When these Dark Forces unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and isolate many of its strands and Human DNA was reduced to only a double helix. The disconnection of our original DNA manipulation resulted in a 'Veil' being placed between our five physical senses and our spiritual awareness. However there was a promise given from the Higher Realms. At some time in our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the divine blueprint of the original plan. In the meantime Humanity had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual development. Those guiding our spiritual heritage have sent representatives to assist us to elevate our thoughts and desires, so as to grow spiritually and regain our lost abilities. These advanced souls include the prophets, Jesus Christ, Muhammed, the Buddha, Archangel Michael and many others.

[Mary Mageau White (Sestriel)]

Chapter 4:
CLEANSING PLANET EARTH

Just as many of us may prefer to view our Planet as timelessly stable and unchanging, closing our minds to past and possible future disruptions, many also have a parallel view of Planet Earth as an inanimate object which we may exploit and abuse at our pleasure.

The 'Higher Wisdom' however gives us a view which is now gaining increasingly wide acceptance on Earth: that Mother Earth/Gaia is a living sentient Being, to whom we owe not just our respect, but the privilege of being permitted to reside and evolve upon Her surface.

Goddess Mother Earth, or Gaia, as she is also known, is a very High Being belonging to an earlier wave of Creative Light Beings. She is correctly referred to in the "female" as she has retained a certain predominantly female characteristic. Having already completed her own first Great Cycle of Evolution and returned to the Godhead in a past Great Universal Age, she was then given further 'Higher Service', a chance to become a "Planetary Being" through "ensouling" the body of Planet Earth. She was later given the assistance of a 'Planetary Logos', usually a highly evolved soul who maintains contact between all the evolving sentient lifeforms within and on the surface of a Planet and its ensouling Being. Up to now this has been the role of Lord Sanat Kumara, who was originally trained for this service on Planet Venus and to where he has now returned. It is he who has provided the vital link between Mother Earth and the Mineral, Plant, Animal and Human Kingdoms. However, at this time of the great Changes of Age, he himself will be shortly moving up to even higher service in another area of the Universe.

The Master ZEN TAO: "That Being whom you know as Mother Earth, the Goddess Gaia, is a very powerful Being, possessing profound wisdom and power. By the invocation of a single word she can transform the whole nature of her Being. Although she has released partial dominion on her surface to Humanity as Planetary Guardians of the mineral, plant and animal life so that Humanity may learn therefrom, ultimately Gaia controls the Planet and the nature of what manifests on its surface. Nature is her nature.

"This planet is now approaching a time in its evolutionary cycle when it will change dramatically, rather like a snake throwing off its old skin. Every so many thousands of years, no matter whether Humanity is incarnated on Earth or not, this planet goes through a metamorphic change as part of its natural cycle. As our physical bodies replace themselves every seven years, so does the planet's body. This is essential for the planet in order to preserve the creative, the reproductive nature of its being. So at its appointed time the planet goes through a cycle of transformation. This necessarily involves major movement of the planet's landmasses, movement of the waters, and the restructuring of the matter of the Earth."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

We should recognise, however, that the need for a thorough cleansing of Planet Earth at this time is more than a matter of regular end-of-cycle procedure.

Planet Earth has up to now served as host to many Souls of younger evolution and also of many more aggressive and destructive Souls from other parts of the Universe for a period of over twenty six million years. Earth is well-known within our Milky Way Galaxy as being a "school of hard lessons" for resolving all the aggressive and destructive tendencies that have arisen out of yet undeveloped emotional Heart-centers which yet lack the qualities of caring and love. Many throughout the Universe have chosen, whilst resting on the higher Spiritual Planes between physical incarnations, to come here in order to work out their naturally aggressive and destructive tendencies. This they eventually achieve through the outworkings of the Law of Karma when living within a relatively harsh and backward Physical World filled with conflict.

There are also many millions of young "Ascendant Souls", commencing out on their long evolutionary path of eventually becoming fully Conscious Human Beings, who have been placed on Planet Earth to learn their first elementary lessons after moving up from the Animal Kingdom. Here they have to first learn the social arts of containing conflict between themselves, developing their environment and creating a functioning economic system. And here they have their first chance to learn to discriminate between "good" and "evil", and over time develop a more fundamental respect for the "Sanctity of Life". By living through much painful conflict generated amongst themselves, they will gradually begin to see the advantages of not always resorting to pursuing their own self-interest at the expense of others through harming them. They are forced to learn when life becomes particularly difficult to overcome their initial natural reaction to kill and maim each other in order to get what they want, especially when these actions are rapidly turned back upon themselves by those they have attacked. The poor economic and environmental difficulties they often find themselves in are usually the result of their own inability to properly organize themselves socially and economically. Thus they soon need to become aware of developing, or to be instructed in, the social arts of politics and economics for their future well-being.

From the higher Spiritual Planes there can be seen over Planet Earth a surrounding great black cloud of negative thought that has been developing over a long period within the Ethers surrounding Earth. This great cloud of black negativity is now at last being finally cleansed at this time of the ending of a long Universal Age through Humanity now beginning to resolve and cleanse all its past Karma. However, there still remains a major physical cleansing to be done of all the massive damage, pollution and detritus left on Earth's surface by a hitherto poorly organised Humanity:

SANAT KUMARA: "Before the New Age can begin on Earth, our Planet will be rewarded for its years of service at the lowest level, by undergoing a thorough cleansing of its surface, removing and neutralizing our cumulative environmental damage and the dark cloud of accumulated negative thought which now surrounds us.

"The physical manifestation of this great cleansing will be precipitated by a tilting of the Earth's axis resulting in the Planet being literally 'shaken up'. This will cause an expansion of her molecules to a more tenuous, less dense aggregation, thus allowing a higher vibration rate.

"The cause of the destruction that shall come upon the Earth is from Man's own thinking. The Elements! They are intelligent life! They are part of the Infinite One, and because they are part of the Infinite One they will not respond to Man's negative thinking any longer. And they will rebel, causing great tidal waves and great winds."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in "Secret of the Andes" - Leaves of Grass Press, NOVATO California]

The Master ZEN TAO: "The Mineral Kingdom is under the control of Humanity. Humanity influences the Mineral Kingdom by its own thought-forms, by its own patterns of behaviour. Humanity can, and must, co-operate with that Kingdom if it is to continue on its evolutionary path on the Planet Earth, but for so long has the Mineral Kingdom been abused and vandalized by Humanity in order to serve its own ends, no matter what the cost to the Mineral Kingdom, that this co-operation has broken down. It is because of this that Humanity now approaches a time of planetary transformation, when the minerals of the Planet will move, will vibrate to a different note. If Humanity does not change to that note, does not recognize it, then it will perish.

"So be aware that this moment of rebirth is coming. The timing and the nature of the changes are known only to the Creator. Whilst Humanity can, and will influence these changes, it can not and will not prevent their happening. The test for Humanity lies in its acceptance of the Earth Changes as a natural and necessary happening, as an event which it has chosen to experience."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

Because Planet Earth has largely performed a role as a 'sacrificial host' to the less evolved and the more aggressive/destructive types of Humanity, she has suffered considerable physical abuse and pollution to her planetary body. Further evidence of Planet Earth's great sacrifice is offered in this beautiful testimony by the Angelic Being, ELOUAI:

"Greetings to you, my Beloveds. I am Elouai and I am a "Builder" of manifested Matter. I am not upon your Human line of evolution, but I am not one of what you call the Nature Forces. I stand with a company of others outside your Planet. I am not a space Being from another planet. My home is within the higher dimensional vibrations of space. I want to communicate to you what we feel about your Earth and your work. My companions and I are among those who dwelt in space and were brought here long ages ago as companions of the Solar Logos who created this particular Solar System.

"We are builders within his Solar Realm. Every planet that is formed is in a dynamic state of life and of growth, drawing to itself the substances of nourishment and releasing that which it cannot assimilate. Thus, there are those forms and manifestations of energy in creation which are the unused, unintegrated, unresolved and untransmuted results of the creative process.

"As in all living systems, until perfection and complete wholeness are achieved, there are in the body of the Solar Logos, which is the Solar System and all its Planets on all their levels of being, those forces and energies which correspond to waste material. These must be transmuted and reintegrated into the cycle of life as raw material for future creativity. In the evolutionary movement forward through time, this residue which is left behind must be gathered up and purified, and then returned to the Creative cycle; it cannot be allowed to accumulate or to express itself within the evolving body as centres of unintegrated and separate energies existing out of timing and out of place, hence becoming sources of evil.

"Please understand that for various reasons, Earth was set aside for the special task of being the 'purifier' for your Solar System for a period of time. Hence, there were attracted to your world those elements which I have mentioned of unresolved, unintegrated matter, energy and life to be harnessed into the denser nature of material form. Left in their exposed state, these energies had the power to impact harmfully upon the sensitive fabric of the Solar Being and upon the other Planets and their life-forms, being like a toxin within the systems of your own bodies.

"However, by being encapsulated into dense matter within the body of Earth, their vibrations could be slowed down and shielded from the body of the whole until these energies could be purified and reintegrated harmoniously and in love into the whole. As this was done, the Purifiers and Redeemers came to Earth as well as those who will yet be Purifiers and Redeemers in destinies yet unperceived and perhaps undreamed of by you. Earth became a schoolhouse in the experiences of confronting and resolving the challenges of primitive creativity and evolution.

"Your Planet became an arena for the interplay of the forces of evolution on many levels and the forces of non-integrated life and energy from many sources, some quite primitive and others more evolved, but all within a sidetrack of evolution that placed these energies outside the communion of the whole. Thus, Earth became analogous to a kidney in the body of the Solar System, regulating and transmuting the energies throughout the system, removing impurities and returning to the body of the whole only what is harmonious and integrated with the progressive evolution of the whole. Beings who had become tainted with energies of retrogressive evolution or devolution would come to Earth to be cleansed and reunited with the whole.

"In this fashion, your Planet has performed a tremendous service to all lifestreams and all planetary systems within the solar family, enabling them to continue their patterns of development with greater ease.

"No Planet or Being is asked to perform such a transmutative and sacrificial task endlessly, nor is it allowed to do so. The time must come when it takes up its own pattern of growth, new service and development. Now Earth seeks and is given Her redemption in a vast initiatory process occurring throughout the total body and life of the Solar Father. We who have associated with Earth since Her inception, now look upon this time as one of beauty without measure, joy without comparison.

"Those forms which still remain within unregenerated aspects of primitive and separative expression will be lovingly removed, with respect for their essential Divine nature, to other areas which have newly taken on the transmutative function. Now a vast work of purification is upon us to cleanse and beautify Earth as one would beautify and enrobe a bride before her marriage; in this fashion we greet Earth in Her time of great joy and accomplishment. This event seeks its expression through your hearts and minds and your dedication.

"Earth will always remain a place of special strength and contribution. Now she must progress with Her own evolution more rapidly than she could do if she remained within the service of transmutation. Because of this, you now see a great flood of population incarnating in order to take this opportunity for purification that they may maintain their link with solar evolution; otherwise they must sleep the long sleep to be reawakened in a future time in a future land."

[ELOUAI, an Angelic Being channeled in "Links With Space", published 1970 by Findhorn Press, Findhorn, Forres, Scotland]

Those who continue to fear the possibility of the coming "Earth Changes", should perhaps consider whether in fact our present civilization, with its sprawling Human development and pollution across the surface, as well as with so much poverty and starvation and constant wars is in fact really so worthy of continuance. On higher levels, the Ascension of Humanity and the rejuvenation of Planet Earth, regarded as one of the most naturally beautiful planets within our Galaxy, is in fact seen as a coming event of great joy.

SANAT KUMARA: "The Earth is a beautiful world, vastly more beautiful than some of its neighbours. I have always loved the Earth beyond all other creations, for I see within it a melody that has not yet escaped into the Ethers. I see it crying as one bound! But it shall not be deprived its Celestial Song much longer."

THE COUNCIL OF NINE (A high level circle of Great Beings whose role is to maintain the energy-balances within the Universe):

"May we explain to you that your Planet Earth is the most beautiful that exists in the Universe. It has a physical variety that no other planet has. It has a varied climate that no other planet has. In all the Universe there is no planet in existence that has the physical characteristics of Planet Earth. It is the rarest of beauties, and it does attract souls which, once they have come, would like to come back again.

"It is of a different nature from any other planet. It has aspects of all planets: it is like a composite of the Universe, with all the positive and all the negative aspects, and all in between, and this is what attracts Souls. It has with it a gravitational pull that is different from other planets, and because of this a Soul begins to feel – for the first time – a physicalness. Souls become adapted to their physical bodies, and they forget the freedom and pleasures they have without it... The Planet is a dense planet, and it in turn then gives a different feeling to the body, but it is actually experienced within the Soul of the individual. It feels pain, it feels pleasure, it feels sorrow, it feels happiness. The physical body has different feelings than in all the other planets and in all the other Souls that exist. In other systems, other galaxies, there are other physical Beings that do not have the density of this Planet. Here the Soul begins to feel in a different way than it had before, and it has the feel of desire. It is pleasure and pain. Yet this has become very important for the evolutionary growth of the Planet, because it was originally the Planet of Balance…"

"The Earth was created to be a paradise. When souls achieve harmony it will become a paradise again. But when we say a paradise we speak of a paradise of creativity, one that brings knowledge, one that brings joy and love; a paradise in which people may heal themselves or may even experience pain, if they wish. It is not a paradise where all challenge, all growth, or all pain will be removed. It will be a paradise where people, through their own experience, may evolve their own understanding of their connection with the Universe, accept their own responsibility for themselves, for their fellows, for Planet Earth, and therefore for the Universe, and may bring all of that, including themselves, into perfection…."

"This your Planet is a planet of Balance, for you to learn to balance between the Physical and Spiritual worlds. Planet Earth is the only one of its kind, the only planet of total free choice/free will in the entire Universe, the only planet created for the balancing of the spiritual with the physical, in other words, the creating of Paradise.

"Humanity has created corruption within, which came about because people became more involved in physicalness than in attempting to balance and understand. But now your Planet Earth is at a point where it may move out of balance quicker than at any other point. This is time for Humanity to begin to understand this, to live on this planet of great beauty with a true balance of spiritual and physical, and to live in unity with the Creator. Your purpose is to live in true balance, in manifestation of love, in connection with the Creator, in that which was created..."

"It is a time of awakening. It is a time to understand that within the self, people hold the key for bringing Planet Earth to its fulfillment; and that free will is never interfered with; and the destruction of Planet Earth is not necessary. This must be understood clearly, for the free will of Humankind can bring fulfillment to Planet Earth.

"Planet Earth is on the threshold of transformation. It is on the threshold of releasing Souls and Beings from bondage, so they may continue to elevate, and purify Planet Earth so the Universe may continue its path… When the Souls on Earth have finally recognized their reality and understood, they can then be released, and they can provide teachings and understandings for others in other Galaxies and Solar Systems in the Universe… It is a glorious time right now to live on your Planet Earth in physical form."

[The Council of Nine channeled by Tom – "The Only Planet of Choice" compiled by Phyllis V. Schlemmer & Palden Jenkins, published 1993 by Gateway Books, Wellow, BATH, Britain. ISBN 1 85860 004 9]

Chapter 5:
THE HIGHER PLAN

The Planetary Being known as Gaia/Mother Earth, having reached a certain point of major change in her development, now awaits her initiation to the Fifth Dimensional Plane. She is held back only by the slowness of her surface Humanity to raise its own vibration rates and consciousness and thereby undertake a joint 'Ascension'. The resolution of conflict between the various members of Humanity is still a matter in progress.

The Ascended Master, KUT HUMI (Koothumi), a member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy:

"To understand why Earth is in its present turmoil, we must flash back in time to the great civilization of Atlantis. Oh Yes; Atlantis really existed! Not as a figment of science fiction, but as a tangible civilization in Earth's past history.

"Man's purpose in experiencing life anywhere in the Universe is to grow in evolutionary experience and to master each phase in his eternal life. And how do we master the Third-dimensional environment of Earth? First, by getting to truly 'know ourselves' - who we are, what we are, why we are here. Second, by learning to control all aspects of this environment. Third, by understanding Earth and its relationship to what lies beyond the Third- dimensional environment.

"In Atlantis, Man had advanced to a remarkable degree of control and understanding of this Third-dimensional environment, and was at a point where he could have led Earth and its inhabitants into the Fourth-dimensional experience of physical-spiritual growth. Instead, some who possessed advanced knowledge began to abuse and pervert this knowledge by enslaving other men, and by misusing their spiritual powers in various other ways. When this abuse of spiritual power became too widespread, it set into motion certain karmic forces which resulted in the eventual disintegration and destruction of the civilization. This destruction did not occur in one giant cataclysm, as may be commonly supposed. Rather, it occurred as a process of decline that lasted over thousands of years.

"During this period of degeneration, the continent of Atlantis gradually broke apart and yielded its major portions to the Atlantic ocean. Over a period of time, the inhabitants of this once great civilization migrated to various parts of Earth, taking with them the remembered skills and technologies, resulting in the archeological wonders that fascinate us today. Modern archeology is for the most part at a loss to explain such evidences as still exist in Central and South America, in England and Egypt and elsewhere around Earth. Eventually the memory of the glorious civilization that once existed faded entirely, except in the awareness of the Adepts who possessed the Arcanum, and in the subconscious minds of former Atlanteans.

"What has all of this to do with the unfolding Divine Plan? Just this: Atlantis was not the only great civilization that has evolved on Earth. There have been others lost to antiquity, such as Lemuria. Each time that Mankind has advanced to the level of a Lemuria or an Atlantis, it has had within its reach the opportunity to raise Earth's level of consciousness to Fourth-dimensional awareness and it has failed. Each failure was due to the misuse of spiritual powers.

"In the past, this could be condoned because there was still another chance. Now, however, we have reached a point in Earth's history and in Galactic evolution where the transition into Fourth and Fifth-dimensional consciousness must be made.

"Man is now being made aware of certain galactic facts of universal, immortal life. As you know, our Solar System is a part of the Milky Way Galaxy. Our Solar System revolves around the Great Central Sun of the Milky Way Galaxy in an orbit that takes 206 million years, as you calculate time. Let us refer to this revolution of our Solar System around the Galaxy as the Great Cycle Orbit. Our Solar System was created over four and a half billion years ago. This corresponds to 22 Great Cycle Orbits of our Solar System around the Great Central Sun of the Galaxy. In the Will of Divine Mind, as communicated to the Spiritual Hierarchy of our Solar System, this completes the time cycle in which our entire Solar System is to remain in its present state of evolution. As the Aquarian Age dawns, we begin to move into a new orbit around the Great Central Sun, and to move into a new vibration where no expression below the Fifth Dimension can continue to exist on Earth.

"Man first began to experience life in our Solar System 206 million years ago, at the beginning of the present Great Cycle Orbit. The Divine Plan is for all Human life within our Solar System to achieve at least the awareness of Cosmic Consciousness by the end of this orbit, which is reaching its conclusion now with the end of the Piscean Age. This means that Man of Earth must immediately become aware of what Cosmic Consciousness is and take the necessary steps to raise his individual level of consciousness to that state of awareness. Failure to do so will result in temporary self destruction! Man of Earth, in his present state, simply cannot tolerate the new incoming vibration.

"Within this Great Cycle Orbit, there have been a number of lesser cycles. When the Atlantean civilization failed to reach its development potential, this left only the 26,000 year cycle of the Zodiac to complete the Plan. As the present Piscean Age draws to a close, this 26,000 year cycle, concurrently with the Great Cycle Orbit, comes to an end.

"At this moment, Planet Earth is the only planet in our Solar System where Man has not yet reached the Cosmic level of awareness. This level of consciousness must now be rapidly attained in order to fulfill the Divine Plan."

[The Ascended Master KUT HUMI, channeled by Joseph Whitfield in 'The Treasure of El Dorado', published 1977 by Treasure Publications, Roanoke, Virginia, USA. ISBN 0-912119-02-0. ]
[Kuthumi is Earth Chohan (Director) of the Second Ray of the Seven Rays of Service. The Second Ray is the Yellow Ray of Intellect and Science, concerned with Mind and Intelligence in the intellectual understanding of Divine Laws. His previous Earth incarnations were as: Aristotle; John the Beloved; Lao-Tze (China, 6th century B.C.); Theodosius (Emperor of Rome, 4th Century A.D.); St. Columba (known as the Apostle of Caledonia, who helped to convert Scotland to Christianity, 5th century A.D.); St. Francis of Assisi (Italy 12-13th century A.D., founder of the Franciscan Order) and Leonardo da Vinci (Italian painter, sculptor, architect, engineer and scientist, 15-16th century A.D.]


More former Earth Change Prophesies: Although most of these were made well over twenty years ago and at that time represented only a future potential, we continue to include them as some may yet become a future reality.

The Master SANAT KUMARA:

"Our entire Solar System is now coming into the Great Initiation....The Earth shall be surrounded by a golden corona. It is stepping into a higher rate of vibration. You are going from a Third Density, through the Fourth to a Fifth Density world. This must necessarily take place as you pass through the heart of the great 'Cosmic Cloud' [Photon Belt]. And then shall the prophecies, as recorded by Joel and many of the others come true; when the Sun shall turn blood red and the Moon shall be red as the ruby, and the day shall be gone and it shall be dark upon the Earth for a period of two weeks. There shall be much confusion. And the oxygen will be reduced upon the Earth for a short period, followed by periods of great moisture, baking heat and parched areas alternating with great moisture. Almost everything upon the face of the Earth will be destroyed.

"We are now on the border of this Great Initiation, we are heading closer and closer to its centre and fulfilment. That is why Christ returns to the Earth: because always the great Master of a Solar System incarnates and gives aid to the planet which is lowest in progression in that system.

"Yes, those who say catastrophe comes are true; they speak with truth; but the Earth will not end. It shall become new, as it is written. It does not say the world will end. It says there shall be a New Heaven and a New Earth; not a new Earth through the destruction of the old, but a new Earth - the old made new."

[The Master SANAT KUMARA, channeled by Brother Philip in Secret of the Andes - Leaves of Grass Press, Novato, California]

The incarnation of the Master Sananda as Jesus of Palestine marked a two-thousand year lead up to the Biblical 'Final Day of Judgment' and the 'Second Coming of The Christ'. Jesus-Sananda presently holds Office for the Earth planes as World Teacher. Here is part of his 'Second Coming Announcement' , channeled by Nada-Yolanda on August 17th 1966. Nada during her life channeled the Spiritual Hierarchy as the Founder of the Mark-Age Center, now situated at Elk Valley, Northeastern Tennessee.

"I speak in the name of Jesus, Lord of this World and of all which concerns this Earth sphere. I am he who is known as the Christ, and through this Channel announce my coming unto Earth once more. It is my intention that all who know and believe in this shall see and shall welcome it in the flesh. I have not come again before this present time, for Man was not ready to receive his Lord...

"Our Lord and Master of this Universe, known as Lord Michael [Christ Michael, Sovereign of our Local Universe of Nebadon], and he who is my Master Teacher, Lord Maitreya, are conversant with and in command over all universal laws and material laws physical to those particular dimensions...

"You have been alerted to these days and these times in the last two thousand years, since the resurrection of my body and my personality. In that time and in that consequence I never have ceased to work continuously in the efforts to bring forth this Second-Coming announcement. In the days ahead we prepare all for it; one here and another there, many, crying out the word and the announcement...

"I now enact the role given unto me throughout the ages: to be your Way-shower, to be your Prince, to be the Lord of the World and all that involves the Earth Planet..."

[Channeled by Nada-Yolanda in "MAPP* to Aquarius: Mark Age Period & Program" - Mark-Age, Inc., P.O. Box 10, Pioneer, Tennessee 37847, USA]

Planet Earth is destined, following the "Ascension Event" of the 21st of December 2012, also the start of Aquarian 'New Age', to commence its initial step up in vibration levels to the Fourth Dimension. At that time, the great Spiritual Being ensouling our Planet, Gaia will Ascend up to the Fifth Dimension, along with many other Earth's inhabitants that are ready to Ascend up to this higher Dimension. However the vast majority of Earth Humans will need to experience a further 3600 years at least on the Fourth Dimension, which they will do on a totally cleansed and reformulated 4D Earth. The existing Fourth Dimension Earth, which we know as the "Heavenly Realms" or "The Summerlands", a beautiful world of Peace, Love and enhanced 4D surroundings which we go up to after our 3D "Death Experience", will be itself moving up at Ascension time to the Fifth Dimension. Likewise, the existing 5th Dimension Earth will similarly be stepping up to the Sixth Dimension, and the existing Sixth Dimensional Earth up to the Seventh Dimension.

Following the Ascension Event nine months later (21st of September 2013), our present 3D World will finally commence its "Cleansing/Earth Changes", which could take the Galactic Federation Teams and Earth Lightworker volunteers up to four years. During this period, most of Humanity (other than the Lightworkers taken up to the Motherships) will go into "Stasis" (a form of suspended animation), from which they will wake up within the same apparent calendar period from an experience of "No Time", to a thoroughly cleansed and refreshed beautiful Fourth Dimensional New Earth. On the then 4th Dimension they shall once again regain a full "Spiritual Consciousness", and be able to communicate with our neighbouring Planets and other Higher Spiritual Worlds.

As the Master RAMALA outlined in the early 1990s: "The great Beings who govern matter through their knowledge of Infinite Law are trying to quicken the vibration of the Earth, to bring into operation a quicker and a higher frequency. In so doing there is what appears to Man to be confusion and disruption, for he is held between the sluggishness of his own body, caused by his past behaviour, and the attempt by the Lords of the Planet to bring him into a higher frequency of consciousness.

"These Great Beings are intervening so that Man shall not be destroyed, for within his body there is the great atomic structure of the Cosmos, and in his sluggishness, when that moment arrives, and it will, when the Earth uprights on its axis, if this outer quickening had not been put into motion, then the atomic structure of which Man is built would explode, because the force of the uprighting will bring into operation a great atomic expansion of the Planet.

"I will not go into the molecular structure and describe the behaviour of the atoms at that moment of change, but due to changes in pressure there will be a great transformation of the Earth's structure. There could be great devastation all over the Earth. It has, of course, happened before. You may read in the literature of ancient Man, and in the Bible, of similar occurrences.

"The cataclysm, which you would call a catastrophe, is really not a catastrophe: it is a step forward in the evolution of the Earth. Remember, that to die is not a finality, and that those who do die in the cataclysm to come will experience an increase in their consciousness, for in that moment of death they will learn.

"To you, perhaps, the concept of Armageddon is frightening. It signifies the release of energies beyond the control of Humanity, but if Humanity did but know it, it rarely controls its own environment. Because of its great intellectual progress Humanity has been led into believing that it is the master of its fate, that it is the master of the physical World, that Humanity alone decides the path on which it walks. But those of you who are aware of the God in all things, who recognize that the Divine Plan alone manifests on this Earth, know in your heart that the Cycle which is now beginning was planned aeons of time ago. It has been seen on other levels and has been prophesied by many Beings. It is a necessary path of evolution for this Earth. You are here, therefore, as witnesses to that path of evolution. Within your innermost Being is the knowledge of what is to come. It may not be with you on a conscious level, on a level which you can pull down into everyday physical reality, but within your heart is the knowledge of what is to come and the part that you must play in it."

[The Master RAMALA, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

Chapter 6:
TIME FOR CHOICE

The 'Day of Judgment' is traditionally a time at the end of a particular phase of planetary evolution when an assessment of each and every Soul's attainment is made to determine those who are able to join the move up to a higher plane, and those who must start again elsewhere at the beginning of that phase in order to re-attempt the lessons they have failed to master.

There are practical reasons for this assessment. Those whose vibration rates are below a certain level, reflecting a lack of evolutionary progress, will not be able to make the transition to the higher vibrational dimensions; they would find the intense vibrational light-energy of the Higher Spheres too painful. They would also no longer have the opportunity to express the many lower instincts and emotions which they have not as yet fully mastered, nor would they feel at all at home in such an elevated world of refined sensibilities.

All the Masters and Guides communicating at this time therefore stress the present urgency for us to resolve all our past hates and hurts as soon as possible. This we must do whilst we still have the opportunity left within the remaining testing environment of the dense Earth physical plane. This dense physical plane will soon no longer be a part of Planet Earth, and it is only at this very basic level that we can make rapid progress in resolving and transmuting past karma. By contrast, when we reside on the higher spiritual planes, we live in such a relatively perfect and peaceful environment that many of the more backward characteristics within our Soul do not surface or show up, making it much more difficult to reform or resolve them. If on the other hand, we do manage to tackle and master those tests we set ourselves down on Earth within the short time-frame left before the Earth Changes, we shall have thus made one of the greatest advances in our millions of years of evolutionary development.

For those whose destiny unfortunately hangs in the balance, between Ascension and starting over again on the bottom rung of the ladder of Evolution, an eleventh-hour special effort to reform our inherent faults may yet turn the scales. This time of Tribulation is the traditional 'Dividing of the Ways', the 'sorting of the wheat from the chaff'. Especially on this Planet, endowed as we are with a full expression of free will, every individual has the opportunity to make those significant choices moment by moment. Indeed in this present period of final resolution, the many opportunities will be multiplied and magnified by the increased Light-force energies now being beamed down to Earth by the Spiritual Hierarchy.

The Master HILARION, an Ascended Master from Planet Earth and a member of Earth's Planetary Hierarchy, made this comment some time past on the 'Tribulation' and the opportunities for Mankind:

"The Tribulation that has been planned for many thousands of years is descending upon the Earth. It will be recognized early by some who have remained aware of the Higher truths, but most will fail to see that the Last Days are upon them until near the end of the time of trial.

"We have previously spoken of the arrangement for Humanity by which rebirth and karma were to allow individual souls to learn the main spiritual lessons and to settle the debts incurred when that learning process led to the harming of others. It was thought at first that this great Plan would permit virtually all of Mankind to achieve the basic goal, which was to escape by its own efforts from the wheel of rebirth and the karmic necessity.

"But this hope was not realized. The temptation of Man's own base nature and the whisperings of the forces dedicated to his destruction proved, again and again, too strong for many souls whose resolve and whose spiritual sight were not sufficiently developed.

"For this reason a new Plan was devised in order to allow for all those whose steps had faltered, a final chance to gain the goal that had been set for Man. This Plan was laid some twelve thousand years before the present, at about the time that the great continent of Atlantis sank to its final destruction beneath the waves of the Atlantic Ocean. All of the details of the new Plan were carefully worked out at its inception and have not been changed in any important degree since that time.

"One of the most important components of the 'Tribulation' was the necessity that all those who appeared unlikely to have reached the required level by the end of the rebirth arrangement were to be given the chance to make the right choice during the period in question. At the inception of the plan for the Tribulation, it was not known and could not be foreseen exactly how many souls this necessity would apply to. But as the millennia passed and the time draws near, it became clear that a number in excess of four billion souls would require this last desperate chance to succeed where before they had failed.

"Prior to the passage of the Earth through the 'Cloud' [Photon Band] in space, a sign will appear in the sky, to indicate to those who have realized the truth, that the last days have come. This is the sign of the Son of Man spoken of in the Scriptures. Those who fail to understand and heed the meaning of the signs in the Heavens will not be able to escape the final, dreadful weeks and months of the Tribulation by a subsequent change of heart. All of those who earnestly and with the whole heart change their old sinful ways and take up the cross of service and dedication to their fellow man will become entitled to what the Scriptures call the 'Rapture'.

"The Rapture is essentially an escape from the horrors of the Tribulation, to a place of safety where those who have assembled there can work and learn in order to prepare themselves for the great task of reconstruction which will begin literally minutes after the Day of Wrath has terminated."

[The Master HILARION, channeled by Maurice B. Cooke in "The Nature of Reality". First published 1979. Marcus Books, Bradford, Ontario, Canada ]

This theme was also commented upon in the recent past by the Master EFI of Mars:

"Now for this day are they being prepared, when each and every one shall be put into another place, that which is prepared for them. Some shall be freed from all darkness; these shall be free to go and come throughout the Galaxy, and they shall know no barrier. Others shall be put into a place wherein they shall till the soil with their bare hands; they shall have no implements, they shall have no tools, no machines. They shall have no memory of their past, of their science or of their fortune of the past. Such shall be the destiny of them which betray themselves."

[The Master EFI of Mars, channeled by Sister Thedra in "Prophecies for Tiahunaco" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA ]

Those who fail to reach a point of being able to Ascend to a higher plane at this "End Cycle " of Resolution and Self-judgment, will themselves recognise the need to start over again on another Third-Dimensional Planet in some other Solar System which will still have facilities for such living. Particularly heartless and destructive souls may even find that their soul/spirit requires a return to a yet lower level, to start again in a Second-Dimensional world within the Mineral Kingdom. This is not a punishment, it is simply an objective reflection by your Higher Spirit/Soul of the fact that your lower personality-self would not be able to function at the new higher vibration rates. These Souls would find that they need once again to start over again and learn to become less ego-centered, to rise above the narrow view of self-interest and the unbalance of taking from others of that which has not been earned or is rightfully theirs. They have to learn to keep a karmaic balance by giving the same in return as they have received from others. Through keeping a proper balance between giving and receiving, they will come to learn all the joys of living in a peaceful and cooperative world, the great benefits derived from the respecting and caring for others, of learning to express unconditional love to all other life forms.

The CHRIST:
"Whatever form the healing of the Human world takes during these next few years, know that it is for the good of all. Do not be concerned with the fate of those who reject my Spirit. Their story is far from over. I am caring for each one in the manner of his or her greatest need. The Human world is in good hands. When you and much of Earth's present biological life have been sprinkled throughout the stars, and the oceans have changed places with the land, after the poles have shifted and new mountains have come to look over the plains, then will the truly slow-learners be recalled from the Mineral Realms where they shall slumber, to learn of intelligence again, and to come again to choose between love and fear."

[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper, San Francisco ]

The End Age time of Ascension is a Parting of the Ways. Those who choose to do so should make a personal assessment of their conduct towards others. The temptations of pursuing a course of exclusive self-interest have been magnified over the ages by the Forces of Darkness who have constantly wished to delay or prevent our spiritual progress.

The Master ZEN TAO: "It is inevitable, at such a critical time in the Earth's evolution, that the Forces of Darkness should be present just as much as the Forces of Light. The Forces of Darkness would like nothing better at this time than to subvert the path of the Aquarian Cycle, for this Cycle is destined to be the greatest Cycle in Humanity's evolutionary path.

"For every side or opinion that is present there will be another side or opinion to oppose it. This therefore requires that you exercise the great gift of discrimination. It is how you choose, and your motivation for choosing, that in essence represents the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. There will be many who will follow the path of evil, but remember that you can walk to the gates of Hell and still turn back. You follow a path only for as long as you wish to. There will be much suffering in the World but no more than Humanity can bear and understand. Many, for instance, will not be touched by the plagues that are predicted to come."

Clearly one of the predicted 'Plagues' testing Humanity at this time is the disease now known as 'Aids'. It is almost unique in that, with few and rare exceptions, it can either be contracted or avoided by one's own 'conscious' action:

The Master ZEN TAO: "Aids is the first of the seven plagues from which Humanity will suffer. Now you must understand that the purpose of disease is not to punish: it is to bring about transformation. Disease is a great tool of evolution and all disease should be seen in this way. Aids, of course, is a disease which is usually transmitted sexually. The greatest disease of the Human Race today is its abuse of sexuality. With Aids, therefore, you have a disease which demands sexual responsibility. Aids can be likened to a genetic time bomb, because ultimately only the pure in body, mind and spirit will survive it.

"The sexual act should not be regarded as an act of self-centered pleasure, but rather as an act of Cosmic creation. If you live a life of sexual purity you will not be touched by Aids. If you are pure in body, mind and spirit you will not be touched by much of what is to walk the face of this Earth. This is indeed the beginning of the sorting of the 'wheat from the chaff'. It would be true to say that in the New Age it will only be the pure of spirit, the pure of mind and the pure of body that will inherit the Earth."

[The Master ZEN TAO, channeled by the Ramala Centre, Glastonbury.]

It often seems at this present time that discipline in personal conduct is frowned upon. Yet it is perhaps now, as never before, that we should once again be guided by, and make every attempt to follow, the traditional old-fashioned ideals of 'Right Conduct', not only in treating our own bodies correctly, but of respecting the rights of others and the environment.

"And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be so overcharged with surfeiting, and drunkenness, and cares of this life, and that day comes upon you unawares. For as a snare shall it come on all them that dwell on the face of the whole Earth. Watch ye therefore, and pray always, that you may be accounted worthy to escape all these things that shall come to pass, and to stand before the Son of Man." Luke 21: 34-36

While 'surfeiting and drunkenness' are clearly to be avoided by those genuinely seeking to follow higher principles of conduct, there are more subtle ways in which we should seek self-improvement. In our 'civilized' world during recent times, the aggression used by those who are self-seekers has become subtler; but it remains aggression nonetheless:

The CHRIST: "Survival into the Third Millennium is reserved for the spiritually fit. The key to survival is not competition, but cooperation. Spiritual fitness is not aggression, it is fitting in with the purposes of the Earth and with the purposes of her Creator as these larger purposes blend in human exchange."

[The CHRIST, channeled by Ken Carey in "Vision" - Harper, San Francisco]

At this important time of self-examination, the Ascended Master St. GERMAIN, a member of Earth's Spiritual Hierarchy, recommends the practice of meditation (or communing within yourself), through which one can develop a mental calm and an openness to communication from one's Higher Self:

"I would like to suggest that meditation is very important for you at this time. Meditation is how you will gain mastery, the self-mastery and the focus that is required to go into your next phase. Meditation is how you will create the space between your limited Ego-Self and your deeper expression. You will put a little bit of distance between you and the Ego so that your reactions will not be so automatic with regard to responding to negativity. All of you are experiencing much of the density of the Earth in your daily life. But, if you can meditate you will not feel the effect of it in the same way. You will have more of an overview, so that when those emanations or impressions come to you, you can choose consciously and wisely in each moment how to respond."

Meditation, however, is not necessarily something that requires a lot of intense training, or sitting for hours in the 'Lotus Position'. The Masters have stressed that there are over a thousand different 'paths' to meditation, and that one can just as easily 'meditate' by simply walking and thinking within the quiet surroundings of Nature. Essentially, one is looking 'inward' in order to contact the inner voice or Higher Self, wherein, it is said, all the wisdom of the Universe is available.

The Master SAINT GERMAIN also stresses the importance of forgiveness. The significance of forgiveness is that in forgiving an insult or an act of aggression, the momentum of the act is thereby nullified; when we fail to forgive we perpetuate the act through a continuing stream of vengeance, so its evil effects are 'passed on', propagated and nurtured. Through forgiveness the totality of evil in the world can be progressively diminished.

"By forgiveness you can avoid the creation of any more negativity. You can 'let the buck stop' where it is, instead of passing it on as so many have done for so long in this world.

"When someone expresses anger towards you, the tendency of the Ego is to respond in the same way. And even if your Ego is not at that moment responding in the same way to that particular person, perhaps it will await a perfect opportunity to respond that way to another, in an attempt to clear itself of these impressions. This is why the negativity on the Earth has become so dense. Humanity has continued to pass it around, to propagate it, so to speak. And the goal of Mastery is, of course, to master this. Master your own creations and emanations so that what comes through you is Love, so that what comes through you is that Divine presence that you are. And that clarity which gives you wisdom to deal with situations, to defuse the reactionary elements of Human life."

[The Master St. GERMAIN, channeled by Eric Klein in "The Inner Door", Vol.2 - Oughten House Publications]

An underlying theme pervading all the warnings of the coming 'Day of Judgment' and the accompanying messages of counsel, emphasizes the need to seek a return to a balance and harmony in our lives, particularly in our relationships with other Humans, with animals, plants and the natural environment as a whole. We must also develop an intunement and sense of balance and harmony in the relationships between our 'two' Selves, our Earthly Self and our Higher Self. We have to live in a manner which causes no conflict with the 'ideal' as seen by our Higher Spiritual Self. This will help us to by-pass the 'Tribulations' to come.

The Master RAMALA: "If you yourself are living in balance and harmony, you can survive any physical challenge. Though you work in a room full of diseased people, you will not be touched by any disease. Though you are shot at by many guns, you will not be hit. Though you are thrown into the sea when a ship sinks and many drown, you will be saved. For those who live in peace, that is, obeying God's Natural Order, there is total protection. Those who follow God's Natural Order will find their own lives in order. For those who trust in their Creator, there can be no fear."

The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades: "You see, Dear One, if you are not in fear of what is to come, and know that you live in a perfectly safe universe, it is merely to live constantly in the 'moment of joy'. To know that you will, of course, be safe, that you will survive. It is your reality. You create it. If you are living in an area, for instance, which may be subject to a very sudden Earth change, and you are living in joy, and not in fear, then on that day, Beloved, you will be away visiting your Mother. You see, it is you who create the reality."

[The Master P'TAAH of the Pleiades, channeled by Jani King in The P'taah Tapes: Transformation of the Species - Triad Publishers Pty. Ltd., Cairns, Queensland, Australia ]

Chapter 7:
THE FLYING SAUCER CONNECTION

Many unfamiliar with the predictions of Earth Changes may nonetheless be aware of the much reported UFO/'Flying Saucer' activity around Earth. Even though Governments continue to cover-up and deny the existence of UFOs, opinion surveys report that in the USA over half the population believe they exist, and over 10,000 UFO sightings are reported annually around other parts of the world. In addition, in recent decades over 10,000 "Crop Circles" of amazingly intricate designs have mysteriously appeared overnight in fields of cereal crops and been recorded on film.

All of this UFO activity has three main purposes. One is an on-going program by our Space Brothers of monitoring and taking action where necessary to preserve peace and stability within our Solar System. The second is related to the nuclear threat of the post World War II period. The third, and most important of their ongoing programs, relates to preparations for the Ascension of Humanity and the coming "Earth Changes" of the New Age.

Most of these interplanetary visitors are Members of a "Galactic Federation of Light" composed of the various Solar Systems within our Galaxy that all follow the "Path of Light". These followers of the Light have been in constant opposition over millions of years with the "Anchara Alliance", followers of the "Path of Darkness", a dark group of non-loving, negative and destructive Beings dedicated to dominating and controlling others. As a result there have been many major Galactic Wars between our Galactic Forces of Light and the opposing Forces of Darkness. Now that we are approaching the present Universal End-of-Age cycle this situation is changing and we are all being require to step up to a new era of Galactic Peace between worlds. Many of the existing Forces of Darkness, having realised that they are on the losing side of evolution, are now joining up with the Forces of Light. They now see this as their last chance of redemption before being forced to start evolution all over again at the most primitive of levels. Therefore membership of the Galactic Federation of Light has recently increased from 100,000 members to over a total of 200,000 participating worlds.

Beyond our own Galaxy, there is a large organization of worlds who also follow the Path of Light, known as the "Intergalactic Union of Free Worlds". The function of this Organization is to coordinate and peacefully regulate affairs between the various Galaxies, Planets, and Solar Systems, and generally to uphold the Universal Law throughout the Galaxies. The Galactic Federation is locally represented within our Solar System by a a local group called "The Interplanetary Federation of Planets'. This local Solar System Interplanetary Council convenes on the Planet Saturn with representatives drawn from all the other inhabited planets of our Solar System. Up to now, Planet Earth has not had its own native-born Third-dimension Earthly Representative, and so until Earth has made its Ascension to the Fifth Dimension and is able to join on a conscious level with the whole of our Solar System Federation, Commander Monka of the Ashtar Space Command has been appointed on our behalf to represent us at their Council Meetings.

Within our Solar System there is an enormous Fleet of interplanetary space craft on station known as the Ashtar Command and whose task is to watch over Earth and to protect us during the Earth Changes and our Ascension. They are answerable directly to the Galactic Federation and to our own Earth Spiritual Hierarchy and are made up of a Fleet personnel of participants from many other Solar Systems within our Galaxy and Universe. The Ashtar Command's foremost responsibility is protecting us from any outside interference or intrusion by Alien spacecraft belonging to the remaining Forces of Darkness within our Galaxy. They will also have the task of assisting the inhabitants of Earth when the great planetary "Changes" finally begin.

This great Interplanetary Fleet is composed of over 100,000 Mother Ships stationed within our Solar System and with over 150-200 million Cosmic personnel keeping a watch over us. They themselves function on the Fifth-dimensional level and are therefore at present not visible to our physical Third-Dimension sight. This Force is led by its Commander, Ashtar, a highly evolved Soul who is well-known throughout the Universe as a staunch protector of freedom. He is described as having a strict and upright military bearing and is an important member of many Universal, Galactic and Intergalactic Councils. His own directly led personnel number about 20 million, and there are also over 4 million Space Beings working down on Earth's surface unobtrusively assisting us.

The Ashtar Command has its Headquarters on one of the large 'City' Motherships, the "Shan Chea/New Jerusalem". This Mothership is described as being over 100 miles/160km in diameter and 5 miles/8km high, with 12 major deck areas, with further Mezzanines each of 40ft/12m height. One of the middle deck areas is high enough to have its own artificial "sky" and miniature "Sun", with green countryside, lakes and gardens below for relaxation and recreational use. The Mothership is too large to approach us closely, as its great size could adversely affect the magnetic balance of Earth's orbit. This Ship, like the hundreds of other large Motherships (some of up to hundreds of miles in diameter) within the Ashtar Fleet, therefore has many smaller shuttle or "Scout Craft" on board which are able to approach us more closely. These are regularly used to monitor our surface and atmospheric conditions, correct geological imbalances such as potential earthquakes, or else be used to evacuate us during the major physical Earth changes. They are able to make themselves fully visible to our physical eyesight when needed through temporarily lowering their own vibration rates down to our Third-dimensional level. Up to now, they have not been permitted to reveal themselves, and are trying to avoid doing so until Earth's Governments announce their existence. Then they will joyfully make a "First Contact" Mass-landing.

Commander ASHTAR gives this 'overview' of the Ashtar Command and its work:

"There are millions of craft operating in this Solar System at all times and many, many of these belong to the Ashtar Command. Some are stationed far above your Planet and are more or less stationary for long periods of time, keeping track of the Earth on their monitoring systems. Others move about, discharging their various duties. We have small Scout Craft doing surveying activities and we have larger craft with extended range that are capable of operating in space and which visit Planets in other Solar Systems.

"We also have what you know as 'Motherships' or 'mother craft', with many smaller craft coming and going from the Mothership. There is thus a great deal of activity in what Earthlings think of as empty space.

"Our purpose is service, and we go where we are needed anywhere in this Sector of the Galaxy. Our Headquarters is on one of the largest of the Mother Craft, and orders and instructions come from this Craft. It is a city in itself. Most of our people are natives of one or another of the Planets within this Solar System, but also we do have those working with us from other Solar Systems. Our workers do visit their Home Planets at various times on what you might call vacations. Most of us have worked together for a very long time; we are a well-knit Confederation and feel that we are an effective one."

[Commander ASHTAR, channeled by Gladys Rodehaver and quoted in "Ashtar: A Tribute" - compiled by Tuella, Guardian Action Publications. The full text of "ASHTAR - A Tribute" can be read from the link at the end of Book II]

We also have to be aware, however, that not all 'Space Ships' making contact with Earth come as Representatives of the Galactic Federation of Light. Commander KORTON of the Ashtar Command, explains:

"There are those who do come, who are not from this Allegiance and who have no part in it. They come as observers and for their own ends. They are often highly scientific geniuses, and their material to their contacts can be highly impressive - indeed, almost always is. But they have come for the purpose of collecting data for their personal ends and not to give of themselves for the good of the Planet. These are not necessarily what you would call the "Dark Forces", which is yet of another deeper allegiance.

"Now the so-called "Dark Forces" (hitherto allowed as a balancing and learning agent in our Galaxy/Local Universe) are those who are still openly opposed to the Brotherhood of Light, its principles and standards and goals for Mankind and the Planet Earth. They would seize the Planet if that were possible, to control it for their own purposes, which would destroy the freedom of Man. Commander Ashtar has been one of the most staunch defenders of the freedom of Man and his inherent right to choose, to decide to fashion his own embodiment, without outside pressures put upon him.

"The bands of renegades that patrol the terrestrial realms are immediately dispatched to their proper level when overtaken in trespassing activities within this Solar System. The Fleets of the Heavenly Commands are prompt to transport such intruders in masterly fashion."

As a further and important example of its work, the Galactic Federation has since the end of World War II been greatly concerned for the safety of Planet Earth, more so from our own internally created threat than an outside one. The development of Earth's experimentation and use of nuclear energy after World War II caused grave concern throughout the Galaxy. This nuclear danger was a major reason why our Planet began to experience so many UFO visitations during the early 1950s. The inhabitants of other Solar Systems were greatly concerned at this new and dangerous development by Planet Earth and came into our orbit to monitor results of our newly acquired destructive capability. If Planet Earth had destroyed itself, at one time a distinct possibility, it would have had grave repercussions not only on all the orbits of our neighboring Planets, but on all of the other nearby Solar Systems and even threatened the stability of the whole Galaxy.

The Galactic Federation was therefore called upon to counteract our numerous experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions, both underground and in the atmosphere, with special devices to restore the orbital stability of our planetary orbit. They were also particularly concerned at our use of the Hydrogen Bomb. They consider Hydrogen as a sacred and living substance, the destructive use of which could have set alight the Ethers of our entire Solar System, spreading to adjacent Solar Systems and possibly a large part of the Galaxy. Already, as a result of our past experimental Atomic and Hydrogen explosions, Earth has experienced some minor deviations from her axis and is in constant danger of prematurely tilting her axis.

Space Commander ALIZANTIL:

"In the days when men were testing all their nuclear devices in the atmosphere and oceans, underground and on the surface, throwing caution to the wild winds, throwing Nature into chaos, very few who walk the Earth-plane at this hour, and at this moment, would have lived to read this message, had the Brotherhood not acted without fear or hesitation, with no recognition for the work that was secretly accomplished. Know that billions of your atoms which were thrown into violent discord in the atmosphere around each of the points of great explosion/repulsion, caused an activated build-up of great danger to your peoples, to your animal and plant life.

"From strategic places many small controlled devices (in the form of small remote-controlled discs and spheres) were dispatched upon their mission to the swirling clouds of discord billowing outwards as the atoms fought and jostled, each repelling the other in the great release of power uncontrolled by Man, whose folly exceeded all expectations.

"These small controlled devices (small implosion discs) drew unto themselves the atoms now discordant to your System and to the harmony of Nature; drew them inward, as a magnet from the atmosphere around them, to the point of saturation, whence they were withdrawn and treated, then to be decontaminated."

[Space Commander Alizantil, channeled by Frank Howard in "Journey in Space with Alizantil" -The Association of Sananda and Sanat Kumara, Sedona, Arizona, USA]

However it is now being confirmed from higher sources that the need for protection against the dangers both of Earth nuclear activity and the "Forces of Darkness" is greatly reduced, since both these dangers have now been substantially neutralized by our Space Brethren. Currently the main focus of spacecraft activity is on assisting and participating with us in Humanity's Ascension to the Fifth Dimension. From the end of the Second World War and up to twenty years ago, they were here mainly as a possible Evacuation Force if and when major surface changes commenced on Planet Earth. However, twenty years ago the original Plan for a major Pole shift and total evacuation of Humanity was changed since the Mass Consciousness of Man now demanded to go consciously through the Ascension process alongside Mother Earth, so they largely remain in that function in case of emergencies, as well as to lift off certain Lightworkers during the changeover process. In this respect, several Comanders of the Ashtar Space Command have clarified the emergency lift-off procedure that would be needed in those areas affected (through channeling by Tuella):

Commander ANDROMEDA REX:

"A major evacuation could possibly come upon the world very suddenly. The flash of emergency events would be as the lightening that flashes in the sky. So sudden and so quick in its happening that it is over almost before you are aware of its presence. And so it could be if the events that warrant this action come to the Planet. It at this time is not possible to describe what these events might be, but it is possible to instill at this time into the hearts of Humanity the hope and the knowledge of our vigilance and emergency actions on their behalf.

"Our rescue ships will be able to come in close enough in the twinkling of an eye to set the lifting beams in operation in a moment. And all over the globe where events warrant it, this would be the method of evacuation. Mankind will be lifted, levitated shall we say, by the beams from our smaller ships, due to possible planetary turbulence at the time with only limited surface landings. These smaller craft would in turn transport the persons to the larger Motherships overhead, higher in the atmosphere, where there is ample space and quarters and supplies for millions of people.

"It has been explained to you in the past that there is a certain amount of preparedness necessary because of exposure to this powerful levitation beam which will be operating in these circumstances. The frequency of it will be higher than most of your known electrical Earthly exposures.

"Those of extreme density and extreme selfish dispositions, especially at the expense of others or causing suffering to others, would find great physical difficulty in surviving in the frequency of our beams.

"This is why our messages have been broadcast to Mankind over the centuries to lift his own emanations and vibrations to a status of love and selflessness so that in so doing, a compatibility of forcefields will make his rescue possible.

"Those who have lived closely aligned to the Father's Will in their lives and have let the love of the Father flow through them, would have no problem with the frequency of the evacuation rays. For a high state of love in the Human heart reacts upon the Human forcefield surrounding the physical form, giving it an electrical sheath of protection and a blending with the incoming vibrations between now and that time. Indeed, if enough Souls could experience perfect love, there could very well be no need for a removal of Humanity.

"There is nothing to be feared in coming into our midst. We are loving, normal persons, as yourselves, with the attitude of good neighbors and helpers in a time of crisis. We are prepared with clothing, and your foods, and the needs to which you have accustomed yourselves. We would not be guards, but friends, and you will enjoy your time with us.

"There could be a period of time to be spent with us, for your beautiful Earth must be healed in its cleansing, and given time to return to its true glory. Then those who have been lifted in the body will be returned to reconstruct a New World and a New Order of things. As you tarry with us, you will be given the opportunity to attend classes and training for the work which will need to be done. You will be given our constant help in doing this; our advice and our technology will be at the disposal of these returning ones. Many others who have been lifted through natural transition will be returned in new bodies to participate in the new awakening.

"Those who could not participate in a lifting-off rescue will be transported, following their natural transition, to locations with a vibration and frequency equal to their own, where they may grow and learn at a pace slower than the new vibration of Planet Earth. For the Earth will be in an accelerated and very high frequency as it finds expression in the Aquarian Age."

[ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the Ashtar Command "Project: World Evacuation" can be read or downloaded from the link at the end of Book II]

Also, on the same theme, another view, this time from Commander YEORGOS:

"We of space have millions of space ships stationed in the skies above your Planet, ready to instantly lift you off at the first warning of a planetary tilting on its axis. If this happens, we would have only a very short period of time in which to lift you from the surface before such as great tidal waves lashing your coastlines - possibly five miles or more high!

"Such tidal waves could unleash great earthquakes and volcanic eruptions and cause some of your continents to split and sink in places and cause others to rise.

"We are very experienced in the evacuation of populations of planets! This is nothing new for the Galactic Fleet! We could expect to complete the evacuation on Earth of the Souls of Light in fifteen minutes - even when they are of a tremendous number.

"We should rescue the Souls of Light first. On our great Galactic Computers we have stored every thought, every act you have done in this and previous lifetimes. At the first indication of need to evacuate, our Computers would lock onto the location of the Souls of Light where they are at that instant!

"After the Souls of Light have been evacuated, then all the Children would be lifted off. Since children are not old enough to be accountable for their Earth actions, so they will all be evacuated to special Motherships to be cared for until they can be reunited with their parents. There will be people specially trained to handle their trauma. Many may be put to sleep temporarily, to help them overcome their fear and anxiety. Our computers are so sophisticated - far beyond anything on Earth in this Age - and can locate Mothers and Fathers of children wherever they are and notify them of their safety. Make no mistake – your Children shall be lifted to safety during any evacuation.

"After the evacuation of the Children from the area in question, the invitation will be extended to all remaining Souls in that location to join us. However, this will be for many only a short time although there is no question of not having enough space on board the Ships for you. The atmosphere, by this time, could possibly be full of fire, flying debris, poisonous smoke, and because the magnetic field of your Planet may be disturbed, we might have to leave your atmosphere very quickly or we, along with our spacecraft, could perish.

"Therefore, he who steps into our Levitation Beams first will be lifted first. Any hesitation on your part would mean the end of your Third-dimensional existence you call the physical body.

"Which brings us to the most serious and difficult part of an evacuation: As mentioned earlier, Souls of Light have a higher vibration frequency than those who are more closely 'tied' to the Earth and its ways.

"Since our Levitation Beams, which will be lifting you off the surface of the Planet, are very close to the same thing as your electrical charges, those of low vibrational frequency may not be able to withstand the high frequency of the Levitation Beams without departing their Third-dimensional bodies. If this happens, then your Soul will be released to join our God, the Father. "In His House are many Mansions."

"If you do not decide to step into the Levitation Beams to be lifted up, you might be one of those who survive a cleansing of your area of the Planet for the New Golden Age. However, during this period of cleansing, there could be great changes in climate, changes in land-masses, as the Poles of the Planet may have a new orientation.

"The most important point for you to remember is this: Any show of fear lowers your frequency of vibration, thus making you less compatible with our Levitation Beams!! Therefore: Above all else, remain calm and do not panic. Know that you are in expert hands, hands which have extensive experience in evacuation of entire Planets! We cannot overemphasize this: remain calm! Relax! Do not panic when you step into our Levitation Beams. Above all else, maintain your faith!

"What is to happen to you if you survive the lift off? First you will be taxied to our 'Motherships' anchored high above the Planet where you will be taken care of during your great trauma. Some of you may need medical attention. Our expert Medical Staff will be there to treat you with our highly advanced medical equipment. You will be fed and housed until such time as transfer elsewhere is advisable.

"Some of you may be taken to cities on other Planets to be trained in our advanced technology before being returned to the Planet Earth to start the New Age.

"Your beautiful Planet Earth is destined to be the most beautiful Star in the Universe. A Planet of Light! Here, you will rejoin the remainder of the Universe in brotherly love and fellowship with God the Father."

[Channeled through Glenda Stocks, 1994, in "Sipapu Odyssey", Phoenix Source Distributors , Las Vegas, Nevada]

Commander ALEVA of the Spaceship Rrmada, part of the Ashtar Space Command:

"All of you have been encoded. We have monitored many of you so that we would be familiar with your patterns and life styles to be of help where possible. We are sending our Love to you for we understand and know what you may be going through. Most of the coded Light Servers have already been temporarily brought aboard our ships in their sleep-state. When you finally arrive through our Lifting Beams, you will be awakened to this knowledge that you possess and then you will not feel so strange in these new surroundings.

"There will be changes in your lives as you all have Missions, and according to these Missions your training will continue so that you can carry them out with a minimum of adjustment. There are even facilities for your special pets. Yes, we care for pets just as you do. They are helping us to harmonize with all life forms and as you have discovered, I am sure, that harmonizing with nature is such a pleasure, and to attune to other life forms is so rewarding.

"There are many of us from distant Planets that have volunteered for this service, and I am sure you might be curious to know where we are all from. We volunteered to help those of you on the Earth plane in your time of crisis. We have studied to be able to communicate with you, studied your Earth life and hope to be of some help. Many of us have come from far distant Galaxies. As the word went out for volunteers, you would be astonished at the response. There were very few who, for reasons of family commitments and such, did not respond. Mostly all were anxious to be of service.

"You will not need any garments other than what we provide. We will probably not be able to give you much warning when the time comes for 'Beaming'. As you know, Love is the Key in the beam and everywhere else, so keep it flowing."

[Commander ALEVA of The Ashtar Command, channeled by Shalie, May 1988, Cosmic Light Foundation, Snohomish, WA.]

A further viewpoint is given by Commander HATONN, [Later to be revealed as Christ Michael ATON] on the Pleiadian "Phoenix" Mothership within the Ashtar Command Fleet:

"Each one of your names is written down on the records held in our great data banks. Your Sectors are carefully assigned to certain Fleets and Commanders who oversee the needs of your Sector. We know you are there and exactly where you are. Each one of you will without fail receive definite instructions at the crisis moment so that you will know where to be at a given time. No one will be missed or overlooked, and your participation is sure. Units of families, separated in the possible exodus, will be brought together again on our Ships as soon as events make this possible. Do not harbor fear of any kind, but think only in an attitude of thankfulness to our Father.

"There will be some you know and whom you love who will be remaining behind for reasons built into their own Being. You must release them into the hands of the Father, who will receive their Spiritual Being into His House where there are many Mansions. They will be escorted to a place their inner thoughts and life patterns have created for them, to begin again their upward spiral. You must accept that their personal choices have created their personal destiny.

"There will be a natural missing of accustomed environment, but a brief time with us will bring a forgetfulness, as you settle into the new routines and surrounding atmosphere. Our Ships are beautiful places to be, and the atmosphere within them is joy and love and concern for one another. There will be those of your own people, already trained to assist you in your adjustment to your new environment. We will have trained these beforehand for the work they are to do.

"You will recognize and know these Earth Teachers as special representatives of our Mission, even before a crisis has come. Follow them and heed their instructions, that all may go smoothly for you at any time of great confusion.

"I am Hatonn, and I shall personally greet all of you when you are lifted into our midst to remain with us for a little while. When the area of your Planet has been healed, you will be returned to it and all of your needs for reconstruction will be given. Higher Intelligences shall walk with you to assist you in a speedy reclaiming of the Earth in Universal Love. I am grateful for your consideration of my words."

[HATONN, channeled by Tuella in "Project: World Evacuation" - Guardian Action Publications. The full text of the above book can be read from the link at the end of Book II.]

Chapter 8:
HOME ON A MOTHER SHIP

Welcome aboard! These will be the words, and this the spirit, which will greet those who have chosen to be 'beamed up' to the Mother Ships if and when there are great upheavals.

The first task of our Space Brothers will be to repair the mental and physical damage, to soothe and comfort those who are in shock, to reassure, and as a matter of practicality, to bring together those who have been separated.

Next comes the gentle process of healing, and of continually raising our vibration rates. Indeed these two processes work together, for as our vibratory rates are raised, so any injuries or imperfections in our bodies will heal themselves to their perfect Etheric pattern, though in a few cases specific treatments may be necessary. This means that all our old disabilities, the damaged foot from childhood, the results of an internal operation, the scars of an accident, the internal wounds of some past sorrow... all these will be healed, returning our bodies to their truly 'natural' state, their 'higher' perfect pattern as it exists on the Etheric level.

ANDROMEDA REX of the Ashtar Command: "Those beamed up in physical form will be accelerated and quickened within that physical form to a more spiritual essence within the body, into what has been termed 'Light Bodies'. The physical form will remain the same in appearance to most, but that higher blending of the Etheric with the Physical will bring about change, and eliminate sickness and physical disharmony among you."

Our 'Collective Being' must also be healed, and there will be time to review the past Akashic Records of our Planetary History, much as individuals review their own history on the Higher Planes following the process we know as physical 'death'. We will at this time have the opportunity to see the entire span of Human Evolution on Earth, learning in the process from our successes and our failures. We will see the wars and devastation, the slavery, the inhuman treatment of Man by fellow Man, the mass slaughter of animals. And we will be able to review the true damage done to our Planet's environment as we comprehend the full extent of Human pollution and the havoc wrought by nuclear explosions, and as we also view for the first time the dense 'black cloud of negative thought' which has surrounded our world in the past.

But we will also see through looking into the Akashic Records, all the positive aspect of the caring, the charity, the ideals of reform, the service, the good we have done to one another. And we will see "holographically" our former art, hear the music, watch the great theatrical dramas, 'tour' the historic gardens of great houses and castles of yesteryear, follow intrepid explorers of yore into uncharted territory as they withstand extremes of climate and face great dangers in order to push forward the frontiers of Human knowledge. And we will be able to watch the past brainstorming of scientists as they explored the sky and stars, the phenomena of time and gravity, as they discovered and learnt to harness the power of electricity, as they developed methods of capturing music then broadcasted it on the airwaves or encapsulated it on magical silver discs, or as they invented and perfected tiny electronic chips with memories and calculating power far beyond our previous Human capacity. We will be watching on the viewing screens, in 3D "virtual reality", the entire History of our Planet: "This is Your Life" spanning over thirty million years!

There will be time, too, set aside for individual personal development, for learning new artistic and intellectual skills, for studying ourselves so that we may know ourselves better.

Nor will we be denied entertainment and enjoyment! We will share relaxation and games, drama and music with one another and with our Space Friends; we will enjoy the extensive recreational parks created within the Mother Ships in which to walk, relax and meditate. There will be no shortage of pleasurable activity.

Commander ALEVA of the Ashtar Command: "We have recreation areas, great Lecture Halls and we have school-type rooms where you will receive instruction in this new environment and new life style so that you will feel right at home in a very short time. We have entertainment and we have tried to gather foods that would please you."

There must also be site orientation of course; conducted tours around the Mother Ship which is to be 'home' for the time whilst Earth is being cleansed and replanted.

When we think of 'Spaceships' we will probably visualize their size as corresponding to perhaps one of our largest ocean-going Cruise Ships. The actual reality, when we come to confront it, will require a major effort of comprehension!

Tuella gives us her own personal description from one of her Astral-body visits up to the Command Mothership of the Intergalactic Fleet, the Shan Chea, Headquarters of the Ashtar Command, which even now stands ready to receive its Earth guests:

"Make no mistake about it, the Inns of Heaven are ready, awaiting their guests. Nothing is crowded in these self contained, phenomenally organized, incredibly spacious floating Etheric worlds. Seven of these great Pearly White Space Cities are at present [c.1987] said to be in readiness, which vary in size from ten miles in diameter to one of the largest, which houses the Headquarters of Lord Jesus Sananda, Lord Ashtar and the Ashtar Command. It is over one hundred miles in diameter.

The Great Space Cities have twelve levels (in most cases) and it has occurred to me that you would enjoy a tour to inspect one of the largest, the Headquarters of The Ashtar Command. Approaching, we first see the underneath level One, which is the great entry and exit portal for trafficking craft. It consists of disembarking platforms, parking docks, garages for incoming visiting craft, maintenance departments, and storage areas for the thousands of small scout ships cleverly stacked one over the other.

The Second level might be termed a colossal stockroom. This is the Quartermaster Deck, containing all manner of supplies and inventories for the varied needs of all levels. It is like a city of warehouses, but immaculately clean of course.

The Third level is as a vast zoo. It is the level set aside for animal husbandry research, and birdland. Every manner of creature from many worlds has a habitat here. It is rather a noisy level, but the air there is nevertheless pure and pleasant.

Above it, level Four is designated for Agricultural research. It is like a vast farmland of well kept vegetable and botanical gardens, fruit orchards and sample specimens brought on board from various worlds for reseeding on new worlds, and activity of that nature.

The Fifth level is a housing center for all those technicians and persons who serve on the four levels beneath.

Directly above Five, at Level Six is the breathtakingly beautiful Recreational level and lushly landscaped park areas, where a relaxing stroll is sheer joy. All manner of recreational activities are located here for access by all residents of all ages.

Strategically located, level Seven is the sprawling Medical Complex. Awesome in size, many information centers are needed to guide one. It contains all comprehensive patient facilities and quarters for all medical personnel. Dental care areas, biological research centers, and the Ship's laboratories; all elaborated with the finest technology Space has to offer.

The Eighth level is the housing prepared for Earth's visiting Lightworkers and Evacuees. It contains staterooms for individuals and apartments for families as far as the eye can see. These areas are dotted with countless joint dining areas, social halls, nursery care sections, laundry facilities and of course information offices. Gradually the ship's guests are introduced to the technologies of these various areas, an exciting experience.

Level Nine is their prized University Compound. The Halls of Wisdom: vast Libraries scattered everywhere, endless Concert Halls and cultural interests from throughout the Galaxy. Halls of Learning house classes with curricula for all ages. Very young children's classrooms are filled with individualized computer systems. Rooms are decorated with domed ceilings colorful in their display of planets and worlds as they progress across the pathless sky, each at a different pace. Elementary astronomy is taught to the very young and they quickly learn to identify and name the various planets and sections of the Universe. Vibrant vitality shines in their faces as they have conversations with their computers.

Musical talent blossoms in outer space because of the Music Rooms in the great Craft. There one can play upon an instrument, in a soundproof room, along with a full orchestration background on a wide choice of selections by merely pressing the correct buttons on a computer panel. Any category of music, with thousands of selections, is available at the fingertips of the lone but aspiring soloist.

On level Ten, these Innkeepers of the Galaxy, house their visiting dignitaries from all Dimensions, in special apartments. This tenth level is also primarily the living quarters for our Space Brothers, containing staterooms and apartments with multiple scattered conference rooms and beautiful sprawling dining and lounge areas.

The home area for the Ashtar Command Headquarters is located on level Eleven, also the Great Rotunda Meeting Hall. Summoned by a soft electronic tone in their quarters, Earth visitors are brought to this Great Hall for any necessary group gatherings. Its striking circular wall displays many tremendous viewing screens, where guests are permitted to view Cosmic panorama as well as their own world and things to come as well as things passed.

The Great Hall is also used for auspicious social occasions, like welcoming and meeting with visiting dignitaries or other festivities from any level. This level also houses the Viewing Room, Map Room and Soul-Panel Boards, and finally the enormous Command Communications Center, where all Earth contacts are precipitated or monitored, recorded, or whatever, as well as Inter-Command communication.

Level Twelve is the uppermost portion of the craft and is referred to as "The Dome". It is the officers' Observation Deck and Pilot Control Center. Earth visitors are permitted here in groups, by appointment. The total surrounding circumference is furnished with comfortable chairs for relaxing and observation. Question-and-answer sessions with Crew Members are a part of the experience there.

Directly down through the center of the great Mothership, all levels share a circular shaft or center core, which is a power reactor throughout the craft. However, one must remember that the activating source of power comes from the Universe itself, this is but its channel to proper sources. The power center core is roughly 200 feet or so in diameter. Its outer shell contains several primary elevators for inter-level transportation. A few larger elevators are restricted for Quartermaster and maintenance use. At each level, the power center is surrounded by a spacious lounge area, beautifully furnished and shared by all divisions of that level.

Generally speaking, the Mothership's furnishings are simple and sharp in design. White is the predominant color, contrasted with stirring tones of orange or reds or blues, and much yellow. The colors are all pure, not muddied or muted. In Earth terms, the decor would be described as ultra modern, with its gleaming use of a glass-like substance.

Commander Lord Ashtar once described Shan Chea as the largest of the Father's great orbiting cities that encircle this Solar System and primarily this Planet. It orbits (in the Etheric dimension) from 500 to 1500 miles away from Earth, varying this elevation from time to time. It remains fixed in certain holding patterns when circumstances require. It is one of the slower moving bodies because of its size and because of its monitoring of the overall area as well as its monitoring of Earth's inhabitants. It has been in orbit since long before the coming of the Christ Child. Its orbit is not given to any certain pathway for it goes wherever it is led by needs and situations. It is the Great White City upon which Commander Ashtar abides most of the time and from which he projects all of his Energies to the system. Many times it hovers at the Portal of this Universe when great Inter-Universal Councils take place.

["On Earth Assignment" by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read from the links at the end of Book II]

A further description of our possible arrival and familiarization with a Mothership is given by several Members of the Ashtar Command:

SARNA: "Greetings in the Light of the Radiant One. I am Sarna, one that is in a Spaceship assigned to this channel…

"I will take you at this time, with your permission, on a mental voyage. First I would ask you that you mentally visualize a Scout-ship that has just landed in front of your dwelling place. Know that ours will be of an oval shape. As it is seated on either large balls or tripods, there is a stairway that automatically descends to your level. You are invited to enter. All of you are invited to enter.

"I stand at the top of the stairway and I greet each of you individually. You will notice that this particular room is semi-circular and there are comfortable seating arrangements for each of you. I invite you to sit. Now, if you will excuse me, as I have closed the door, I shall now take the controls.

"You will notice that the large screen panel that is before me is one that appears to have a computer-like system with varying monitors. Now, as you grow accustomed to where you are seated within the Scoutship, you become aware that your seat moves so that you may gaze out. Slowly our craft rises and you see the Earth as we leave it.

"Within this particular vessel, you feel no movement, but it would seem that the Earth is slipping away from you rather than you are leaving its ethers. Then, as you continue to gaze about, you see the night-time sky. One of you notices that we are heading towards a very bright light that contains a strong intensity, and indeed, the light grows brighter as we approach.

"As we get closer, you notice a form, a shape. It is much larger than you had anticipated it being… One of you might ask of this and I would assure you that this is one of the Motherships, if you would care to use that term. For this particular voyage of discovery we are taking you aboard this vessel.

"We dock in a portion underneath the Mothership. Slowly, again as I press the button, our stairway descends, and I ask that you would follow me out into the entry area. We then step upon what you would call a moving sidewalk. One of you notices immediately, the fragrance that is in the air. For indeed, the air is clear and clean, and there is a sweet fragrance to it in its purity.

"As we reach the end of this particular moving sidewalk the door slides open and we step into an entry foyer-like waiting area. It is in a pale color and has indirect lighting. And one of you is quite surprised to see that there is green foliage about.

"Here, I will leave you briefly, and another will continue some of your experiences aboard the Mothership."

Aleva: "Hello, I am Aleva. I am coming in my capacity of the Official Greeter, and I would greet each of you most humbly in the Light of the Radiant One. I would bid you welcome, for it is my joy and my pleasure to act as your official Hostess as you would go about the ship.

"But now, before you go any farther, I know you must be weary and you would be much more comfortable in some other more suitable clothing. So I would suggest to you that perhaps you might go to your designated rooms. There is no need to stand uncertain and be concerned – simply go in the direction that you feel is "right". Some of you will turn to the right and some to the left and continue until you see a certain inscription upon a door. A "knowing within" will tell you that this is your room. I would suggest that you would enter. Now, please set off on your visit, and I shall continue a telepathic description to you individually, even as you have entered your room.

"You will notice going down the corridors, that as you approach your room the door slides quietly open so that you might step into that which is your particular space. Some of you are quite surprised to see that you have a particular favorite green plant in your room, or perhaps there is your favorite chair. Of course this is a replica of that which you have had on Earth. For you see, we have monitored you quite closely and it is our desire that this space, this area you would call your own, would be an area that would be quite comfortable for you, so we have brought in various favorite articles for your convenience.

"Some of you notice that there is a clothes closet, that there are chairs, and you notice that your bed does not have legs, but rather it is a projection out from the wall. Now, may I suggest to you at this time that you exchange the garment that you have on for one of the one-piece jump suits, as you shall find this more comfortable. And yes, you will notice that you have a specific color for that which you wear.

"Now that you are about to change, if you would like to first freshen-up by washing your face, you might like to touch that large button over there on the wall and you will find that the necessary concealed fixtures will make themselves available to you. Once you have donned your particular suit, may I suggest to you that you recline upon your couch or your bed, whichever term you prefer to use. There now, I trust you now feel quite comfortable.

"Please do not be concerned that two persons will now ask permission to enter your room. They have come to assist you in balancing out and in attuning to the vibrational frequency of the ship. Yes, notice that they do not actually touch your body, but rather, they work through that which is your auric field. There now, you can already feel that they have discovered a particular area of your aura where there has been an unbalance within you, and they are now working to smooth out that unbalance.

"I can now sense that each of you is feeling much more comfortable, much more relaxed. No, these two Ones do not speak to you in words as you do, but your gratitude is conveyed to them through your thoughts. Perhaps you might choose to recline here for a few moments after they have completed the balancing process and just relish the delightful feeling that you have.

"Now, if you are ready, we would ask that you would again come into the central foyer that I might have the opportunity, indeed the privilege, of taking you on a tour of this particular vessel. Now, is everyone with us? Let me see. Yes, you are all here.

"We shall continue down this particular corridor, for I would welcome the opportunity to show you the portion of the ship that you would call the 'piloting area'. As we go past some of these doorways or some of these areas, you will notice that there is that which has the resemblance of great banks of computers. These are not computers in your terms of the word, but rather they are a storage system. This particular vessel is powered by crystalline energy and is guided in most ways by thought. These computer-like banks that you observe are memory banks for various activities that take place within the ship.

"Now, we have approached that which is the 'Command' section. As we step through the door, you will note that there are several individuals that are quite familiar to you. Indeed, some of you will be now having your own individual reunions with them…

"Again, you will note the large computer-like wall screens in this area. You will notice the energy patterns or waves that are being displayed. This is how we are able to know you, by your particular set of energy patterns. If I were to touch this particular switching device, you will notice that I do not actually touch it, but rather, I move my hand before it, and now our screen shows a combination of energy patterns that are melding into one specific pattern. This is a representation of who you are. Your individual patterns have now formed into one energy pattern that represents the group. You will note that there is now shown a particular ratio of various colors.

"That particular seat over there is one that is occupied only by the Lord Sananda, or else Commander Ashtar. There are no specific regulations regarding who can sit in it, it's just that the rest of us do not feel that we have evolved sufficiently to do so."

Commander Jon-Ton: "Greetings. May the peace of the Infinite One abide within you in all ways, manifesting the beauty that is that which is given through you.

"I do not usually communicate directly through channels on your Planet, but rather, I am one that is met here on the Star Ship by those Earth persons that come aboard in their sleep-state. My assignment here, if you will, is to 'run' the Star Ship, which is the 'moving world' known to you as the 'Star of Bethlehem'. It would be considered by you as a small-sized world, such as your Moon, though somewhat smaller. This ship is used as the central focus of the many specific energies which are shared with the Earth plane. Often it is stationed invisibly near to your equator, but usually several hundred-thousands of miles above.

"Even as the other Commanders have specific assignments of concentration, my primary responsibility is to assure the safety and the secure management of the ship. This is no easy task, I assure you! But it is one that brings to me a great challenge and sense of purpose. I cannot begin to give you specific numbers as to how many there are of us here. The numbers fluctuate according to the number of ships out on station and those that have returned to their home planets. However, you could say that at any one time there are at least several hundreds of thousands of ships.

"Many of the small Scout-ships stationed on this Mother Ship, more than one hundred and fifty thousand of them, are manned by from one, to two, three and up to five crew members. Of course, there is also room in each of them to hold more than twice that number if need be, such as in the event that the moment comes for you of Earth to leave quickly.

"Even as your World has many divisional responsibilities, this small world to which I am entrusted, is divided into one in which each person has specific duties or responsibilities, such as for the 'housekeeping' or cleanliness of our surroundings; others who provide food, ones who maintain the structure of the ship, ones who maintain the gardens and plant growth areas, as well as those who are responsible for our garments, housing and the environment.

"Those, for instance, who maintain the environment, are responsible for the quality of the air, its correct mixture for our well-being, the amount of light and its intensity, hue and color, and for the level of moisture available to us. They are entrusted with maintaining the in-ship environment that is most conducive to the well-being and upliftment of the ship's inhabitants. To those of us from different spheres as well as galaxies, we have found that there is a universal air mixture, but in the private quarters of each individual, an exact mixture is provided which is likened to their home area. Thus there is always the opportunity to balance out. As you on Earth come to this ship, these specialists will, and have learned, how to adjust to the total environment of your area, so as to achieve a minimum adjustment shock for each of you.

"Our Ship could be likened to a large city which is planned for the total benefit of its inhabitants. One aspect that you might find of interest, is the fact that we have no litter or refuse. We have the ability to recycle or reuse all that is with us. Thus we are self-sufficient and perpetuating. Families are also assigned to this Ship, so that we may have the experience of children or small ones coming forth to enrich our lives. In fact, we have a 'birthing' chamber, even as we have a chamber for releasing ones who have achieved their highest development within this particular sphere.

"We have accepted this assignment with great joy and anticipation. We are a movable world, which has the capacity to invite and accept many more…

"As you are aware, these Motherships are made by us through thought and application. This particular Ship does not itself have a consciousness, but it does have a sensitivity. Those that work most closely with her know of that sensitivity and how she expresses such. She does have the ability in some situations to repair herself, but she still must be patrolled by the engineers who are responsible for her well-being.

"Should we be exposed to a small meteor bombardment, the Ship has the ability to seal any and all encroachments up to twenty feet in diameter that have escaped the Ship's repulsion beams. These would not necessitate the involvement of one of the engineers. However, should there be damage greater than that diameter, then a crew of several engineers from one of the sectors would be dispatched to examine the damage and determine the method of repair. In these instances the engineers shoot crisscrossing threads across the damaged area. The Ship then has the ability to repair itself, using these filaments as the foundation for its own regeneration. Also recognize that there is a measure of elasticity to the Ship's covering material.

"We have also, at all times, a crew on station in the 'Control' chamber. This area can be visualized as a dome above the major portion of the Ship. These ones do not usually need to themselves control the Ship, but rather leave this to instruments that are similar to your computers, except at those times when we must use 'conscious thought' to determine the navigational route. Even then, the information we require is held within the computers for us to determine which is the best route.

"Recognize that we travel much on what you would call 'Ley Lines', which are spread throughout the Cosmos. These energy lines go in all directions, so there is no limitation to our direction of travel. The only limitation we experience is one of needing to make a vibrational adjustment when we enter a Dimension of denseness greater than the one which we normally experience in our routine work. Even then, we are advised of the anticipated adjustment by our computer equipment. The 'thought' is then shared and received by all to make the necessary adjustment. The skin or covering of the Ship, if you will, is thickened to compensate for the additional stress placed upon it.

"Concerning the great distance we are in orbit from you. We could not be closer because to do so would set up a vibrational pull between your Earth, our Ship, and your Moon, to such an extent that it would be quite detrimental. It would destroy your Moon, or rather, destroy the attraction holding your Moon, causing it to spin off and disintegrate. It would also bring your Earth to rest attached to our Mother Ship or vice-versa! Such an arrangement would not be conducive to travel! This attached connection could also unfortunately destroy your Earth, should we ever needed at short notice to remove ourselves from your attachment and position within your Solar System.

"On board our Mother Ship, the growing process for our foods is one that is greatly different from yours on Earth. We do not have or need large fields of soil in which to plant seeds to produce food. Our diets are relatively simple, but suited to the background of each of us. Nutrients are produced in what you would consider to be a laboratory setting. Your hydroponics are quite similar. It has been determined that a greater yield for a longer period can be produced in this manner. We do not eat the flesh of others, but rather eat that which you would determine as fruits and vegetables, grains and seeds. Our intake of foods is not as great as yours, so it is not necessary to produce vast amounts of food.

"Those that prepare these 'Gifts of Nature' are ones who have a great love and involvement with the act of preparation. To use your terms, they are quite creative. I believe you would like some of their recipes. We do not put in long hours of preparation, for much of what is consumed by us on a routine basis is consumed in its natural raw state. Perhaps, a liquid combining the nutrients and flavors of two or more foods might be made, but that is all. On those days which are feast days or special occasions, then there is a great activity in the area of food preparation.

"There are several of our largest Mother Ships stationed near to the Earth plane. We can come to within two thousand miles of your planet without immediate harm to you or us. We will do this in the event of a lift-off evacuation. We, aboard this particular craft, can easily hold most of the population of your North American Continent, although we would not in fact need to do this, since many of your Continent are also assigned to various other vessels for their debriefing and various assignments."

[Channeled through Tuieta in "Letters From Home, Vol. II", published in 1992 by Portals of Light, Inc., 1186E 700N, MARION, IN 46952.]

In this and similar Motherships there will be much work to be done. Those brought up to them will be looking forward to their ultimate return to a rejuvenated and cleansed Fifth Dimensional Planet Earth, with a new life ahead of them, but now there be time for training and preparation for the tasks ahead for co-creating with the help of the Galactic Federation Forces back down on the New Earth.

Chapter 9:
PLANNING A NEW WORLD

Those who have been lifted up for training and preparation to the large Motherships hovering high in our atmosphere, will be given ample time and all the necessary support needed to overcome the change of location. They will be welcomed as honored guests, and all the spaceships' great wealth of facilities, for learning, recreation and relaxation as well as personal refreshment and reflection will be placed at their disposal. But they will also need to confront the challenge of a return to a cleansed and in some areas an unrecognizable Planet. The reality of this event will focus attention on the mundane need to formulate new social and commercial rules, to assist in the planning of future resources-use for urban living, agriculture and leisure.

Aware of the importance of this task, our Space Brothers will provide the opportunities and facilities on the Motherships for the necessary Planning Convocations.

The co-creation of a rejuvenated Earth on a higher dimension is an event of considerable importance even in Galactic terms, and we will be greatly assisted at these planning convocations with advice and encouragement from our Space Brothers and participating visitors from more developed worlds throughout the Universe. But they would not dictate our future plans, only help and advise us, for if they did otherwise they would be inter-positioning themselves between us and our own Karma, which would be improper and a violation of Universal Law. We must all learn through our own efforts, our own successes and our own mistakes, and this applies equally to a collective planetary civilization, just as it does to the destiny of individuals.

We of Earth will need to consider and formulate for ourselves the basic social-political rules and structure that will govern our new society; the basic rules of social conduct which will reflect our new attitudes and aspirations towards one another and towards the new and uplifted Planet Earth.

Man's development on Earth, from the times of primitive cave-dwelling to the relatively sophisticated lifestyles presently enjoyed by us, has up to now been largely concerned with the provision of physical needs of food, clothing and shelter. In the New Age this will no longer be Mankind's major preoccupation, thanks largely to a lower population and new technologies as yet unknown on Earth.

Nor will the new Mankind be plagued by wars, slavery, poverty, revolution and social injustices; for the higher vibratory rate on which Humanity is to operate will ensure that the basic attitude of selfishness, which has in the past pervaded Man's relationships with fellow Man and hampered the true development of civilization, will not prevail. Indeed, cooperation and mutual assistance will be the natural inclination in the New Age, leading to peace and prosperity.

In a world where there is an abundance of physical needs, in a world where peace and cooperation are the natural order, Mankind will now have time to devote to intellectual and spiritual development, and this will then become our major preoccupation in the New Age.

Yet politics must nevertheless play a vital role, for even when there is unqualified goodwill between all people, an absence of planning can result in the same urban chaos we experience today; and even with the best will in the world, people still need 'Laws' as standards of guidance in preserving personal liberty, in the correct behaviour towards others and in ensuring fair commercial trade.

Many of Earth's people on the great spaceships will undoubtedly approach the very subject of politics with reluctance, recalling only too vividly the inefficiency, corruption and costly mal-administration which characterized the 'Democratic' process of government over which the 'People' had little or no control. How can the old evils of politics be avoided? What sort of politics will serve the New Age?

Fortunately these problems will not in our future Ascended World give undue concern. The 'right answer' has always been with Humanity since its most primitive days, but self-centeredness blinded us to its virtues and prevented us from embracing it. In the light of a higher vibration rate and a New Age, the right answer will be clear to everyone of us, and it will consist of one simple but vital rule, which will give all the needed guidance in our correct relationship with others:

In the New Age there can be no imposition upon one living Being by another, no interference in the life and evolution of one by another. Whatever we may choose to do, we should do nothing which is harmful to, or interferes directly in the personal evolutionary path of others.

Grow without diminishing others; prosper without impoverishing others; respect others, as you would have others respect you. This is the basis of Universal Law and in which a single "Principle of Liberty" reflects this and guides the social behaviour on most of the higher Worlds and which will indeed become the guiding Political/Constitutional/Social rule of conduct on the new Fifth-dimensional Earth.

With this one overriding Principle as the supreme element within the Planet's Constitution, Mankind will share resources fairly whilst at the same time observing the rights of Mother Earth and of Nature's environment; we will respect the peace, privacy and property of one Human over another; and trade will be honest and fair, as each seeks to serve, not exploit others; giving fairly for goods and services received, asking a fair price for goods and services rendered.

Thus the task of formulating Political institutions and Laws will simply become one of interpretation: of applying to our everyday lives and events the central rule of "not harming another and interfering in their path of evolution" which forms the basis of the "Principle of Liberty" and which also forms the core of Universal Law governing our Grand Universe.

The purpose of Government in the New Earth will be defined as one of "interpreting" the governing Constitutional "Principle" in terms of day-to-day events to produce Laws. Government will have no arbitrary power or authority. Its interpretations have authority only insofar as they correctly reflect the enshrined Constitutional "Principle".

Turning then to physical planning, the major and very essential task of Humanity in preparation for the return to the New Earth, there will be the planning of communities, transport, and other uses of land and natural resources in such a way that needs of agriculture and recreation are fairly provided for, residential neighborhoods, towns and cities are convenient and pleasant, and the needs of the Planet herself are rigorously respected.

In fact the planning process will be one of enjoyable creation in which everyone can and will participate. With guidance from a high and just social Principle, the assistance of colleagues from other worlds, a respect for Planet Earth herself, and a pervading spirit of goodwill resulting from the higher vibratory rate, rapid and productive progress can be made. And with the multi-dimensional 'virtual reality' planning facilities which will be placed at our disposal on the Motherships, in which cities, shops, workplaces, neighborhoods, homes, even rooms and gardens can be planned, visualized and 'experienced' as if they already existed before they are built, planning the 'New Earth' will be the fun, exciting, creative experience it should be.

Our Space Brothers will provide accurate, multi-dimensional maps covering the areas of the restructured New Earth's surface, showing in detail those new topography of seas, lakes, rivers and mountains, the mineral deposits and the best agricultural land, as well as the Planet's natural 'Power Centers' or Planetary Chakras which channel and diffuse higher spiritual forces.

During our sojourn on the Motherships, the Space Brothers' Ecosystem Teams will meanwhile be working and cooperating with Nature down on the newly-cleansed Planet Earth to repopulate damaged areas with trees, plants, flowers and vegetation, for the benefit and beautification of the Planet and to provide Humans and animals with food in a rich and varied choice of fruits, nuts and grains. Trees and vegetation in these areas will not be seeded where centers of habitation and other surface features, such as transport lines, are planned to be located - another important reason for detailed advance planning.

But even before re-seeding and re-planting can take place, the task of Earth's purification must be undertaken by those of 'Higher' spiritual evolution qualified in such work. This is more complex than we could ever imagine, involving sciences unknown to us. The pollution and damage to our Planet presently visible to us is only the 'tip of the iceberg', as Tuella explains:

"I am told by our Space Brothers that it will take some years for Planet Earth to heal over the scars of her past damage. Panoramic pastures of flowers and lush greenery will be set aside to replenish in beauty, areas where polluted cities once stood and wars were fought.

"The many combined Fleets of the Ashtar Command will be occupied balancing the Magnetic Grid System to restore it to a positive and accurate balance once again. Evacuees from Earth will be observing this from viewing screens on the great Mother Craft, as space ships beyond number of all colors, tints, shapes and sizes, some just as balls of radiant light, travel at incredible speeds along every line of the Grid System, moving in beautiful precision.

"They will anchor the Earth within its own forcefield and reopen the Planetary Chakras where new beautiful cities will be built. They will also clear the Dimensional Portals for the later entry of the immense, city-sized Motherships, which will return their precious cargo to the Planet. This will come after Earth's glorious restoration when all things will be made new."

["On Earth Assignment", by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988. Full texts of two of the Ashtar Command Books through Tuella can be read from the links at the end of Book II]

Just as so many intrepid souls crossed the Atlantic from the Old World to a new continent, so the time will come when Earth's people will begin their return to their 'New' Planet, now largely cleansed, refreshed and replanted. They will bring with them their previously agreed plans for new towns and cities, neighborhoods and homes, and begin work on the pioneering task of rebuilding the new society.

It will be a time of great challenge, for those first years will set the tone for the New Age and the new Aquarian Millennium. But it will also be a time of relief, of joy and thanksgiving for our return 'Home' to a higher dimension. The joy of return will mirror in reverse the trauma in which we left; and in our return we will be accompanied by, and share our joy with the great Masters in whose charge Planet Earth is given.

Tuella relates her experience she viewed on a visit to the Higher Planes of a return of Humanity to the 'New Earth':

"During an 'out of body excursion', I was privileged to visit with Commander Soltec on his Mother Ship, the 'Phoenix'.

"On the ship, I was courteously seated before three very large viewing screens in his Office and Laboratory Rotunda. The center screen presented a sweeping panorama of Earth's landscape; beautiful snow scenes, then tropical areas, majestic green mountains, colorful oceans, like a travelogue on a tremendous scale and utterly beautiful. It seemed somewhat strange to me that in this broad viewing, I saw no housing of any description or evidence of commercial or city life; in fact I saw no Human life at all. Soltec was evidently reading my thoughts. He commented:

"You are now viewing an area of the Planet as it will be when it is cleansed and new in its glory and beauty. This is the new growth, the new covering that will bloom upon the Planet when these people of Light return. Notice how much more beautiful is the greenery of the vegetation and the spreading trees, the deep blue of the firmament, the clear cleanliness of the water, for all pollution is now removed from the atmosphere. The air is pure and clean."

"He zoomed in on a tremendous pasture of wild flowers. The colorful splash was breathtaking. He smiled and told me, "On that very panorama, a large polluting dirty city formally stood." I would never have recognized the terrain, though I knew I had once lived in that city. He further stated: "Many areas on the beautiful Planet Earth that have suffered degradation at the hands of Mankind, will be left to rest."

"The screen to the left was then activated and revealed a desirable landscape of sloping hills, lavishly covered with trees of that heavenly green, with many beautiful broad open areas in its midst. There were creeks, and slowly flowing rivers. I could see the rocks at the bottom through the clear water, even from our distant vantage point.

"Suddenly, high above these vast central planes I saw the gleaming bright light of an enormous Spacecraft, very brilliant, glowing as it lowered and settled down silently and gently on the miles of greenery. It was a beautiful ship of indescribable size. I can only say it was extremely spacious, shiningly beautiful, dominating the screen as we watched.

"Many openings suddenly appeared all around the Spacecraft, with wide stairways dropping down, efficiently and quickly. Upon each one were crowds of people; youths, tots perched on adult shoulders or clutching the hands of parents, whilst hugging all of their young pets the Space friends had given them. All began to descend at once in a run, shouting with joy or in prayer, but happiness and smiles everywhere. The high emotion of the moment was contagious and I found myself feeling exhilarated along with them and smiling broadly as well. I looked at the Commander, and he also was smiling and laughing with great joy.

"What's happening here?" I asked.

"This is a landing of persons and Lightworkers returning to the new Earth."

"I caught my breath as I marveled at their happiness. As far as you could see the children were running all over the beautiful hills, whilst the very young children were busily occupied with petting their little animal friends to make them feel at home. These children from the great Mothership were facing a new life that would share fellowship with these beautiful souls from other worlds. There were many infants also; being carried as the throng continued to pour forth by the hundreds, until finally I calculated there must be several thousands disembarking.

"Finally the moment came when the activity had stilled and a hush of reverence swept across the masses. Every eye was turned toward the massive center portal, which seemed to glow in an invisible light. Suddenly three beautiful Beings appeared atop the stairs and paused. As I sat with Soltec viewing the scene, I intuitively knew they were Lord Jesus Sananda, Lord Kuthumi, and Lord Saint Germain. The shortest of the three was draped in a violet colored cape. Lord Jesus wore a simple white robe girded at the center, and Lord Kuthumi was clothed in a golden colored metallic robe. Together, they descended where the assembled crowd stood waiting. They clasped as many outstretched hands as possible and embraced many. I realized then that these 'Beloved Ones' and our Space Friends would be remaining with us for a considerable time."

[ "On Earth Assignment", by Tuella - Guardian Action Publications - 1988.]

Chapter 10:
Updates from the Galactic Federation & Higher Spiritual Sources

Since 1994 we have been given a considerable amount of channeled information about the coming "Earth Changes" from the Galactic Federation of Light. This has come through the local Representative Council of the Galactic Federation based in the Sirius Star System within our quadrant of our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon and first came through the book "You Are Becoming A Galactic Human" by Sheldan Nidle and Virginia Essene (Published 1994, by the Spiritual Education Endeavors Publishing Company, Santa Clara, California). From 1996 onwards their later messages were channeled by Sheldan Nidle on the www.paoweb.com Web-site (for a compendium of these messages from 1997-2011, see the "Galactic Federation of Light Archive" document from the link at the end of this Book II).

The Galactic Federation Of Light claims a membership of over 200 Galactic Star Systems who follow the positive path of "Light". They have up until recently been bitterly opposed within this Galaxy by the negative and equally powerful "Forces of Darkness", known as the Anchara Alliance. As a result, during the last 500 million years, there have been numerous and devastating Galactic Wars throughout our Galaxy. Only now, at the coming end of the present "Great Universal Cycle", our Cosmic Creator has at last instituted within our Galaxy a final elimination of all Forces of Darkness, most of which infiltrated our own Grand Universe from a corrupted Grand Universe within our Cosmic area of the Great Void (see Book I, Chapter 10 for more on this).

As a result of a recent Universe-wide cleansing undertaken by our Cosmic Creator as part of the commencement of a Major New Universal Age, many Members of the Anchara Alliance have been forced to see the wisdom of changing sides over to the Galactic Federation of Light in order to ensure their own continued survival. As a result, recent Galactic Membership of the "Federation of Light" has risen from 100,000 to over 200,000 Star Nations. Many of the Members of the former Dark "Anchara Alliance" belonged to the Reptillian Races (bipedal Reptile Beings, also associated on Earth with the "Dragon Races"), who came from a disbanded nearby Galaxy when it was amalgamated with our own. They generally tend to be of a more mental and sometimes aggressive nature, of a more cold-blooded and less emotional nature than the Human Race. They came to our Galaxy with the mistaken belief that they had been given a "Mandate" to inherit dominance over the Human Races. They also came with a more developed mental ability, allowing them to create more advanced technologies, which initially gave them an advantage over the more heart-led and loving Human Races.

In 1994 the local Representatives within this quadrant of the GalaxyCouncil of the Galactic Federation of Light, based on Sirius B, were the first to warn us also of our Solar System's forthcoming entrance into an approaching "Photon Belt", a huge doughnut-shaped cloud of Photon Light particles emanating from the Galactic Center. They informed us that this intense area of Celestial Light-force would be an agent in the predicted Earth Changes and also an energetic force assisting in raising our consciousness level up to the Fourth, and later, the Fifth Dimension. They informed us that the Photon Light particles would be changing our present magnetic-based electrical systems over to one of Photon-based energy, requiring totally new electrical technology. This they promised they would help us with once they had been permitted to make a "First Contact" through landings following a full "Disclosure" of their existence made by our Governments.

However, since then there have been repeated delays to Earth's Ascension, mainly due to a combination of decisions made by our own Earth Humanity's "Collective Consciousness" and the Cosmic Creator's determination whether we were yet quite ready for the move upwards to a higher "Dimension". This was further complicated by Earth's "Secret Government" (the Dark Cabal/Illuminati) working behind the scenes to control and maintain domination over Humanity, which they have done mainly through the Banking and Global Financial Systems. Therefore Divine Intervention has repeatedly been enacted to postpone the imminent physical Earth Changes and Cleansing. However, this has allowed Earth's Humans more preparation time for their Ascension and made it possible to include a greater number of as-yet unprepared Souls to progress towards Ascension. Now that our Solar System is not only already well advanced into the Photon-Light Belt, and that Planet Earth herself is beginning to fully enter it, major physical changes to Planet Earth can no longer be delayed.

Gaia/Mother Earth has long been very anxious to proceed as soon as possible with her Third Dimensional surface cleansing in preparation for her and Humanity's Ascension up to the Fourth and Fifth Dimension. She thus has been quietly progressing with her own program of initiating the 3D Earth Changes and Cleansing. A good few years ago she started this with the raising of hot magma from deep in her interior to just beneath the ocean crust to enable her at the correct time to proceed with her major surface cleansing through earthquakes and the raising and lowering of the Tectonic Plates. These hot pools of Magma under the ocean beds are also a major factor in the recent global warming of Earth, the "El Nino effect", bringing forth many unusual surface weather patterns. Coronal Mass Ejections (CMEs or Solar Flares) from the Sun are also a major factor in the increased disturbed weather patterns. Humanity itself has been slowly increasing its vibration rate through incoming waves of higher energy forces moving us up towards the 4th Dimension, a pace which has since been further accelerated following the Ascension Event of the 21st of December 2012, to be finally completed by the 21st of September 2013. As a result, we have become far less subject to the even more extreme surface changes now taking place at the old 3D planetary surface level which we are gradually have moving up from. There has in fact always been a 4th Dimensional Earth surrounding the 3D level, known to us as the "Astral Plane" or the "Summerlands/Heavenly Plane", which we often go up to for spiritual guidance and refreshment during our sleep periods. This more spritual and less dense plane also becomes our "Afterlife" world which most of us move up to after our physical "Death Experience". Planet Earth also has even higher dimensional inhabited areas on the 5th, 6th and 7th Dimensions, all of which surround and extend further out from the Fourth Dimension.

The Galactic Federation over the last fifty years has placed a large Fleet of Motherships parked within our Solar System, under the Command of Commander Ashtar, to not only to protect Earth from any untoward renegade extraterrestrials but also to limit the various efforts of the Forces of Darkness within Earth's Secret Government, the DarkCabal/Illuminati, to continue controlling our Planet and delay our whole Ascension process. The Dark Cabal have been behind our two major World Wars, as well as those in the Middle East, and have long had a secret plan for total open control of Planet Earth by establishing their "New World Order". They have had further totally unrealistic plans to go on from there to take over the whole Galaxy. In this they have always had extraterrestrial support by the Dark Forces of the Anchara Alliance and also various 4th Dimensional Dark Masters, and were also responsible in the past for the destruction of Atlantis and the resulting Great Flood of over 12,500 years ago.

Although many of the Galactic Federation "Earth Changes" Messages (from 1997 onwards) originally came from their Regional Representative Council of Sirius within our Quadrant of the Galaxy, channeled by Sheldan Nidle, there have more recently been many other sources of messages from Galactic Federation of Light, such as from SaLuSa of Sirius, Ker-on of Venus, The Wanderer of The Skies Mothership. There have also been from early on many messages given by Commander Ashtar of the Ashtar Command, who commands a large Fleet of Motherships within our Solar System which surrounds and protects Planet Earth from the incursion of any outside Forces of Darkness.

Since 2005, there has been another very significant source of messages - those given by Christ Michael, Sovereign Ruler of our Local Universe of Nebadon in which Planet Earth is situated. He has an important say in activities undertaken by the Galactic Federation within our Galaxy/Local Universe and own Solar System. Recently we have also been greatly honoured with Messages from the Cosmic Creator Himself, the Creator of all the Grand Universes within His Cosmic area of The Great Void, and who thus has the ultimate authority and control over Planet Earth's Ascension Progamme (There is also more information on Christ Michael of Nebadon, on the totality of our Grand Universe and its entire Hierarchy, Universes and Worlds, and also about the Creation of Planet Earth, in the first two Chapters of THE NEW EARTH, Book I).

We have limited the many "Update" messages given over the years to the last year or so in order to avoid reader fatigue. However, if you wish to delve more fully into all the past messages, you will find them available in two separate Archives: the "Galactic Federation Archive" and the "Christ Michael ATON Archive", from the Links at the end of this Book II.



12 November 2011 - The Andromeda Council - Through Tolec, the Earth based Representative of the Andromeda Council

Greetings to the People of Planet Earth from the Andromeda Council

We of the Star Systems and Planets of the Andromeda Council are your family and friends.  We are here to let you know your Planet Earth/Terra and all of your people are about to go through major changes, a major stage of growth,  a shift-up in vibration, called "upliftment".  It is a cleansing, a rebirth, a transformation to a completely new vibration, new higher consciousness & awareness, a new existence for the first time in your Planet's history.

The process has already somewhat begun. Earth is about to transform in vibrational frequency from its current 3-D solid  matter form  existence in the 3rd Dimension into the  4th Dimension/density reality, the vibratory rate one frequency faster than currently on Earth, as Earth's Solar System and Planet Earth are about to cross into the Galactic Equatorial Plane zone of the Milky Way Galaxy.

Overall, this new area of 4th Dimensional space is a place where matter has far less density and weight, an area of much faster and higher frequency energy vibration.  It is also a Dimension where time will no longer have a hold on Earth Humans.  From a 4th Dimension perspective, time doesn't exist, at least not the way Earth presently experiences time.

In addition, this area of 4th Dimensional space also has a 'Black Hole' with highly charged magnetic energies at its core. Earth's Solar System and Planet Earth will upon entry of this zone encounter the highly charged magnetic energies of this 'Black Hole' and feel its effects.  Some of your Earth scientists, astrophysicists, call this area - a  Galactic or Torsion Energy Wave.

The speeding up of this Solar System and its Planets, including Earth, due to the faster and higher frequency energy vibration rate of this area -  their upliftment into the 4th density resulting in continued geophysical events  and additional changes to Planet Earth - these changes are projected to start from the end of October 2011.

The official beginning of  4th Dimensional Energy  will begin to affect Earth's Solar System on  11.11.11  as it encounters the Galactic Equatorial Plane region - as a Universe and Galactic wide harmonic frequency -  will open and affect this whole area of space.

Whether people call this phenomenon a 'Stargate' or 'Portal, this area of faster, higher 4th Dimensional energy is real.  This historic date of 11.11.11 begins the infusion of 4th Dimensional Energy onto your Planet.  It will affect Earth and its people in a positive, uplifting way like never before experienced in your Planet's history.  

The saturation of this higher frequency vibration will continue from the end of 2011, through all of 2012, reaching full strength during the time frame of December 2012,  then carry through to March 2013, when the final rotation of the 90 degree shift of Earth's crust happens with the present day East/West orientation of the continents moving into their new North/South orientation.

These changes are expected to settle down throughout remaining 2013, and will begin the completion of this cycle by the end of October, winding down in December 2013.  With 4th Dimensional life officially beginning by January 2014. 

During this time every living thing, from the largest to the smallest, will be offered the opportunity to change, to evolve, into 4th Dimensional life.

It is expected Earth will begin to settle into its new 4th Dimension vibrational existence, its new 4D life, after January 2014. 

Yes, Planet Earth will likely go through continued dramatic changes to its physical surface to get there.  But these events, as life changing they will be to both Humans and all life on the Planet, these changes are a normal surface cleansing and necessary within this process.   It is transformation as a natural part of evolution. 

Just like a woman's body changes, adjusts and expands, Earth too must go through its uncomfortable adjustments, its labor pains, and the momentary intense pain of child birth.  Mother Earth too must adjust and prepare  herself for this  new beginning, for her new life as a 4th Density world... a far more  colorful, vibrant and beautiful 4th Dimensional world.

Once Earth is vibrating within the 4th Dimension, Earth's remaining sentient inhabitants, including all Humans, will be forever changed.  They will manifest a variety of natural, multi-sensory abilities as never before experienced in Earth's history.  These new abilities include:  telepathy, telekinesis, teleportation, and levitation. For all of transformed Humanity - Human consciousness, Human life, will make a quantum leap in evolution.

Humans will finally experience and learn first hand about the truth & reality of their own Soul, about their true spiritual birth essence & origin.  4D Humanity experiences a true spiritual life - complete self awareness and cognition, total memory recall, clairvoyance, clairsentience &  greater natural harmony with others.

This will be a complete transformation of your Solar System.  A complete transformation of the Human Race on Planet Earth.   You will now have crystalline bodies, healthy, Light filled with virtually eternal life spans.  And a beautiful way of living like you have never imagined.

This time in Earth's history will begin what many have described as a New Age of Enlightenment, literal spiritual awareness, living  & consciousness, an Age of true Human renewal.


26 December 2011 - Jesus/Esu on the forthcoming "Stasis Process" - Jess Anthony

We have fully made the preparations for the "Stasis Process" [suspended animation], but it is not time to be activated yet. Although that time has not been determined precisely, everything is in position and can move into action when required.

We can now speak about the logistics, because I know all of you are curious about this. The spaceships will be moving into place to cover an arc of 180 degrees. This allows the ships to move in parallel and work their way around the complete circle of the Earth, East to West, following the Sun. The depth of the beam they will use is about a degree of longitude. This focus is not a problem, because they can change positions quickly. It only takes a few minutes to trigger a Stasis condition in one particular place. As was said in other situations, the frequency of the beamed energy causes the vibration that activates the cells to be transformed into a frequency that matches the one being beamed [i.e. 4D]. This new frequency is not compatible with the 3D range of frequencies that make up the present structure of your physical existence. Once this frequency changes, your individual energy frequency moves into a place that has no interaction with the original frequency.

This disconnect from the current existence frequency creates the illusion of you being "paused". Once you are "paused", so to speak, we can maneuver your energy with our new range of energy frequencies. We can move you around easily and quickly, if we need to. Energy is fast moving, as you know. We can disassemble and reassemble you with no difficulties.

The notion that you will be beamed up to the Motherships is more of an energy exchange than a physical lifting, as you would have probably imagined it to be. Remember your physical body here is ultimately composed of just an energy force vibrating at a specific range of frequencies. You may have the belief that it is solid, but it actually is just a moving vibrational energy of atoms. This vibraional energy carries information memory-archives [as in packets of digital notation information sent through the Internet, to be reassembled at the other end back into their original form] and these are then used to create your individual identity characteristics. You all have an etheric template that you build on to experience various interactions with other energy patterns. This makes it appear to you that you are physically in contact with another person. We can control the frequencies of your energy packets, so that your actual appearance is the result of the frequency band in which you have agreed to work within.

The timeframe is difficult to describe. Once a particular segment of the globe goes into Stasis, time stops at that point. Midnight, for instance, is always midnight because there is no later time to measure it against. In that way, Stasis can be imposed in a way that seems almost instantaneous. The explanation doesn't seem logical, I realize, but remember that "time" is an artificial measurement you have constructed to gauge your existence linearly.

Jess Anthony: Esu, let's go back to the timing. How long will it take in terms of our time measurements? We were once told it would be 24 hours, starting in the Far East. Is this still valid?

The time frame is slightly different now. We have more precisely focused beams that can move more quickly than about which we told you earlier. We expect to move through the transition in a matter of your minutes within each particular area beamed. That doesn't seem possible you may argue. We can stop your time even before it registers on your perception.  The passage of time is flexible and is dependent on the energy involved with the frequency.

I don't have much more to say. This transition will be very quick when it happens. You won't know it is happening until you wake up. We promise you that. There is no way to prepare for it beyond being accepting and at rest.

Once you wake up, you will find many things have changed. You will have been changed to the new prevailing frequency, and many of your global environmental problems will have in the meantime been alleviated. There is no way that Man alone could tackle some of the critical environmental issues that are facing the Planet. We don't want these to reach the point where they could. It would be very difficult to resolve the physical crises that would then result.

This Stasis is an "intervention" of sorts to allow Gaia/Mother Earth to prepare for the new physical configuration that is necessary. As part of that, many of the toxic situations will be removed by us. This will entail physical changes and destruction of many of the structures that Man has previously constructed. That is unavoidable because many of the 3D templates used cannot be acclimated to a higher energy frequency. Stable structures in the Third Dimension are not so reliable in the Fourth or higher. We have to set everything up properly for your true Ascension.

I say "we" but Man is also a part of this restructuring. Just as the initial creation was coordinated by those with an understanding of Human DNA and the physical structures that would be needed to activate this range of energy, so can this re-configuring be started by the Galactic Federation Brothers with the intention of allowing Man to continue with what has been started.  There will be no feelings of condescension from us in acknowledging that knowledge and expertise has to be specialized in different areas. Galactic Federation experts will coordinate and lead others to follow in sure pathways. Education and experience are a constant resource, and new information is always being discovered by all of us.

I suggest that you also read other posts and messages and plan accordingly. Adequate information has been generally provided and Christ Michael ATON's intentions are clear. A Galactic Timetable is working, and the process for Stasis could begin at any moment. There is not more that I can tell you now. You will know when the time is called.

Esu/Jesus/Sananda


11 January 2012 - SaLuSa of Sirius – Michael Quinsey

Much activity still takes place and we have every expectation of a major breakthrough very soon. We are helped quite considerably by those of you who are not just standing up for the truth, but getting out and about to spread it far and wide. It has the affect of changing the energies to a much higher vibration, and along with other efforts to bring more Light to Earth is helping transmute the lower energies. We could force the changes but that is not the way we work and it is best that we do so together, as it is important that you create your own pace of progress. There are of course matters that are directly our own responsibility, and we are absolutely on course as planned. Have no fears whatsoever, as the Galactic Federation is a formidable player in the game that is being played. Victory is already ours and that also means that you your path to Ascension has been cleared, and nothing can prevent a grand completion that shall be celebrated throughout the Universe.

As we have often stated of late, the Dark Ones are making their final attempts to cause fear but it will no longer have the affects they hope for, and that will deny them the energy they feed off. Stay calm and know what is happening without giving any of your energy to them. We would rather you saw them as lost souls and as such give of your love to them, so that they may one day return to the Light, as they surely will. No soul is ever lost for all time, and God with great compassion surrounds them with love that will ignite their Godsparks once again. In their own way they have served a great purpose, by showing you what can happen when you lose your way and are engulfed by darkness.

Many of you have achieved remarkable progress over the last few years in lifting your vibrations, and are carrying the Light for Humanity. It is what you came to do, and you are part of a wonderful assembly that incarnated especially to help others and see Ascension take place. So much of your work has gone on quietly behind the scenes, but now it is reaching the time when you should be able to step forward and complete your life plan. Disclosure moves ever nearer and that will release many people who can openly speak of their truth through personal experience. What exciting times are just around the corner and we await our own opportunity to speak with you through your media systems. We have much to tell you about, and are already fully prepared for that occasion.


12 January 2012 – "Wanderer of the Skies" Galactic Federation Mothership

Greetings from the Galactic Federation:

What must come to pass is presently being discussed at the highest levels of your world governments, behind closed doors and through emissaries to the various other governments around the world. As time draws closer to the inevitable, your Leaders are aware that they cannot stop the tide of [E.T./UFO] disclosure sweeping over your planet. They know that they will either be swept away by this tide or they must decide to take the reins and make disclosure their own. Their ability to waffle on this topic amazes even us as we see them fight among themselves for a common ground. Once reached, someone inevitably backs off and the process starts all over again. We wait in the background for what must be done, if not done so by your own people.

You will have noticed a slight decrease in the sightings of late although those sighting that have made it to your news have been of a more spectacular nature. This is about to change. We are now in another stage of the disclosure process wherein the revealing of our craft to you will become more pronounced.

A major meeting of all factions of the Galactic Federation has recently been held. This was a very big event, not only in numbers but also in importance. It was the final preparation meeting of all involved to go over every detail of the coming events, including the political, social, religious, emotional, mental, and physical ramifications of the "Disclosure Event". This meeting was held aboard one of our great Spaceships, a living machine so large as to dwarf your understanding of construction. Although the physical space was not really necessary to this process as we have telepathically discussed much of these issues, from time to time, we convene physically to resolve issues better dealt with in that fashion. Among those represented were Earth Humans, who voiced their opinions about coming events and whose opinions were held in the highest regard.

Although you have been beset with many setbacks over the years, we are excited by the prospects of the coming months and what this has in store for all of us. Bring yourselves to feel once again your excitement for the times in which you have chosen to live and the manner in which you have awoken to the truth. Your thoughts will create waves which will act as beacons for the truth and this truth will return to you powerfully.


16 January 2012 – The Galactic Federation Meetings on "Disclosure" - Greg Giles

Please see to your affairs at home, as we have forewarned many times, the many changes for your civilization are quickly approaching. Final preparations are being made for the "Disclosure" announcements to begin to filter out into your world through your media outlets. Do not wait for one big announcement that will act like the 'Shot heard around the World', but rather listen for some announcements from media outlets with smaller viewership as this is the final plan we have decided upon in our last meeting of all the many groups involved in this project. This was decided upon as to lessen the severity of far-reaching initial announcements as our monitoring services foresaw large disruptions to your societies and we wish to avoid this scenario. With a series of several smaller announcements, we foresee fewer disruptions in your services and many less individuals succumbing to fear and panic. Keep your eyes and ears open as these announcements are scheduled to begin very soon. This is the moment many of you have been waiting for. Please make the most of it and do your part to be there for your brothers and your sisters who will look to you for guidance and reassurance throughout this challenging period in Humanity's history.

The Dark Cabal continues to crumble to pieces, and our days are filled with more of a sweeping up of their many scattered operations and their many scattered minions throughout your world. Their weaponry, once relatively formidable, is now dismantled and useless against you and our forces of the Galactic Federation. No longer are we observing their conversations concerning battle strategy, but today we only hear the bickering and chaotic ramblings of desperate men searching for a way out of the hole they have deeply dug for themselves. The "blame game" is their new choice of strategy, and many names are being volleyed back and forth in offer of sacrifices to the justice we will soon dispense upon them for their continued efforts towards their twisted agenda...

We are your Family of Light from the stars.

Channeled through Greg Giles - ascensionearth2012.blogspot.com


25 January 2012 - Melina from The Ashtar Command - Greg Giles

Hello, I am Melina, and I would like to share a few words with you through our channel Greg Giles today. I am a female officer of the Ashtar Command. My command involves the procurement of space travel related equipment and supplies. These articles are necessary for certain types of our craft to travel through space. The supplies are shipped to awaiting frigates where I then command our Mothership to rendezvous with the frigate and transfer the goods to our Mothership's storage holds. This equipment is vital to our mission and must be delivered at regularly scheduled intervals to allow us to maintain our Mothership and carry out our duties. I have been a member of the Ashtar Command for many eons, and I look so forward to meeting so many of our new recruits from your world. We are very excited to finally meet so many of our Human family face-to-face, and we are in our final stages of preparations for this historic meeting. Many of you have clearly demonstrated your ability to accept us and your willingness to work with us in a mutually beneficial cooperation. Through your example, we are confident so many more of your planetary brothers and sisters will begin to accept us, and even begin to work with us either directly or indirectly in the days ahead.

This is the plan [the "Disclosure" event], to meet with a select number of you while these meetings are recorded and shared to the rest of your world through your media outlets that are, or will be, willing to work with us. We understand how much competition is involved with your media outlets, and we feel the news of our presence coupled with film footage of us working with many of you will garner much attention and viewership for those outlets that choose to cover these many events. We will allow those media companies access to our ships, and they may film our operations inside some of our many craft and even take flight with us as we travel through your world and even out of your world into space. We feel many of your Planet will be very interested in this coverage, and we feel the edge in competition gained by the media companies who choose to cover and truthfully report our presence and our mission here will persuade many other media outlets who will remain reluctant for a time to begin their coverage of this historic cooperation as well.

We look so forward to this day, and we fully understand many of our Lightworkers are growing impatient with the progress of our joint mission. We say to you that from our vantage point events are transpiring smoothly and efficiently, and much is being accomplished on an almost daily basis. There are rarely any days that do not see much progress, and some of the obstacles that are removed are quite large and are a cause for much celebration in themselves. We of course wait only to celebrate with you, our brothers and sisters, and this celebration will take place and all that has been assured will be yours. Remain ever faithful. Remain ever vigilant. Continue in your service to others and your mission. You all are doing an incredible job, and we, the men and women of the Ashtar Command, are truly amazed at the tremendous strides you are all making. You are truly changing your world, and we see the advancements your efforts are creating each and every day. Seeing the progress you are making warms our hearts, and we wish you to know that soon all your efforts will pay off in the most spectacular of ways.

I am Melina, an officer of the Ashtar Command, and it has been a pleasure to speak with you today. Soon, we will have the opportunity to speak in person and work together on a more personal level. Until then, be well, and remain true to your mission.

As channeled through Greg Giles - ascensionearth2012.blogspot.com


7 February 2012 - A Visit to the Neptune Mothership by John Lear

On the 30th of January 2012, a ten day group visit to the Neptune Mothership was arranged between Steve Bekow on his weekly Radio Show "An Hour with an Angel" (http://the2012scenario.com), in a channeled communication with Grener, the Neptune's former Commander and now President of the Intergalactic Council, set for the 4th of February 2012. Steve Bekow suggested to Grener taking up a group of 20 persons, but after putting up a "Visit Request List" on his Website he soon had a list of over 350 wanting to be taken up. He finally agreed with Grener on a limit of about 120, but when the day for lift-off came, the trip was unexpectedly cancelled by Grener as he felt it had all got too much out of hand. Serious concerns had apparently arisen on the Mothership over causing stress and panic to many Earth families by some on the list who had not properly informed their relatives of their 10-day disappearance and activities. Even more serious was that Earth's "Authorities" were now secretly keeping a close watch on all participants. Grener did in fact take up a selected group of 25 on his own list, among whom was John Lear, the son of the founder of the LearJet Aviation Company, an experienced commercial pilot and well-known UFO and ET researcher. The following is a reputed dispatch John Lear made directly from the Neptune Mothership:

02/04/2012 – John Lear from the Neptune Mothership.

It was a long tour. It's a big Mothership.

I was picked up alone in a limo. We were taken to a rural area just outside the city where a transport craft was waiting and there were 12 others who came also.

The ETs are Human but in a much better shape than us. So far they have taken us to some sort of ship adjustment chamber where we stayed for about 25 minutes [upgrading to the Fifth Dimension]. Now we are in a large open area with trees and green grass that looks like a park, but much more beautiful - its like being outside with a simulated sky. We are suppose to get a tour of the ship in about a half hour. I can't wait...

We have just left the park and now we are back on an observation deck.

I've just been informed we are leaving for a tour of the ship. Which means I won't be able to post for a while – I will post when I return from the tour.

Later: A literal flying city. Sorry I didn't report back sooner. I was exhausted. The amount of wonderous things I saw and all the information I learned can really tire one out. Anyway only a small number of folks were actually picked up - 25 that I counted personally. It was told to us that Mr Steve Beckow and a lot of others could not be picked up at this time due to the fact that Mr Beckow had made all of this too public.

It was supposed to be a behind the scenes first step. But with all the attention on Mr Beckow it was almost impossible for them to retrieve him and most of the others as there were safety concerns. We were told that Mr Beckow and others were put under surveillance after all this became so public against the wishes of those on the Neptune Mothership. Mr Beckow made this far too public and had some unsavory intelligence types watching his every move. There was no way they could have picked him up without incident, is what we were told.  But they said they do appreciate all the work he has done and he will be contacted personally at the first possible time when it is safe to do so.

And I can assure you this trip was most definitely not canceled. It was revised and made smaller. You guys have got to remember there are some very powerful people that don't want this open contact between our space family and us to take place. Especially by-passing the "Official Government Channels". Might we actually learn the truth for ourselves without Government Officials filtering it first? Their reaction was inevitable. As for Mr. Beckow, hopefully he learned an important lesson. This was for his own safety. When the time is right he will be told that in fact the trip was a success and finally be able to see the fruits of his labors.

Today I am allowed to take photos and post them back to the Earthnet. I have a few mandatory training exercises I need to go do but I will check back in later. This is all so surreal.

Can't believe this is actually happening.  I have taken over 200 photos. However the terminals on the ship don't have a USB port so I will ask the Adviser assigned to me my best option for uploading some of these photos the next time I see her. You should see the clothes these people wear - quite cool.

Anyway I have already become addicted to the gravity-free game court - so much fun floating around.  The rest of the ship has artificial gravity, but they have told us it is only at 83% of what it is on Earth so it feels quite nice actually and a bit different.  Do you want to hear something funny? When I first tried to post an e-mail to Earth yesterday I got a message "Banned from GLP" from the ship. God knows what ISP range they are using. Anyway it took a few attempts before I was finally able to post. This isn't my normal GLP ID. So whatever those other threads are seems like an attempt by the Dark Cabal to derail this at every chance.

Speaking of the Dinner we had, there are literally thousands of options to choose from, including Earth cuisine. I tried some exotic stuff - some form of seafood from a Planet they call Octuria, but was not able to eat it. But a lot of the food is very similar to what we eat, and then some isn't.  We have been told that tomorrow we will be taking a tour of this local part of the Galaxy, starting with a stop at each Planet in this Solar System. So far we have just remained in orbit around the Earth. Tomorrow should make for some really interesting photo opportunities. And I have been assured I will be able to upload the photos I have taken. But a more interesting option is that I will be able to use one of their 'image capturing devices' to take pictures which somehow will make uploading them instantaneous. Exciting times friends.

02/05/2012

Last night we left the Solar System to go on a most amazing tour of this corner of the Galaxy. The one thing that I kept thinking to myself was of that quote from Jesus: "In the House of my Father there are many Mansions". Indeed there are. Today I saw wonders that yesterday I could not have possibly imagined - simply unreal - but the thing is… it IS real. I feel much much happier. I have a totally different perspective to what this all is, and it is just amazing.

My fellow Humans from Earth. We have been cheated and abused in the worst possible way. We have been enslaved through corrupt governments and are given just enough to survive. We are brainwashed into believing this is a world of scarcity. But I can tell you with no doubt… this is a Universe of abundance! We have been robbed of living and enjoying life and all the wonderment that should go along with that.   They have told me that indeed the elite of the Earth have had propulsion and energy systems that would have turned the Earth into a paradise 50 years ago. But that they have withheld this from the peoples of Earth in the name of greed and control. Out of their fear of losing control and losing their self appointed place of authority. NO LONGER. This will all end this year.

John Lear on the Neptune Mothership.

It subsequently appears that Grener's select group of 25 visitors from Earth have been collectively sworn to withhold any reports on their visit until after the last remnants of the insider ring of the Dark Cabal have been finally put into custody. Readers might interested in a later communication (23 July 2012) from the Neptune Mothership describing their onboard Healing Chambers by a Crew-member Healing Technician named Phalia. This can be read from the "Healing Chambers on the Neptune Mothership" Link at the end of this Book II.


30 April 2012 - Declan of the Pleiades: An Ambassador of Peace and His Perspective On Disclosure - Through AuroRa Le.

I am Declan, a Pleiadian and an Ambassador of Peace with the Galactic Federation of Light. At this time, I function as one of many who operate as cultural liaisons, if you will, at this time when we seek to make our presence known to you, in the not-so-distant days to come. Ours are Light Teams, arriving as scouts with the intention of studying and assessing your changing social climate. Walking the walk and getting the lay of the land, as you would say. Being Humanoid Pleiadian, we are able to blend in. We are able to adjust our physical vibrations and take the necessary steps which allow us to visit for very short periods – a day or less – and move among the populace unnoticed. For the most part, our physical appearances are much the same, and this fact alone should speak volumes! We travel to Earth in order to determine when the timing will be right for the "Great Reveal". Do you feel you are ready? Do we feel that you are at a place in your development where you can effectively handle both the ups and downs of Disclosure?

Light Teams are everywhere; in every country, city, cultural and ethnic grouping. We number in the thousands, and embark from the fleets of ships which are sheltered by the lovely cloud formations in your skies. Unseen by Human eyes are also hidden Stargates, which enable us to come and go in such a way as to cause no fright nor raise an alarm. We interact with you in ways that will allow us to thoroughly study your progress, and empathetically experience and address your most pressing thoughts and concerns; your hopes and dreams for the New Earth. In this way we may also live the linear experience first hand. Many of our teams bring with us Brethren of differing planetary origin, other than Pleiadian, who are possessed of the grand ability to shapeshift their form at will, yet still tolerate the discomforts of the Third Density….In a lighter vein, you may look upon us as Galactic tourists, engaged merrily on holiday, partaking of the native fare and soaking up the local color. After all, Earth was originally deemed "The Vacation Planet".

Referring back to the topic of Disclosure, we see those in our ranks, of a decision-making capacity, vacillating back and forth about the timing of such an important step. This would account for the many "missed" opportunities that have passed by, quiet days with seemingly nothing of note going on. I can assure you there have been many, the most recent of which occurred this February past. Trust me when I say that we wholeheartedly desire for Disclosure to occur, and we are closely charting your progress in order to determine when the time for our reunion is right. The research and findings of the Light Teams will aid in determining the safest time for us to step out of the background and make ourselves known to our families on Earth. It is far less about what is convenient for us, but more our valid concern about the panic our sudden appearance could cause, along with the following ensuing chaos.

Oh, I can see and hear what you're thinking: "Tell us what your teams are actually learning about us, Declan. What do you believe would happen if we had Disclosure right now?" And I say to you that Mankind is close, so very close, but the time is not right at this very moment of today. You must remember that all of Humanity is not at the same level of awareness as many of you who are reading these words. We happily see you embracing your Divinity in an ever-expanding, rapidly ascending manner; something we find quite remarkable, really. The Planet you live on is a colorful mosaic of differing mores and cultures. There are certain areas of your Earth where it's inhabitants have been ready for Disclosure for quite some time – the indigenous people being an example of this. And of course there are all of you, the Lightworker community, who wait with baited breath for us to shed our cloaks and illuminate your skies. Your faith in us, and infinite patience warms our hearts and is respected by all who know you. Know also that your chosen roles as 'Awakeners' is the very thing which brings the day of Disclosure closer, and the Ascension process to it's full fruition. Your tireless diligence is bringing Humanity together, and one by one they will all surely come to the Light. We are just as anxious, maybe more so, for our reunion to come about, as from where we sit we can see the whole picture. However, do not forget that as magnificent and love-filled as our reunion will be, there is also a potentially less attractive flipside.

Your dear Human Brethren have been blinded and misled for so long that many are unable to discern fact from fiction. Approach them with compassion and know that it is by no fault of their own. So many still struggle beneath the weight of crippling dogma, fear, lack, and poor self-worth. Illusions, all. They are part and parcel of the web of false matrices which are at this moment being dismantled by you, piece by piece. These Dear Souls cannot remember their own perfection. They cannot wrap their minds and hearts around even the most remote possibility that what you and I are saying is true. Very, very soon the mirage will vanish and all they think they have ever known will disintegrate to dust before their eyes. They will feel betrayed, hurt, embarrassed, foolish for believing a lifetime of untruths. For some, their pain will cause them to act out in violence and aggression. They will feel completely justified in this. Destructive emotions such as these have the potential to spread like a contagious disease, and the very last thing we should ever want is for the shock of our appearance to add fuel to the proverbial fire. Do know that we are even now doing much to minimize the effects of the "Changes" taking place upon your Planet. But we must tread gently. We must allow for more to place themselves on the enlightened path. We must do what is best for all beings of Earth.

The Old Guard is perched at the edge of a precipice which is set to give way at any moment. It is inevitable. Your true history is slowly coming to be known. It is our deepest desire to be by your side at this time, standing hand in hand. You are our family. I, Declan, have walked incarnated, as you have, for so many lifetimes. I have walked miles upon the soil of Gaia. How well I recall the power of Human emotion. Love and loss, elation and sorrow, comfort and pain, passion and loneliness. Invaluable lessons, every one. Indeed, they each serve to make us stronger. I come forward today to remind you of our kinship and to reassure you that we are here, so close, and in your lives in ways that you might never have imagined. Stay strong, and be in peace.

http://theangeldiaries.org/


23 May 2012 - Christ Michael: The Three Days of Darkness - "An Ascension Wake-up Call for Humanity" - Candace

The "Three Days of Darkness" was planned long ago as part of the full movement of Planet Earth into the coming "Wave" of the Photon Belt at the "End Times". It is also has often been used in the past as a useful time for ridding a Planet of the "Dark Forces", which is often done in conjunction with a period of "Stasis" so that Ones who have elected to go through this event in full conciousness do not have to witness the removals. 

The "Stasis Period" will commence shortly after the initial few days of the "Three Days of Darkness" and so the populace will only be aware of it briefly.  Many of you Lightworkers may be aboard the Motherships during that time to be briefed.  We will commence the "Teaching Period" after the full Stasis Period.

This has been long prophesied and we have now come to the point, following all other attempts that otherwise have gone without understanding.  Everyone on the Planet will of course be forced to notice!  This is a Divine Operation in nature, not through the needs of Nature itself, so everyone will know, in whatever beliefs they have of "God", that this is indeed of God.  The final timing of this Event will occur on my sole direction, based on the multiple conditions at the time, including the WAVE [The Photon Belt].

It is shame on you Dark Ones that it has had to come to this, and many of you are already judged by the Courts and will be facing your removal, and in many cases your uncreation.  WE always win Dear Dark Brothers, and you have lost your dark "game".

Christ Michael, Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadonia.


14 July 2012 – Esu/Jesus on Removing the "Dark Ones"

Beloveds, stand in your patience for the coming "Changes".  I know this is tiring, but put yourself in our shoes, or mine at the moment.  I am in charge of a very large military operation that is most necessary at this time.  You may see some odd quakes around as we are taking out more Alien Bases and it is useful for us to finish that task, if possible pre the  forthcoming "Three Days of Darkness".   

There are energies in them that need neutralized so as to not effect damage during the Stasis Period that we do not wish.  These underground Bases are powered by mostly nuclear energies and need tactful handling.  I am only reporting this to give you some detail.  We are puling out the reactors and removing them. Some of these Bases are even "normal" underground installations that run on nuclear power which could blow up during the Stasis Period.  There is more to occur during the removal of the Dark Ones, and the details of which I cannot give you at this time.  Lets just say that the removal process includes removing more than people and let it go at that.  

Keep your lives going and stop living in the future that is not here yet!  And always have preparations no matter where you live, for temporary discomforts, as there is still to come the likelihood of much extreme weather and perhaps some extreme quakes.

Esu – Sananda/Jesus


12 November 2012 - SaLuSa of Sirius on behalf of the Galactic Federation - Michael Quinsey

Dear Ones, matters have really taken off with the coming of the 11.11 Portal, which has opened through which much Light has passed through you and into the Earth. Those of you who set the time aside to work with the Light have not only raised your own vibrations, but those of the Planet. It is likely that as a result you felt uplifted and light headed, but it will settle down. Perhaps the most noticeable change within you, will be your recognition of a deeper sense of calmness and peace. As you partake in further upliftments, so you will become even more at One, and others will "feel" the powerful energies that you are sending out. You are now in the time you have been waiting for, and as you look around you will see changes taking place everywhere. It will bring joy and happiness into being, and that again will lift the vibrations.

On a personal level nothing is more important than your preparations for Ascension. Whatever form you expect it to take, you will Ascend and then all else will follow in quick order. Do not concern yourselves with material things, as all you need will be available to you, and indeed more. The plan for your well-being has considered all aspects of your needs, and there will be a smooth transition from your present dimension to the 5th. Dimension. Set out to enjoy the experience as it is unique and you are privileged to be one chosen for it. There is absolutely nothing to fear, and every Soul will be loved and cared for at every stage. We will be accompanying you and ensure the process passes smoothly, and welcoming you into the higher realms.


12 December 2012 - 12/12/12 Portal & 12/21 Ascension - SaLuSa of Sirius – Michael Quinsey

The biggest day ever in your lifetime [12-12-12 Portal] has arrived, and it is the finalization of a whole series of lives that very shortly will give you the opportunity to leave Earth's "Cycle of Duality" [Dark versus the Light]. It will lead to the time you have been waiting for that will introduce the Golden Age, and lift you up into a higher dimension of happiness and joy. The problems and worries that are with you will be soon be set aside, and many will be quickly involved in the various projects connected with uplifting Mother Earth. The next few days you will be assessing other people's experiences compared to your own, and find mixed reactions. Those of the Light will inevitably find that they received an energetic input, and it will have established a new level within.

No one can prevent the new energies having some affect upon them, but not all will register it. Your civilization will never be the same again as it was with the "Cycle of Duality", but that will be a blessing. You will now find that there are more purposeful meanings and intent to actions that are being taken. They will fulfill the desire to move on and re-create a society that is based upon Love. It will happen because the power of creation is now much stronger within you than ever before. The momentum is now with those of the Light, and they will determine how you change and remove those who stand in the way of true progress. What has been held back must be released for the benefit of All and not just the few.

With the higher vibrations upon Earth, it is also made easier for your Galactic friends to appear amongst you, as they do not need to reduce their own vibrations as much as before when yours were so low. Understand that although you are used to existence in your own vibrations, they are extremely uncomfortable for Beings like us. However, that will soon be part of the past, as you take your place in the 4th and 5th Dimensions. You will soon adapt to a new way of living, that will commence as you introduce the changes intended to leapfrog you into the future. You have much to make up for and we are ready to start at a minute's notice.

You have less than 2 weeks to your finale when you Ascend with Mother Earth. During this time we expect some more people to awaken, and it may just carry them forward. Certainly those of you who find that you have been consciously lifted up by 12-12-12 will be in no doubt that you are ready to Ascend. We feel that it has still not entirely sunk in that the 21st. of December is a very special event, because it is unique and has never taken place before. Although individuals have always been able to Ascend, it will be the first time that Mass Ascension on this scale has been attempted. It will of course be successful, as it is in the hands of powerful Beings that do the Will of God.

Although it would appear that time has been lost because of delays and obstruction to our plans, we have nevertheless been very active. We can quickly change them as we have done on many occasions, and we now expect to run a very tight schedule to carry out our tasks. In the meantime we have kept a constant watch over you, and prevented areas of unrest from getting out of hand. An end will soon be put to all hostilities, and it will be allowed to be enforced. Eventually you will have full control of all Earthly affairs, but we will never be far away. Our Galactic Fleets are so large that we can leave some ships within your Solar System, to be on call if they are needed. We already have Bases on Earth and these shall remain for your protection.


21 December 2012 - Tara of the New Jerusalem Mothership - Shellee-Kim

Tara: Things are about to get moving now in no uncertain terms. Indeed, Mother Earth's time has come. Are you prepared, Beloveds? Inside and out?

It has been decided that very shortly we are to make our presence known, very openly. Your skies will be filled with our Fleet's vessels and many will look upon this in wonderment, in bewilderment. This is a necessary next step in the current plan.

There were several scenarios, but this is the one we have decided to go with. The one that would potentially have the most positive impact upon the people of your world. The Dark will, of course, try their hand at creating distractions and diversions through their attempted psy-ops plans, which will not succeed.

There are some of you who are to be called and brought to ship slightly earlier than planned originally. A pre pre-preparation, if you like. It has become necessary due to the ever so slight change in plans that you, the forerunners [Lightworkers], will help to implement.


The Ascension of Planet Earth on the 21st of December 2012

The original "Three Days of Darkness - Ascension Wake-up Call" Plan (3DD) first announced by Christ Michael this past Summer was postponed and eventually had to be put forward for a later time. Among the many difficulties on allowing Planet Earth to fully enter the Photon Belt, which the Galactic Federation Forces can delay, was the continued intransigence of the last hold-out Inner circle of the Dark Cabal, who in their desperation at losing control of Earth, repeatedly attempted to promote as many serious disruptions as possible. An example of one of their many recent attempts to disrupt Earth's Ascension was to try and jump-start World War III through engineering a conflict between Iran and Israel. This could have then spread outwards, drawing in neighbouring countries as well as the USA, Europe and Russia. Nevertheless, the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael have constantly monitored their plans, and would have never allowed them to reach fulfillment. Only recently have the major players at last been "contained" and no longer have the power to seriously disrupt things. Another factor in attempting to put the previous 3DD Plan in action were the difficulties of coordinating events within a large Galactic Federation Force, with their Fleets of Motherships (over 13 million spacecraft) being parked within our Solar System for up to twenty years! Naturally some had divided opinions on the best course of action to take, pulling this way and that, resulting in endless discussions taking place aboard the Motherships. There were also some physical difficulties in undertaking certain new untried solar and planetary adjustments. Thus it was that the 3DD Plan had once again be postponed so as to not disrupt Earth's "Ascension" date of the 21st of December 2012.

However, it should also be realised that all of the Galactic Federation and Christ Michael plans are ultimately sanctioned, and the final timing determined by our own Cosmic Creator, who at this time is taking a very particular interest in Planet Earth's Ascension, as well as Prime Source Creator, Creator of all the subsequent "Creator Gods" within this area of Creation. This Event in fact forms a vital part of the conclusion of our Cosmic Creator's "Explorer/Creator Race" Experiment on Earth, in which the many Explorer/Creator Race volunteer members are participating in a "School for Resolving Sources of Conflict" and the final resolution of the Duality of Light versus the Dark - particularly all of the dark evil which infiltrated the outer regions of our Grand Universe and also came into our Local Universe of Nebadon (more on this in Chapter 10, Book I). Our small Planet is in fact the final focus point for the resolution of all the evil which has bedevilled our Galaxy and caused its numerous Galactic Wars. All of the Universes are watching this significant event with very great interest. Explorer/Creator Race Members will later be able to use their newly developed skills and strengths to fan out throughout the Universe to assist any Planets who might in future need their help in situations of conflict between the Light and Dark and also eventually become future Cosmic Creators themselves. (More about the "Explorer/Creator Race" is to be found in the Explorer Race Books, see Link below).

The Cosmic Creator, Creator God of all the Creations within His area of the Cosmos, has therefore recently stepped in at this crucial time to take more direct control of the Galactic Federation Council's plans. Cosmic Creator's "Divine Orders" are relayed to the Galactic Federation Forces under Commander Ashtar, as well as Jesus-Sananda and Christ Michael through the Creator's designated Agent on the spot, Archangel Michael.

Planet Earth has been slowly approaching the immensely powerful range of Celestial transformative energies, known as the "Wave/Photon Belt", into which Earth will soon be fully entering. Meanwhile some of its intense transformative energies are being beamed down upon Planet Earth and acting to upgrade our vibrational rates up to the 4th Dimensional level. These intense beamed energies first began to noticeably impinge on us in mid August, and continuing to strengthen through the 12-12-12 Portal and up to the 21st of December deadline for Earth's Planetary Being, Mother Earth/Gaia to Ascend her own Consciousness up to the Fifth Dimension. This is also the long prophesied "End of Age" date when Planet Earth aligns herself with the Galactic Core of our Milky Way Galaxy, coinciding with the final End Date as given in the Mayan Calendar. This is not just the ending of one significant 26,000 year long "Galactic Age", but also of a combined total of four concurrent Galactic Ages of 26,000 years each, together making it a Major Galactic End of Age! For Planet Earth's Humanity it is also the start of our new "Aquarian Age", following on from the previous Pisces Age begun at the time of the birth of Jesus Christ.

A large part of Earth's Humanity did in fact go through the beginnings of its Ascension process during their sleep period on the 21st of December 2012, thereby starting out on their first baby "Ascension steps" towards the Fourth Dimension (although some of Earth's Humanity Ascended straight up to the Fifth Dimension at this time). Eventually, all of Humanity who are returning to the newly cleansed 4D New Earth will also eventually move up to the Fifth Dimension.

For the majority of Earth's Humanity, the Ascension date of the 12th of December 2012 can be seen as a new baby's point of "Conception", from which there will then be a nine-month fetus "gestation" period, allowing us to gently upgrade our vibration rates towards the Fourth Dimension, helped with the additional incoming beams of Galactic energies. This leads up to the 21st of September 2013, from which point our long expected full entry into the Photon Belt" and which will set in motion the final "Earth Changes and Cleansing Period". During that period the majority of Earth's inhabitants will go into a temporary state of "Stasis" (suspended animation) during which the major surface changes that urgently need to be done are set in motion by the Galactic Federation. Before they finally wake up (it will appear to be on the next calendar day within a period of "No Time") they will all be taken up in relays to the Motherships for instruction and explanation of what is occurring. They will then be returned to a refreshed and reborn 4th Dimensional New Earth.

However, Earth's previously existing Fourth Dimensional Body, which was known as our "Heaven", "The Summerlands" and as our "Spiritual Realms", which included many of our former 3D inhabitants who have "passed over" on their Death Experience, will themselves be moving up an evolutionary step to the existing Fifth Dimensional Earth. This is also where those of Earth's present inhabitants ready to Ascend up to the 5th Dimension will have arrived on the "Ascension Day" of the 21st of December 2012. Similarly, most of those inhabiting the existing 5th Dimensional Earth World will themselves be moving up to the 6th Dimensional Earth, and likewise those on the 6th Dimensional Earth will be moving on up to the 7th Dimensional Earth, at present the highest level for Planet Earth at this time.

Thus there was indeed an initial "Mass Ascension" of Earth's inhabitants on the 21st of December 2012, when the majority of Humanity went through a final "Soul Review" and also had the "Seed of Ascension" planted within them during their sleep period. Those that were already prepared to move up to the 5th Dimensional level, including the Consciousness of the Planetary Being, Gaia/Mother Earth, did so at this point. However, there are also many others who specifically came to 3D Earth from their former Home 5D Worlds in order to assist Earth inhabitants to Ascend at this time. They could at that time have easily moved up to the 5D Earth or else returned to their Home Planets, but instead have chosen, on their Higher Spiritual awareness levels, to return to the new refurbished 4D Planet Earth Plane to continue their Mission.

However, not all of these 5D "Lightworkers" may have woken up next day on the exisiting 3-4D Earth in the their present bodies to this fact, and it may take a while to do so. A large proportion of Earth's Humanity will therefore be returning from "Stasis" to remain a period of time on the newly cleansed and restructured 4th Dimensional Earth.

Thus most of those who are to be staying with the New 3-4D Earth, including the many 5D Volunteers, woke up on the 22nd December 2012 with no direct memory of their initial Ascension process, though they had been during their sleep period, undertaking a final Soul Review and receiving the implantation of a "Seed of Ascension" designed to impulse them upwards towards the Fourth Dimension. however, those who are sensitive to their "inner feelings" did indeed notice changes within themselves and also noticed it amongst many others.

The vast majority of Earth's Humanity at the time did not of course sense anything unusual having taken place, mainly because many had not been adequately informed of the coming events, or else had a natural resistance to any talk of major changes. It will thus take many well beyond the late Summer 2013 to possibly notice any changes within themselves, or of their gradual upliftment in vibrational rate. There is however, a strong possibility that the full Collective Consciousness of Earth's Humanity may be determined by the Cosmic Creator to be not yet ready for an "Ascension Event" by the Autumn Solstice. If so, then the Ascension Event may be further postponed to nearer the end of the year or even go through to the early months of 2014.

A majority of Earth's Humanity destined to remain with the new Earth, other than those Lightworkers who will be taken up to the Motherships for training and participation during the "Earth Changes", will enter the "Long Stasis" period (suspended animation) following an initial "Three Days of Darkness Event", which could last anywhere up to 4 years in Earth experiential time. They will then finally wake up to a reformatted and thoroughly cleansed Fourth Dimensional New Earth which could well last a further 3600 years before itself finally ascending to the 5th Dimension. Those 3D Humans who are not yet ready or willing to Ascend, will either be taken to another 3D World elsewhere or returned to the remaining 3D Earth "shell", whose surface at this time is being subjected to severe physical convulsions (of which we at virtually 4D level are not even aware of!). They will be joined by many of those "Dark Ones" that have continually refused to reform themselves, and thus need to start-over a new evolutionary cycle from scratch once again.

Our own Cosmic Creator of this area of the Cosmos has spoken to us about Earth's Ascension in the following Messages:


COSMIC AWARENESS speaking on the Ascension of Earth on the 29th of November 2012 - Will and Callista Summerfield-Berlinghof - http://Rainbow-Phoenix.com

We welcome you tonight, Cosmic Awareness, and ask if you have an opening message for us.

This Awareness does indeed have an opening message for this evening and for this time. Indeed the time goes quickly now, as you stand on the threshold of the month of December. And it is indeed in this month that so much will take place now. This Awareness wishes to remark on this matter, yet again. For It is aware that for many, this is a surreal time indeed. Many are aware that there is great significance in December 21st. Some are now aware of that time interval from December 12 until December 21st, The nine-day period which will see much activity and upheaval. But few understand that this process is not one that will simply complete itself at that time, December 21st. It is the date that this Awareness has always maintained will see the near completion of the Ascension process, the energies of Ascension here to assist one and all towards Ascension, towards the completion of the process that has indeed been underway for many years, indeed for many decades, centuries, and millennia. For it has long been understood and known that around this time, the energies of the Planet would come to completion. This includes the energies of Mother Earth in her present state, as well as the sojourn of Humanity upon the surface of Mother Earth.

There have been many who have spoken of this time and there are also indeed the prophecies in the Bible and of Nostradamus. There have also been prophecies in every major culture of this Planet about these coming times. And there are many who have known within themselves that they are here to be part of these End Times, part of this major shifting of consciousness. Many are there that feel that they will Ascend at this time, and have put all of their hopes onto this date of December 21st, as indeed being the crucial date. The Mayan Calendar is often cited as stating that December 21st will be the end point. But, this Awareness says now, that while the Ascension process that has been underway for so long a time will partially complete itself on December 21st, it does not mean that the energies are all done and complete, and that all will simply vanish at that point. 

For many will not experience it this way. They will indeed arise on December 22nd and see that, for them, the world still continues. This is part of that which this Awareness will call the "wind-down period of time", from the build-up to the 21st of December, where certain convergences of the Planet, certain energies of the Cosmos, certain powers and forces from the Sun itself, will all come together to open the gateways to the Divine energy of God.

But, that which will follow for many who have not experienced a full Ascension transition, will find that they are indeed still here. Maybe one might be disappointed that this is so. Maybe not. But, this Awareness says that for those who will find themselves still on this Planet, still having a 3D experience, that the process, although it has been completed on the 21st of December 2012 energetically, will still need time to wind down to fully implement the new structure of the Planet, the new Consciousness that will be available on this Planet. This 3D Planet will become the new balanced and harmonized 3-4D Planet A/B. And that a nine-month period of time will follow, where many will assimilate those events that they experience, one way or another.

Thus, on and by the 21st of September, 2013, the wind-down of the build-up of energies towards Ascension will come to a completion. This means, for those who have not directly Ascended to the 5D Planet A, nor have gone down to 3D Planet B, that many will experience the aftermath of the events that have occurred during the time period from the 12th of December to the 21st of September 2013. Many others will have no memory of these events for, during that time period following the 21st of September 2013, there will be for many who are going on to re-inhabit the 3-4D Planet A/B, a period of time that is often called "The Three Days of Darkness."

Thus, it is that many "Timelines" of individuals who were not Ascending directly, who wish to continue their planetary sojourn on a "Dualistic", Third-Dimensional Planet, will go through a period of the Void, where they, those who do not seek to remember, those whose Timelines will not include the memories of the upheaval and the events of the last few days of September 21st, will experience a type of amnesia. For in the Three Days of Darkness [following 21 September 2013], the Three Days of the Void, consciousness will be in animated suspension [Stasis] for those who wish to come back and continue their existences, but choose not to remember the events.

That will also be a time of reformulation of the Planet itself. This Awareness has spoken of this previously, but introduces it again for people to see and know and understand. That even those who will have no memory of the events, will indeed still carry the energies of them. As well, they will come onto this Planet ready to start afresh, start anew, with the context of their beliefs holding that this is a Balanced Planet, this New 3-4D Planet A/B. And that those forces that previously had such control simply do not exist in their minds, and in the new patterns that will affect this New Planet.

Thus, it is, their expectation will be to work from this new state in full preparation and readiness, in full expectation and belief that Governments are indeed fair and just. That Mother Earth is of importance and that it is extremely vital to be in alignment with her, to live lives where there is integrity, honesty, courage, courtesy, and compassion. This will be where the concerns of all are understood as paramount, and gone are the attitudes of greed and avarice, control, manipulation, and the seeking of power for the sake of power.

Thus, it is, the New 4D Planet A/B will be one that has the potential of truly becoming all that God intended. And in this new Experiment in Consciousness, there will be the energetic force available to build towards a new level of "Conscious Awareness". The purpose of the Ascension process at this time was to see many more Ascending into "Full Consciousness" and "Full Awareness", but not the entire Planet's populace. Many are not here at this time to Ascend, but are here to have a quasi-Ascension experience. This being one where they are not seeking Ascension, where they are still very involved in the present scenario of 3-4D Planet A/B, and where they will pass over, knowing that they were not meant for this Ascension process at this time. Many others are indeed here to have this experience, both personally as well as being part of a collective that has come together to assist Humanity and, in particular, Mother Earth, in her Ascension process.

But, many simply have the desire to experience the energies of a Planet in Ascension and yet be part of a society that has not chosen to Ascend. The next phase or plan is for the Total Ascension of the entire Human Race. This is seen as the ultimate goal and purpose of the future balanced and harmonized 4D Planet A/B, a goal that will take several thousand years [up to 3,600] to reach. Thus, it will be that many who Ascend to the Fifth Dimension will still return to the 4D Planet A/B, but from a level of Conscious Awareness of their Fifth-Dimensional, multi-dimensional, nature. They will partake in the events of the unfolding New Planet, helping the populace who are here to move towards Ascension, to grow into Ascension. The Nine-month Period, the wind-down period, that this Awareness has spoken of, will be a crucial period for the re-establishment, not of old norms, but of the old ideas of Peace and Harmony, Cooperation and Respect and Honor for all Living Things, including oneself. And this re-establishment of principles that are deep in the Human psyche will indeed fully begin to truly establish itself within the Nine-month Period. And once it is locked in on September 21st, it will be a journey then over the next several thousand years to reach a point of heightened consciousness and awareness for the whole of Humankind, and not just a handful, even if it is a large handful at this time.

Many have asked this Awareness how it will be for them, those who would Ascend to the 5D Planet A. For many, they will be completed and finished of their work upon the Planet. They have chosen to come in to hold the space of the Divine, of Spirit, during these crucial times, not necessarily seeing their own actions manifest anything, often wondering, "What was the point?" What was their purpose? But, many who are the Spiritual Volunteers, the Spiritual Lightworkers and Warriors, have come onto this Planet to hold space, to be silent conduits of Consciousness, Divine Consciousness, Spiritual Awareness, to assist in the Ascension process that is underway and soon to come to completion.

Thus, it is that many who have come for this purpose will treat the Ascension experience as a one-way trip, a return back to their Spiritual homes, and then the continuance of their Spiritual experiences will be individual and unique from that point on. But, many will still return through the process of transmogrification, of re-assembling the physical body, so that they can once again sojourn on the physical Fourth Dimensional Planet. This time, in roles as active Teachers and participants in the New World that is beginning. They will no longer be impeded by their former Limited Consciousness, that had agreed to participate on the Third-Fourth Dimensional level of Consciousness, without knowing or understanding who and what they really were.

The "Law of Forgetfulness", that which is often called the "Veil of Forgetfulness," ensured that to fully participate in the experience of an unbalanced Third-Dimensional reality, that those Spirit Beings who came upon this Planet to assume Human form and have 3D physical lives, would not remember their Spiritual nature. In this, they would be fully committed to the experience and not back off, not check out or run away, when things got difficult. This would ensure and did ensure the unique nature of each and every individual's life. Not all of them, as this Awareness has said, having the intent that they would Ascend or develop their higher levels of Conscious Awareness. This being so, the end of the experiment that is now upon the Planet and Humanity will see those who have had their physical experience, but do not wish to go further, check out. That is, to experience the Death Experience so that they may return back into their Spiritual form.

For those who have consciously chosen to Ascend, who are not returning back to their Spiritual source, to stay at the Fifth-Dimensional level and beyond, then those who have chosen to still participate in this new reality will no longer be confined by the Law of Forgetfulness, the "Veil of Forgetfulness". They will be fully cognitive and aware of who and what they really are. They will know themselves as Creator Beings. But, there will be a new Agreement. This new Agreement will be one that, although they know it themselves, they know their Higher Spiritual nature will not simply divulge this. They will not flaunt it. They will not use it to gain advantage. The new Law that they will follow in their work and in their service is: "do no harm". Guide and assist those who are ready, towards Spiritual awakening. But, do no harm. This means that they will come, the many who will still choose to be of service to Humanity and to Mother Earth, with the intent of Teaching and Guiding, but not interfering, not taking control. That they, in their private and personal lives, with their new level of awareness, will be able to create around themselves the realities that they will indeed be able to create instantly, instant manifestation at all levels. But, they will not necessarily flaunt this and show this off to others.

But, it is also seen that there will begin to develop Mystery Schools. Mystery Schools, of course, being those Ancient Schools where the truths of Spirit were taught and powers realized that are no longer known or understood by the majority. These Mystery Schools will often be in the form of new communities of Spiritual Beings in "Full Awareness", coming together to create a higher resonance on the Planet and that this resonance will extend outwards to the many who are still having physical experiences. There will be a new atmosphere of acceptance to those views and beliefs that, at this time, are largely rejected, ridiculed and even attacked. And many will start to be intrigued by those who have such views and beliefs and attitudes. Slowly, this will seep into Human Consciousness, driving the Human Spirit forward in its journey toward Full Ascension of the full populace, the full Human Race. And this is, as this Awareness said, the purpose and the goal of the 4D New Planet A/B.

In the meantime, those who will choose to live on the 4D Planet A/B will be able to have lives that many have wished for and dreamed for, but have never seen in the present Planet's situation. That they will be in service to the greater populace, but they will also be available to their Spiritual Brothers and Sisters, both of an Extraterrestrial nature as well as those who have indeed come with them from the levels of Spirit. It will indeed be a bright, brave, New World, and this Awareness does say that many who are now readying themselves for Ascension will still continue to be involved on the Planet, the New 4D New Earth Planet A/B.


22 January 2013: Cosmic Awareness on the Follow-up to the Ascension Day Event - Will and Callista Somerfield-Berlinghof

It is now a month since that event that was known as the Great Ascension occurred, that which was the blending with the God Divine Consciousness, Source Consciousness that occurred on the 21st of December, 2012.  In the month since that event, many have had to face truths of their own nature that were in need of review, and who have openly looked into those areas of their lives and have seen for themselves what still needs to change, and then some have not.  For those who have not, this last month has been difficult in many ways, for their lives have been disassembled, if you will, from that which was the state of their belief before the Ascension Event to that which existed after the event.

For those who found that nothing happened, there has been great disappointment, great fury, that the long-awaited events that they hoped would remove them from an oppressive world that they no longer wished to be part of, they have indeed been placed in a situation that they now need to reconcile the loss of the "dream". In many ways, there was a disenchantment that occurred and this disenchantment indeed has broken the mold of the dream that they held before Ascension, and for those Ones who in their disenchantment have been disappointed and feel let down, many have retreated back into negativity and hopelessness.

As they felt that something should occur on the day that would lift them beyond themselves and back into their Spirit without having to go through the "Death Experience", without having to work for this, they have found that they have not achieved those goals and they have found that they are bitter now, and dubious of those who gave them the information, this Awareness included, and all other sources as well.  But they have also missed the point that the disenchantment was a vital necessity for their further growth and development. This applies across the board to all who found that the Ascension experience was not exactly as expected but in particular, for those who are now embittered at the lack of results, that it is still a necessity to look at the reasons why this event did not occur.

This Awareness is not talking of those reasons outside of themselves, but rather within themselves.  For as they faced themselves in that instant of Soul Review when they stood in the presence of that which is the God Essence, or God Force, they understood instantly that they were not ready to proceed, they had not fulfilled that which was the "Contract" made at that level of Soul before advancing into a physical "Dualistic" life experience.  Some may even have realized in that instant that it was not a failure but rather that there was simply more work to do, more experience of physical Dualism to be had and in that moment of Absolute Truth and Honesty, their Soul again chose to return back into physicality to continue their life's journey in that which was and is the Journey of Soul Evolution. 

For those who were somewhat disappointed but have not become bitter or angry at a lack of results but have understood that they have more work to do, this time period is indeed crucial.   It is crucial again across-the-board for all, but this Awareness is speaking to those who felt maybe something happened but it certainly was not as expected. There have been for those Ones periods of depression and set-backs, this is so as they too felt their disenchantment from that which was the previous dream.  But they have started to understand that perhaps there was and is more work to do which was revealed to them also during the moment, the instant of Soul Review as they stood in the God Consciousness, God Force.

And in their return, rather than go down the road of negativity, rather than blaming others, they have decided to simply look deeper within and to do that which is still in need of doing. This is that which this Awareness further encourages for this time period, this interim period of nine months that this Awareness has spoken of, that which will take place from the 21st of December 2012 to the 21st of September 2013, is very much a period of time where intense work can be done and many revelations presented to oneself. 

Of course for those who did feel something new at a deeper level, that an event had occurred of great significance and came back to continue the work; this Awareness says also that this period of time remains critical and crucial indeed across-the-board for all Human Beings, whether they were disappointed and thus embittered by the lack of experience, events, etc. or those that did achieve a recognition, returned with some memory of the event, and all in between.

This is a period of time now for the intense work to continue. That the first Trimester of this nine-month period which is underway at this time, is a very crucial developmental stage.  Just as the embryo that has recently been conceived and has started its journey of fetal development is in a critical stage of its development in the first three months, so is it with all who are moving towards the expansion of their consciousness and the manifestation of their new reality.

It is extremely critical at this time to not look at the events and say that nothing happened, nothing has changed, the same Old Order is in charge, the same Ones who have created such turmoil, such problems, such horrendous societal events are still there, need to understand that they are still there at this preliminary stage.  But as it is still a preliminary stage and as the decisions being made at this stage are crucial to how the spiritual embryo continues to develop over the nine-month period, that it is important to recognize that as you devote your energies to maintaining the old status quo of beliefs, you will continue to experience them, your Timelines will reflect them and for those who choose to energize these beliefs, these observations that nothing has happened, their experiences will create the body of those beliefs, and the body will be in a Reality where they do indeed head down the Timelines to where they might even experience a 3D Planet B scenario. If they maintain their belief that the Evil and Dark Ones are still in control and are more powerful than all else, that there is no escaping them; they will unfortunately create their manifest destiny that has this as their experience.

For all the others who are choosing to continue to work on the assumption that something did happen at the Soul level, the Divine level of Consciousness, and that it is available still and that they are choosing to work towards this, choosing to work towards creating their manifest destiny that will see the New World start to emerge, then their Timelines will reflect this, they will begin to see greater and greater changes in these months ahead. 

But these first three months, the first month of which is now complete, are essential to the process and that as the next two months unfold and events unfold on the timelines of Mother Earth, if they continue to hold to their beliefs and their convictions that the Changes are underway, then their manifest destiny will indeed be a reflection of this.

[End of the Cosmic Awareness messages]


Following our Ascension experience and the nine-month "Upgrading" period with its developing Fourth Dimensional vibrational rate, there may follow the period of major Earth Changes and restructuring, but only if and when our Cosmic Creator determines we are finally ready. Following the period of Earth Changes, all forms of aggression, corruption and deception will have disappeared as well as all our 3D illnesses. Our full mental capacities will once again be restored and we shall have by then achieved a state of "Full Consciousness". We shall thereafter implement new and improved social and financial systems, such as new ways of promoting prosperity through investment in industry and just policies of fair rewards in the terms of incomes and prices. We shall also from then on enjoy a totally refreshed green and clean urban/rural environment, which will include new forms of community transport to replace the previous car-led transport chaos.

Although the 21st of December 2012 may well have triggered a long awaited Ascension process up towards the Fourth Dimension, we shall still need at the end of the nine-month vibrational upgrading period to finally go through a final "Long Stasis" period, as has been also outlined by Christ Michael and Esu/Jesus in their previous messages. This "Long Stasis", lasting anywhere between two and four years in Earth experiential time, is when the much needed Earth Changes and cleansing will be undertaken by the Galactic Federation in cooperation with Earth's Lightworker volunteers while the majority of the remaining inhabitants are safely "asleep" in Stasis. This will include a major clean up of Earth's polluted environment, as well as dealing with all the necessary adjustments resulting from the Pole axis changes inducing a sinking and rising of new land-masses, and which will include the re-emergence of the Continent of Atlantis. Much of the coming Earth Changes will be set in motion by our fuller entry into the "Photon Belt", ushering in a time of the long prophesied "Three Days of Darkness" (see Link incorporating this title below), causing a magnetic "Pole Reversal" and a small degree of Pole shift, but which those already in "Stasis" will not directly experience (More information on the "Stasis" process is available in the Christ Michael ATON's "Earth Changes & Ascension Plan" Archive document - see Link below).

However, those within Stasis in areas of possible danger would of course be relocated to a safe area, or uplifted to the Motherships. By then many within Earth's population who will not be staying with the New Earth will have returned to their original Home Planets, or possibly elsewhere. All those who are to remain with the new Earth, but still in Stasis, will at some point before the final wake-up period be taken up within their Astral bodies, in sequenced relays, to the Motherships for instruction and clarification of what is unfolding. Those planning to return to the New 4D Earth will probably number somewhere around one third of the present population, the final numbers dependent upon the total accepting Earth Ascension.

Following the Earth Changes and the "Long Stasis" period, Esu/Jesus/Sananda will be descending to 4D Earth (the long-prophesied "Second Coming") for a period as Planetary Prince/Regent. One of the roles the Planetary Prince will be fulfilling is to oversee the implementation and the upholding of 4D Earth's new World Constitution. Earth's new Constitution will not only lay down the basic rules, obligations and limitations on Earth's Governments, but will also enshrine the basic code of all future Human conduct as: "Do that which you wish to do providing it does not harm others". This will encourage a new moral attitude amongst all Humans of "Service to Others", of caring for others and also of all other creatures and life forms, rather than the present majority attitude of "Service to Self".

It will also ensure that day-to-day governance by Earth's Leaders is conducted with honesty, propriety and in full accordance with the supreme Constitutional Principle: the Principle that each should be free to develop his or her own personality to the full, the only restrictions upon this freedom being those which are necessary to enable everyone else to do the same. This Principle can be summed up as: "Freedom up to the point where you do not infringe the freedom of another".

This fundamental Principle is explored in "The Principle of Liberty" (see link below) in terms of historical background, constitutional development, procedures of governance, and the practical application of the Principle in personal relationships, trade and commerce, and in our use of the shared natural resources of our host Planet.

And so will follow 4D Planet Earth's new Aquarian Age, a "Golden Age of Peace & Prosperity".



Commander Ashtar

27 February 2013 - Commander Ashtar on Disclosure and the Nine Month Period - Philipp

We have already told you that Disclosure is imminent and waiting at your doorstep. You have correctly observed that the channelings about Disclosure are coming into increasing alignment and precision. This does not mean that we are giving you any specifics about when and how Disclosure will happen. What we are saying is that the channeled messages are focusing more and more on the facts around the sources of Disclosure and why it must happen now.

Before this Now moment, Humanity would not have been ready to receive the truth. There would have been a great danger for people to drift into the negative emotions of fear, anger and hate.

Think  how you would have reacted to this news before your spiritual doors opened up and someone like us informed you suddenly that your Star Brothers and Sisters have been watching over you for eons of your time and that there has been a huge cover-up by World Governments to keep this information from you?  How would you have responded to the truth about us and the fact that we are All One and we are actually here to protect you?

It is true that we are not here to rescue you. This is not our job and let me make this very clear. It will never be our job to save you from your own manifestations, provided such manifestations do not have a negative impact on the great scheme of All That Is [i.e: the Divine Plan]. This is why we have prevented the use of nuclear weapons to reduce the population, as originally intended by your Dark Ones, and have helped you with the cleansing of your air from pollution, such as the chemtrails. What we have done is to protect you from attempts to destroy yourselves and your beautiful planet. We have ensured that your evolution did not run adrift, like a rudderless ship. We are here because we are your Family and as a family we have to take care of each Family member. Remember, we are all One!

Now, in this very moment of Now, a great shift has taken place and by this we're not referring to the shift which happened in your last calendar year [21-12-12]. This leads us to the answer to the question "where does Disclosure begin?"

Humanity has changed and this is an inner shift we are talking about. Gone are the days where we would have to be concerned about strong negative reactions like anger, fear or hate towards the message of truth that you are not alone in the Universe and that there is a family of Light Beings waiting to reunite with you.

Humanity has reached a level of Light that enables it to accept the truth without undue negative reactions. The reaction of most of Humanity now will be like "I knew it! I always knew it" and they will feel instinctively that this is the one and only truth of all that is: We are all One!

And this is the basis of Disclosure, this inner shift which has taken place in Humanity. This is the basis for all the events which you view as the "Disclosure process" in the outer world. It all starts in your heart, in every single heart in every single Human Being!

This is the reason we have informed you again and again that you should not look to the outside for Disclosure, but rather to go inside and make the necessary connection with your heart.  Without this inner knowing, outer Disclosure cannot not take place.

You have successfully completed this prerequisite work. Very well done, by the way. Congratulations to you all from our side!

Let me summarize this because this is so important: Disclosure can only happen when Humanity has completed its homework and has evoked enough assimilation of Light for accepting the Truth. And this you have completed very successfully. Ponder these words and read them with your heart again and again!

So, where do we stand now in the outer Disclosure process, given that you have completed your part of the process? Exactly! Now it is our part to bring Disclosure to fruition and we are now taking a stronger role in the situation. You have passed the baton to us, so to speak.

The dominoes are falling right now.  Now we are in the lead and are pushing the dominoes and all are falling exactly as they should. You don't know this and you are not yet able to see or fully comprehend this process, but this chain reaction is going full steam ahead and nothing can prevent this chain reaction.

Rest assured that we are well prepared and that we know very well what our job is and what we have to do and when. The timing is perfect and no delays will be allowed. The outside events which we have referred to and which show Humanity that Disclosure is here are on your door step and will happen very shortly.  And by this, we mean "soon" in your language.

Prepare yourselves  because when this happens the work of our Ground Forces, which you all form a part of, goes off like a rocket. You will have to stand by your Sister's and Brother's side and give them a helping hand to get used to this new Reality - which is, in fact,  the only Reality which exists.

As I have told you, this Divine Plan has been in place for a long time. Let me please answer one of your questions in this regard: why did this Plan change so many times? It is a question which all Lightworkers have posed, whether consciously or not. It is a pleasure for me to answer this question once and for all.

The time for changes in the Divine Plan is definitely over. Are there nuances which we have to consider and to react to? Of course there are.  But, first of all, they are only nuances and not big changes. And, secondly, the Plan now in place will not change in such a way that we will have to provide you once again with explanations for events which you consider to be  "unfair", "not anticipated" or "unexpected."

And please (and this is very important) let us look upon what has led to the change of the Divine Plan. It is actually not a change but a fulfillment of a request. And who has sent out this request? Who has sent out this plea to our Creator to have more time to allow more fellow Human Brothers and Sisters to jump on board  the Ship called Ascension? Yes, you and only you! Let us explain.

As of today, you do not comprehend what powerful Beings you really are. For eons we have watched you with amazement. Every time when we "think" that nothing more from your side could surprise us, you manage to astound us once again. Each time when we "think" that we have understood the Human Being, we discover that we are far from reaching the finish line.

You are amazing! And this happened to us once again when you sent out the plea for prolongation of the Ascension process (which contains, as you all know, the Disclosure process). Your plea was astonishing and the Creator and all of us are so very proud of you. It has proved how far you have come on your journey, that you would put the well-being of the collective over the individual's goal. And this goal, of course, was to get over the Ascension finish line as quickly as possible.

The Creator has answered your plea and put in place a nine-month grace period which Denise Le Fay [http://deniselefay.wordpress.com/2013/02/25/the-nine-months-period/] has talked about. And thanks to you all, we now have many more visitors in the skies to help coordinate your Ascension process. It is getting quite crowded around your Planet!

Our Creator is full of joy, happiness and Love for you and is so proud of your development. His project "Playfield Earth" is coming to a successful close. This Grace Period until September 2013 was not easy to provide you with. Please don't forget that although you put your focus on your Ascension and that of Gaia, the last of which has already taken place, this whole picture is much more complex and broader than you think.

For not only you but the whole Universe in which your beautiful Planet is located is affected and is also going through this Ascension process. And think quite particularly about your Sisters and Brothers in the Inner Realms of Gaia [Agarthans] who are longing to finally rejoin with you. They can barely tolerate any more changes to the Plan. They have agreed to this Grace Period only after the Creator decided to allow only a very short time of prolongation (nine months).


4 May 2013 - Trinity Mother/Father God – Working towards Disclosure - Kathryn E. May

Dear Ones, we want to reassure you that the process of Ascension continues, and the Disclosure events you were waiting to see have not been discarded from the Plan. Your messages as they were recorded here were calling for an uncloaking of the ships over the Press Club building where the Disclosure hearings ["Citizen Hearing on Disclosure" at the National Press Club, Washington, D.C., 29 April–3 May 2013 - www.CitizenHearing.org ] were being held. Ashtar himself has told you that he intended to appear in or around May 3, and we are still hopeful that this will be possible, although it may be done on a world-wide basis rather than centered in Washington D.C.

Ashtar is eager to appear to all of you and to make the landings which will allow his crew of eager Twin Flames to reunite with their loved ones possible. He is so eager that he allowed his message to have a time-limited interpretation, and we have often said that we do not give dates, because Humankind has a tendency to become fixed on a point in time and will be devastated if the events do not unfold as they wish.

The window of opportunity for the uncloaking of ships continues for two more days. There are cosmic requirements, spiritual requirements and timing requirements which require the final decision to be made by Cosmic Creator. We are not in control of those decisions, although we do have access to much of the information on which the decisions are made. However, like you, we are not always in full possession of every element of knowledge at all times. Our position is higher in the dimensional perspective than yours, but we are not the ultimate Voice.

This is a difficult position for Us, for all of you, for our channels who have trusted our word and followed our every suggestion, and for the Ascended Masters who are working in good faith, often doing their work in semi-darkness, but with determination and unfailing commitment.

It is a phenomenal project we have undertaken together, and our desire to see this crucial phase completed is weighing heavily on all of us. Do not allow the importance of the project to allow you to be pulled back into the urgency, impatience and petulance that is Three Dimensional thinking. We have been in this place before, on 22 Dec. 2012, when many of you were infuriated because the Ascension process did not look the way you had hoped.

Do not lose hope, and do not lose your calm determination to carry this through, Beloved Ones. Let us consider the options over which you all have some control. One of the requirements for this Ascension process, including the Disclosure and uncloaking events, is that Humankind, of its own free will, reach a level of commitment and participation which will allow for the opening of higher dimensions to welcome them. This opening process is a matter of group consciousness, which by our measurements has reached a much higher level in recent months. However, the moment which will tip the balance is a matter of organic, evolutionary interplay of forces which are more intricate and complex than any Human mind can possibly grasp.

Now, the truth of this is that there are also some of these complexities which are not within the grasp of even the most advanced Masters and Enlightened Beings. We too do our jobs to guide, counsel and provide Unconditional Love and support as we all work toward increasing the vibration of the great Multiverse. We represent Truth and Love in our dealings with you, and we keep always to the principles of Universal Law, which requires only actions which are of the Greater Good.

At this time, it is the Greater Good which is at issue. It is never optimal for our children to be given responsibilities or privileges which are beyond their capacity to process or handle. It is always best for the student to raise him/herself to the level of competence before graduation. We feel the Truth of this Law at this time, and hope that we can transmit to you the sense of gratitude and hope that we feel for the patience and constant care which all Beings are given, each according to their individual needs, and each according to the needs of the greater Unity.

You are just learning, Dear Ones, the meaning of Unity Consciousness. It is not a concept you have taken to easily. The spirit of independence and free will is not contradictory to Unity, but it is a long road from "freedom" and "liberty" as many on your Planet have practiced it by exercising greed and destruction of Earth's resources, to a genuine quality of freedom which respects and nurtures the need of every living thing equally.

You may have noticed a recognition of these truths during the Citizens' Hearings. The seemingly unanimous acceptance of the presence of benevolent "Cousins" was received without objection, and the feeling of conviction that we have begun a new way of life was felt by all in the room. The energy level was high 5th Dimension, and it carried everyone along. The threat to the status quo was absolutely evident and present. You may have noticed that a few of the speakers were far more passionate and emboldened than they had been previously, and several were far more eloquent than they had been all week.

You may even have noticed a new use of the Language of One - the idea that "we will all do this together," and the frank declaration that your Government is not run by Congress, is not representative at all, but is run by corporations. Those ringing words were encouraged, you might say, by the presence of our Archangel Michael who worked by overlighting powerful suggestion to encourage those whose beliefs were in this direction, to speak them passionately. They will not be aware that the words were not completely their own but were inspired by Divine Intervention because these individuals are evolving toward Unity consciousness themselves.

We are the Mother/Father God

Channeled by: Kathryn E. May, PsyD - www.WhoNeedsLight.org


11 June 2013 - Update from Matthew Ward on Earth's present situation as seen from the Spiritual Realms - Channeled through his Mother, Suzy Ward

With loving greetings from all souls at this station, this is Matthew. As we address the issues in which readers have expressed greatest interest, please keep in mind that the "negative" end of the duality spectrum is at its zenith; and that energy, once set in motion, must run its course. You are seeing the combination of individuals with violent tendencies following their intensified urge to commit violence — whether in random acts or leaders oppressing their peoples — and the playing out of energy in many diverse situations around your world.

Turmoil in Turkey, ostensibly to protect a park, was instigated by the CIA's "black ops" to stoke the fire between the Sunnis and Shi'ites and lead to a blazing war. Just as all other countries in your world, Turkey has policies that are not satisfying every citizen, but it is economically sound and progressive — and that's what the Illuminati want to destroy. Although their global network has come apart at the seams, a few peak individuals are stuck in their delusion that they will take over the entire Middle East and move on to control the rest of the world too. Most assuredly, that will not happen, and when the unrest in Turkey subsides, and it shall soon, some reforms will emerge and further strengthen the country's progressive path.

In mid-eastern countries where the people have ousted despotic or dynastic rulers, freedom is new and it is natural that there is confusion about leadership and governance. Eventually a consensus will be reached in each country and the kind of democratic rule that best suits each will be instituted.

Syria is somewhat different because disparate groups are battling the Assad regime — their purpose is the same, but each group has its own agenda, so to say. When victory does come, there will be a time of severe dissension led by the most radical in the groups until common sense and wisdom prevail; then a coalition will be formed to move the country toward a peaceful stability.

China's interest is not in "economically conquering the USA," but in dealing with its serious internal issues. Among the world's major nations economically speaking, China and the United States have the largest internal challenges. Due to its authoritarian nature tempered by clear vision, the Chinese government is working on solutions to its problem areas; due to democracy gone awry, action in the United States in regard to troublesome areas is comparatively at a standstill.

This is an appropriate place to address questions that many readers have asked: How can US President Obama defend the National Security Agency's collection of data from citizens' private telephone conversations and Internet records? Why did he sign the Monsanto Protection Act? Congressional actions are public knowledge, but what goes on behind closed doors is not known, and we shall tell you what is relevant to these two situations.

President Obama defended NSA's data gathering, which was authorized in the Patriot Act passed during George W. Bush's administration, on the authentic basis that it has led to discovering and thwarting numerous terrorist plans. What the president cannot say — and Bush never would — is that the most extensive terrorist acts that met failure and most of the lesser plots that also got shot down were those devised by the CIA faction under Illuminati control.

Neither can Obama disclose that ETs are working in the NSA and other agencies in that country and in several others. They are collecting and analyzing information on all Illuminati activities around the globe and using it to weaken their operations and obtain evidence for prosecution. When this has served its purpose — bringing to its final moment the Illuminati reign — the Patriot Act and also Homeland Security will come to an end.

As for the Monsanto Protection Act, Illuminati spokespersons told the president that if he vetoed it, Congress would override it. Furthermore, they would intensify their efforts to overturn the Affordable Healthcare Act, block legislation that could relieve some immigration issues, and doom attempts to resolve international conflicts by rational discussions instead of belligerent confrontation.

That is the "down-to-Earth" reason, you could say, that Obama signed the bill, but there is another facet of this that the Illuminati bloc doesn't know. Despite their threats, the president was not going to sign the Act — he did so because ETs close to him advised it. Their higher perspective was that citizens' outrage at this insidious bill needs to motivate them to force its nullification. The people must exercise their right and responsibility to demand that their elected officials end stubborn partisanship, stop letting lobbyists' money dictate their votes on legislation, and start serving the best interests of the country. By no means does this apply only to the United States! Governments in every country must start serving the needs of their people because this goes to the very heart of Earth's Golden Age and soul evolvement!

As mentioned in previous messages, Earth's populace is in Fourth density as far as location, but many have not yet reached this density consciously or spiritually. Just as Earth's ascension was predestined, so was her Golden Age, but when that Age blooms in glorious fullness in your linear time depends upon the people's collective thoughts, feelings and actions. We cannot emphasize too strongly how greatly your light is needed to help your society advance in conscious and spiritual awareness!

The universal law of attraction is an essential part of advancement. By concentrating on dissatisfaction with governing systems' injustices and nefarious activities, the populace is sending forth energy that is prolonging situations they want to end! They need to know that by focusing instead on what they want, they generate the energy that will manifest it. They need to be discerning about information from all sources by asking within, where the truth is known as to whether something is fact or fiction, true or false.

We first spoke of Barack Obama prior to the 2008 primary election in the United States, when we stated that he would be elected President. We have spoken about him numerous times since then, including before the 2012 election when we said he would remain in office and why. After each of our many messages that mentioned Obama went out, my mother was inundated with e-mails: Advocates of the Republican party's ideologies vehemently denounce what we tell you about him and his supporters want to know if he can surmount the formidable opposition he faces. Some ask: Is he still a light-filled being? YES, he is!

We shall add a bit to that, but first we say, it is politics that has subjected Earth's successive generations to wars' horrendous death tolls and destruction and has created an unconscionably lopsided distribution of your world's vast riches. We are not overlooking the part that religions have played, but it is those who rule church and state who drive their followers onto the battlefield. For long ages the foundation of your world's political systems was the madness of conquest and bloodshed, corruption and deception. Eventually it created such a mass of negativity that Earth's very life was at stake. Gaia, the soul that embodied as your planet, didn't want her body and all of its life forms to die.

Thus, in accordance with Gaia's request and God's blessing, far distant civilizations infused the planet with life-saving light and the highest universal council created the master plan for a new era that became known as Earth's Golden Age. They asked a soul from a highly advanced civilization to take on one of the most difficult tasks — presidency of the United States, a role that would transcend politics worldwide.

Yes, absolutely Barack Obama is as light-filled as when he agreed to accept the mission to right the wrongs in that country and be in the vanguard of world peace-bringers! Throughout his time in office, he has been diligently working behind the scenes to dismantle the network that enabled the Illuminati to control everything that impacts life in your world. Their power to stymie or completely derail his efforts has been formidable and largely successful, but when their influence within and beyond the Congress ends, you shall see the truth of our words about Obama.

Now let us put negativity into the context of weather and geophysical events, which you may not have considered as the evidence of change that they are. The intensive light that saved Earth's life gave her the strength to start releasing negativity via powerful earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and severe storms that resulted in massive death toll and destruction.

The last of the "old" negativity was eliminated about six months ago — that's what enabled Earth to enter fourth density. "New" negativity caused by ongoing violence is being released through a series of earthquakes in areas where there is little, if any, loss of life or land destruction, and the same with volcanic eruptions. More is being dispersed via torrential rainstorms in some areas and wildfires in others — water and fire are Nature's cleansing elements.

Never again will negativity amass on the planet and none of the predicted cataclysms will occur! The darkness that for long ages enshrouded Earth is gone, but "mopping up" what was left in its wake will continue until she reaches the planes where violence doesn't exist. She won't get there next week or next month, but aided by light forces within, on and beyond Earth, she is moving toward that space at a speed that is unique in this universe and all along the way, violence will lessen and so will storms, quakes and volcanic activity.

Moving on now to other matters readers are questioning, some time ago radioactive emissions from Japan's damaged nuclear facility were neutralized to the extent that they posed no new health risks. Eventually all nuclear power plants, stored waste and other toxic pollution will be technologically dematerialized. In the meantime, crews in your skies are using technology aboard their ships to safeguard nuclear facilities that still are in use.

Concerns about countries with nuclear weapons acting rashly, other countries racing to develop or acquire those arms, and accidental launches are totally unnecessary. By Creator's decree and God's authorization, civilizations with the ability to prevent deliberate or accidental nuclear strikes will continue doing that.

During the Bilderberg conference, the Illuminati could scarcely disguise their deepening worries about how much longer they can control banking, lending and investing around the world — they have almost exhausted the means whereby they have been able to keep their fortunes intact. As mentioned earlier, individuals within and outside the NSA have been collecting evidence that the Illuminati acquired those fortunes illegally and unethically; however, until all documentation is presented in airtight cases to the various courts and then justly ruled upon, the funds will remain in Illuminati hands. It was with joy that we heard about the Canadian Minister of Defense's acknowledgement of the presence of other civilizations! It isn't known yet how much this may affect the timing of landings and when ETs living among you will indentify themselves. Mother, please insert Hatonn's reply to your question about this.

"As encouraging as that acknowledgement is, it's not enough for landings tomorrow. The word we got is, you have to put your house in better order first. No one expects you to do it by yourselves — that's why we're here!

"Suzy, my friend, you know we aren't going to take over your world but most people don't. They are curious about us but not convinced that if we landed, it would be to help. They don't have a clue about what we've been doing for Earth for centuries — they're more like, Why would ETs be interested in us?

"When they see things moving in good directions and feel more confident about what's changing, they may not be so leery about strangers dropping in. But, that Illuminati propaganda about 'ETs may seem friendly but they're going to enslave you' is still making Internet rounds.

"Anyway, the bottom line is, God's in charge. He will know when you're ready to welcome us and then give the council the GO sign. We're even more eager for that than you are, Suzy!" Thank you, Mother, and please copy the link to the short video that also adds energy to speeding the day when you will meet your "space benefactors." We hope you will feel inspired to support this group's efforts to spread the word.
http://www.youtube.com/embed/b3RYMb9uoZ0

Our beloved Earth family, billions of souls want the same as you, to live in a peaceful world where everyone's needs are plentifully met, where all leaders are wise and honorable and life is in harmony with Nature. But they don't know how to help make the world that way and you do — you are there to be the way-showers!

By living from your heart, you are exemplifying to everyone around you that LOVE is the way to create the world that they, and you, want. Remember, in the continuum the era of world peace, joy, beauty, kindness, mutual respect, abundance and marvelous adventure already is!

LOVE and PEACE
Suzanne Ward - Website: The Matthew Books - Email: suzy@matthewbooks.com


26 June 2013 - The Council of Angels - Goldenlight

Greetings we are the Council of Angels, including Archangel Michael, Archangel Gabriel, and Archangel Raphael. So much is happening in your Earth world behind the scenes so to speak. All that was once hidden is coming to the surface, just as Gaia cleanses her surface in preparation for the Golden Age of Humanity upon Earth which has been planned by the Creator for eons of time.

All is a manifestation of inner thought and all Beings on Earth are manifestations of the great Creator Source of Life and Source of All Energy and Love. As the higher dimensional energies that are now coalesced into Mother Earth/Gaia's body begin to enlighten, uplift, and accelerate the consciousness of Humanity, all are beginning to wake up out of the lower Third Dimensional reality and beginning to move past the veil that has lifted between the 3rd, 4th and 5th Dimensional realities, as all Beings and Planets in the Multiverse are upshifting into a higher level….each component of the Multiverse is being upgraded to another level, and you on most beautiful Mother Earth are part of this upgrade.

The old world continues to crumble and fall away and as the consciousness of Humanity rises so too does the new Earth reality rise from the ashes of the old, just as the Phoenix rises from its own ashes. The New Earth pattern is manifesting, the new Cities of Light are being prepared and readied, and your Higher Selves are assisting you in your upfliftment, enlightenment, and awakening. As each Being on Earth begins to clear out the dross and old energy out of their lives, this is also happening on a collective basis for the collection of Humanity as a whole upon the Earth.

Channeled by Goldenlight at: http://thegoldenlightchannel.com.


26 July 2013 - Adama of Telos - The Time is now - Kata

Compassion and gratitude will take you to the gates of your Galactic family. You are part of it. For the first time in recent Human history, this Planet and the physical realm of yours will be qualified to enter.

The Lion's Gate Portal of powerful Galactic energy will open on the 26th of July 2013, with its powerful inflow of energies lasting through to the 12th of August. After last December's major planetary opening [12-12-12], this precious energy will arrive NOW. It took seven months for the Planet to be prepared for the pure Love vibration arriving straight from the Galactic Center. It took seven months for you to be adjusted to the pure Light arriving straight from the Heart of the Galaxy.

Now enjoy the sensation of becoming at ONE with the entire Universe. We are One. The Heart of the Universe beats in all of us. Our Lemurian heritage is yours fully. You as Galactic Humans will take the lead of this Planet now. Take care of it. Planet Earth, known as the "Blue Diamond" of the Universe, has been welcomed back to her Galactic Family.

Find time in your beautiful month of August, starting on July 26, the date of the Lion's Gate opening. Find time to greet the rising Sun wherever you are and open your heart to the fullest to the arriving Light. The physical entry point of the new codes is your head. Your Pineal gland will be fully activated by this new "Wave" of energy. The Love in your heart will open your Pineal. The Light Codes will arrive for the first time in Human history straight from the Galactic Center. This will be the very first occasion and definitely not the last one. You are ready for this Light. The new codes will recalibrate your entire physical system. Certain physical symptoms of this adjustment will stay with you for a while. No worries. All physical symptoms caused by this extremely high frequency will disappear soon. Your body is prepared, your heart is ready.

How many times have I told you that these are "Historic Times"? Yes indeed one more milestone will be completed by this unique summer energy. Breathe in the Love of the Universe and feel as your Human self is transforming into the beautiful Divine Angel who you truly are.

Our common heartbeat - us as former Lemurians living within Earth's interior and Earth's Human surface dwellers - is our Planet's 'passport' to the Galactic Center. Lemurians were the holders of the most ancient "Love" template on Planet Earth. They were the Ambassadors of the Love of the Cosmic Mother. Now it is your turn to bring her back to the Planet, to her Home. The Cosmic Mother is returning.

It is time, Adama


31 July 2013 - Commander Ashtar: Update on your Current Timeline - Philipp

The timeline communicated to you in earlier messages comprises of three Trimesters from December 2012 until September 2013. You are now in the third – or last – trimester which has in store for you the most intense and extensive changes.

We have previously informed you that the prerequisite for our widespread appearance on your world would especially be the transformation of your financial systems. Furthermore, we have told you that the uplift experienced as a result of these transformations would increasingly enhance your ability to absorb the news about your Star Family. We will use this uplift to introduce ourselves to you, our Brothers and Sisters incarnated on the surface of Dear Gaia.

Many of you are of the opinion that the developments are not going forward as planned and as communicated by us. Many are in doubt about our messages, since they could not see the changes in the outside world which would act as proof for the validation of our communications. Consequently, their focus is upon that what is not instead of that what is.

Please understand that you are creating your reality in every second of your life through your focus and intent. Why do we regularly place our focus on your heart? Because everything begins in your heart – it is your heart that creates your desired reality. 

Returning now to the timeline which is the reason for transmitting this message. We have been telling you through different sources that God's plan for you Dear Souls has been altered after December 21, 2012. We intentionally avoid using the word changed since God's plan to bring you back to full consciousness has not been changed. Instead, you collectively asked for an extension period – which was granted.

If you look around you, you will undoubtedly notice all that you have successfully achieved so far. But you will find the most astonishing changes are within your Being. Use a quiet moment to go into your heart space and reflect on all that you have personally achieved up to now. Compare where you are now with where you were at the end of last year.

How do you deal with unpleasant situations today? Don't you notice that you are far more relaxed and not as quick to go into "panic mode" as you used to be? Don't you see that you are able to shift your focus much more rapidly from unpleasant situations to uplifting ones? You have truly achieved magnificent progress. We ask you therefore to honor yourselves for this achievement and not to hide your Light under a bushel.

  This NOW moment is truly an intensive time period. There are many things in store for you which will bring you the confirmations you desire. The currency revaluation – as well as the transformation of your financial systems – are but two important things to come very shortly. To use one of your expressions, we would tell you "All systems are GO!" The necessary preparatory work has been completed and we are awaiting the right moment for implementation – and this moment is imminent. 

The changes will gather speed in earnest and you will pleasantly be surprised at what will come to you blow by blow. All is going as planned and as communicated by us.

The veil at the end of this trimester will not suddenly lift – your return back home to full consciousness is a process. But there shall come a point in your journey where you will take a big step forward to enable you to build upon this step, to integrate all that you have achieved so far in every cell of your Being, and to allow you to go ahead with your journey back home to where you belong. And the moment for you to take this step is just around the corner. You will make great progress and be pleasantly surprised with your achievements. 

Truly, you have so much to look forward to. Please remember that joy is a very powerful companion, and therefore we encourage you to place your focus in your daily lives on all those things which bring you joy and happiness. Try to find as much joy as possible. Be happy and be thankful for being incarnated at this time on beautiful and dear Gaia.

We love you so dearly!

Your Brother, Ashtar

 Channeller: Philipp - Webpage: ASHTAR through Philipp


4 August 2013 – Prime Creator - Kathryn E. May, PsyD

This is Prime Creator. I wish to keep in close contact with you during these crucial days leading up to your final Ascension. Kathryn has agreed to be available at all times to transcribe these messages for you, and we are grateful for her unquestioning service.

Those of you Lightworkers who have practiced your meditations, healings and clearings, and have reached the level of Loving energy in all your dealings, will be in the first wave of those who will be taken to the Motherships. You will experience the exhilaration and overwhelming celebration as you meet at last with your adoring Brothers and Sisters who are standing by in anticipation of this great event. Many of you have agreed that once you are restored and acclimated to the 5th Dimension, you will go through the intricate process of descending once more into the lower dimensions to work with those who have been reluctant to leave their old habits and trappings behind.

Our Sananda will be there, teaching and reassuring the people as only he can. It will be a very exciting time for all the Lightworkers, because they will have the opportunity to work closely with Sananda, and this time, although you may all face some psychological and emotional reluctance in those who have not yet ascended, there will be no violent end to this triumphant story. The group of beloved Apostles and family who were with Sananda during his life as Jesus will be able to live the wonderful experience of teaching and healing at his side, without the fear of persecution. This time, no one will be beheaded; no one will be crucified.

The teaching and mentoring, with help from the Galactics this time, will continue until all Souls who have been "signed on" with Sananda to accomplish this glorious Ascension have moved into the upper 5th Dimension. Imagine the triumph which will be shared by all when the last Soul "crosses the finish line." All curmudgeons, skeptics and doubters will eventually be swept along in the wonder of seeing so many of their friends, family and acquaintances returning to help them with the Light of Love surrounding them, gloriously happy and ecstatically in Love. Who would not be willing to let go of their favorite negative belief systems when they see what the payoff has been for others.

Now, I will answer a question. You wondered about the strange weather. You suspected it had something to do with cleansing. You were right. The almost hourly showers are part of Mother Earth's way of cleaning the air, especially the air that comes over the land from the West. All pollution from cars, manufacturing, farming, and so on, is cleaned by depositing all residue in the dense Canadian forests, where it can be processed and returned to the Earth as harmless dust. Fortunately, there are still large tracts of forest lands across the U.S and Canada, and the trees and other plants are becoming more efficient in their cleansing abilities, just as you are becoming more powerful Creators…..

Consider yourselves "in Ascension," my Dearest Ones. You are truly growing day by day. I am monitoring your progress carefully, as you see from these messages. A Planet in "Ascension" is a Cosmic event - one which is felt throughout the entire Cosmos. You may have thought of yourselves as small and insignificant in Cosmic terms, but this is not so. Your efforts yesterday, today and tomorrow are having an uplifting effect throughout the Universes beyond any your scientists have discovered. All Planets, all Galaxies, all Beings throughout the Cosmos will rise with you as you elevate yourselves degree by degree, moment by moment.

You are coming out of the Darkness into the brilliant Light of the New Golden Age. It is happening now. Breathe the nourishing waves of uplifting energy; revel in your new strengths; celebrate the dawn of a truly new day in the history of Planet Earth, and you and I are here to experience it together, as One.

I am the one you know as Prime Creator, Creator of all within this Creation.

Channeled by: Kathryn E. May, PsyD - www.WhoNeedsLight.org


5 August 2013 - Commander Ashtar on the End Times in September 2013 - Philipp

In September 2013 you will experience a big leap forward in your consciousness which will confirm all that we have told you. Since many are still in doubt and require more information about this jump we are happy to address this issue once more.

Your Ascension is a process – you are going through a growth period. You are learning much, clearing away old baggage and returning to your original state – as fully conscious Beings of Light. You have imposed upon yourselves the current limitations in order to experience your 3D illusion. However, your soul is yearning for your return home and, therefore, the game on your world is very close to its expiry date.

In September 2013, each one of you will make a big leap forward in your consciousness, which will be quite different to that of December 21, 2012. This time you will be really amazed when you do your pre- and post- comparisons – there will be no room for doubt and you cannot fool yourselves.

You [as the Human Collective Consciousness] had asked for a "period of grace" and it was granted to you. This period of grace will end in September 2013 and a further prolongation is not possible. Please remember that your Ascension affects many and, due to your request for this period of grace, some alterations in the Divine Plan had to be made. Since many are eagerly awaiting your Ascension, which is a necessary step for their own evolution, this period of grace cannot be extended any further.

You realise that this period of grace until September 2013 is fixed. The extent of the jump in your consciousness will be individual for each and every Human Being, but each of you will notice it, and your journey after this point will be easier.

There are those amongst you who have decided not to take part in this jump. They have chosen an alternative journey and a different timeline to follow. Honour their free will and their decision. And last but not least for those of you who doubt our words we suggest the following:

If you are placing your focus on September 2013 expecting that nothing will happen, try to change your focus. Please remember that you invoke those events that you place your focus on. Remember that you are Masters who create their own reality. We suggest looking forward to the time immediately ahead of you in a positive manner.

I am Ashtar, your Light Brother who loves you so dearly that words are insufficient to express this Love.

Channeller: Philipp - Webpage: ASHTAR through Philipp


22 August 2013 - Jesus/Sananda: from Chapter 9 of "The New Scriptures" - Kathryn E. May, PsyD

There is a momentous event taking place on Planet Earth this day, August 22, 2013. You may not be aware of it, but that does not make it any less historic. Today is the day that all the Dark Entities of the Reptilian Race* [see link below] which have been hiding inside Human hosts are being told they must leave now, and in doing that they must choose to either give themselves up and go to the Light, or be dissolved back into the pool of molecules, as required by Prime Creator. There will be no exceptions. Any who refuse to leave, but insist on remaining with the host will be slowly dissolved by the action of the Light energy within the host. The higher the vibration, the faster the dissolution will take place.

You see, they are being given a choice whether to continue their lives as a Soul or be discontinued. This is more than fair, as you might say. Should they decide to turn toward the Light, they will be escorted gently by a Guide who respects their individuality and their choice. The Ones who are taken to the Light will be forgiven and welcomed back, for it is not the past that matters in one's Soul development. It is the state of your Soul, your attitude, your intention and your Light at this very moment which matters. Nothing else. Anyone can be restored; everyone can be forgiven...

No Reptilian entity will be permitted to remain to harass or compromise the happiness and full functioning of any Being on Earth. There will be no exceptions. Any Human who refuses to relinquish their hold on a Dark Entity within them will find that they cannot maintain that hold. Although they may hang on for a matter of hours, the Light which is pouring forth from the Central Sun, and the outpouring of Love from the healers and Masters who are taking part in this Healing Event will overcome the Darkness once and for all, and those hangers-on will be dissolved into molecules and dispersed.

I repeat this command: No Dark Entities will remain on Planet Earth. There will be no exceptions. Anyone who insists they are still being plagued by Darkness will need to look into their own ideas and convictions to discover why they have pledged their allegiance to pain and misery. What will remain for those who have been invaded by these invaders will be the healing from having adapted to feeling lack, depression, anxiety, uncertainty, self-hatred and confusion. This will require determination and dedication to rebuilding their own inner connections to their Higher Self and to God....

I am Sananda, the one you have known as Jesus.

Transcribed by Kathryn E. May, August 22, 2013

* The Reptilian Race on Earth, is further explained by Trinity Mother in: The REPTILIANS on Earth


Jesus/Sananda has recently started sending, through Kathryn E. May, his "The New Scriptures" as regular Chapter instalments. www.WhoNeedsLight.org

Readers may find that Jesus-Sananda's "The New Scriptures - Chapter 10" forms a very good summary of his "Message" within The New Scriptures:
Jesus - The New Scriptures - Chapter 10


22 August 2013 - Pleiades High Council: The Grand Sextile Portal - 24-26 August 2013 – The Solomon's Seal – Transformation - Channeled by Anna Merkaba

In the next few days of your Earthly time, there will once again occur a Grand Celestial Event in your skies as major Celestial bodies move into place to form a Six Pointed Star. Another Portal will once again open and bring with it a strong infusion of Light onto this Planet. This is the time that all of you will be able to fully, consciously and collectively connect yet again to the Divine. Coupled with the energies that all of you have collected and have hibernated within your vessels for the last few weeks, the energy that will be unleashed onto GAIA will have tremendous power to break down the old systems and to transform all that stands in its way.

And so we ask that all of you, with all of your might and desire for change, connect to the Divine and allow your bodies to become Light Anchors, Pillars of Light, through which the pure Cosmic energies of Love, Peace, Serenity, Tranquility and understanding can pass through and into the very depths of your Planet....


26 August 2013 - Ashtar: A further update on your progress and what to expect - Channeller: Philipp

  With your date of August 25 [The Grand Sextile Portal], you have crossed another important milestone. You have successfully absorbed, integrated and transmitted the energies into yourselves and Gaia. Congratulations!

Many of you are not aware of the importance of the afore-mentioned date. It is the most important marker in your Nine Month Period of Grace which we have talked about. We tell you joyfully that you are in total compliance with the Divine timetable.

Please be patient before you go inside and try to notice the changes resulting from the energies of August 25. You will need some time until you are able to discover the transformation which took place inside of you. Please be patient and don't be too strict with yourselves.

We see that the enfoldment of the Grace Period until the end of September 2013 is taking place as anticipated.

There will be no turning back. No changes in the Divine Plan will occur. With the Equinox in September, your old paradigm will be finished once and for all.

After this date, everything that is not based on Love and Light and which belongs to the old 3D illusion will not be capable of surviving.

You will all be uplifted in such a way that a progressive movement which is not based on Love and Light will simply not be possible anymore. Such situations which are based on the old illusionary virtues will be resolved. You will quickly find solutions to your situations that keep you busy on an individual and global basis.

And now you are less than a month away from this uplift.

At present, the last battles are fought by the ones who cannot accept the change at hand and that the old game is reaching is expiration date. This is the reason why so many acts of war are reaching a new culmination. Please rest assured that after the date of the Equinox in September 2013 all such situations will be resolved in Light and Love – and very quickly.

Gaia is supporting your transformation. The forest fires, flooding, storms and earthquakes shall support your transformation into the Golden Age of Gaia. Please note that you are working hand in hand with Gaia and are supporting each other. And again we stress that you are playing your part in this game very successfully.

We were not sure how you would cope with the nine months Grace Period. Especially, we could not foresee if you would use this Grace Period for the purpose it was provided for you. Please let us remind you that you have asked God for this Grace Period in order to allow every Human Being on Gaia to Ascend.

Now you are in preparation for Ascension. You have let go of all the old ballast and you are integrating the new energies which will raise you up.

Ascension will finally happen in the not-too-distant future. But already after the expiration of the Grace Period you will notice an ease in your daily lives and more joy.

You will be surprised about the solutions you will find for the individual and global problems which plague you right now. And this in itself will noticeably lift you up in a way in which you cannot consider possible right now.

And then – at a point in your immediate future – you will finally Ascend.

Please do not doubt yourselves. All is well. You surprised us with your request for a prolongation, and it was unsure what you would do with the Grace Period. And now, you have all performed so miraculously for your own and Gaia's benefit that we cannot adequately express our joy. You are truly Masters in action and we are all so very proud of you.

Many of you currently incarnated on this Planet are Ascension Masters. You have successfully mastered Ascension in other lifetimes and on other planets. This is the reason why you are incarnated as "Ascension experts" right now. You are the "Divine Special Forces" so to speak. And you are performing superbly.

There is so much in store for you that will astound you in a positive way and bestow you with joy and happiness.

If you look to the outside for tangible evidence for our messages – although we tirelessly stress that you should seek changes within yourselves in the first place – each and every one of you who follow our messages will see the first widespread, tangible proof by noticing the change in your financial affairs, especially with the revaluation of many currencies.

We are certainly aware that many – if not all of you – have some doubts now and then whether all this is real. And we understand this because of the many changes in the Divine Plan experienced by you throughout your journey.

This is the reason why the revaluation of many currencies is of such importance. It will show you that everything is for real and not a dream.

All is well. Please trust in yourselves and in the Divine Plan. We are standing at your side and accompany you in this process. Call upon us if you seek for help and we are there for you.

We love you so very much,

Your Brother,  Ashtar

Channeller: Philipp - Webpage: ASHTAR through Philipp


16 September 2013 - COSMIC AWARENESS: The Transition Day - 21 September 2013

This Awareness would state that the "Event" of great importance [21 September 2013] is quickly moving towards the Planet, towards the collective Human Consciousness. This Event is that which this Awareness has been speaking of for several months now. The Event being that of the completion of the Nine-month Cycle and which was a pause in the fabric of time and space as seen from those levels of Conscious Awareness beyond that which is Human Awareness.

This Awareness has spoken of this Nine months period of time as an important state of inner reflection, of working within to achieve a level of comprehension and preparedness for the events that are ready to begin. It would be erroneous to think that this means nothing has been happening during the last Nine-month Period. Indeed much has occurred both on the personal level for many as well as the Collective level for the Planet itself, the Collective level of Human Consciousness.

The world events do show that things are indeed progressing forward and for many who are not aware, who do not understand the importance of this last Nine-month period, it would seem to them that only the events of the external have been moving forward.

But for those who have consciously worked towards Inner Awareness and understanding, of preparing themselves for the Shift that is coming, many have indeed seen personal change and personal events of a nature that has shown them that indeed something was happening at those levels of comprehension and understanding that are the base behind and upon which Human consciousness is built and individual consciousness as well.

Now it is that the period of the Nine Months is drawing to conclusion and the date September 21st that has been spoken of by this Awareness is that end point to the Nine-month Period of Preparation.

This Awareness wishes to discuss this Day [the 21st of September] more fully at this time. It wishes first to state that it is the end of the pattern of belief and consciousness that has been dominant on the Old 3D Earth Planet, and that as the ending of this pattern what is inferred is that new patterns of belief and understanding are in the process of being formed and the 21st of September will mark the ending of the old patterns so that the new example can begin.

That many are hoping that the 21st of September will be a radical "Event" whereby the World once known will disappear, and that they are now in that new container of the 5D Planet Earth.

This Awareness would say at this time that as far as radical events occurring on the day itself, it will not be so for the majority. For the majority, even those who have been preparing themselves and are ready for the ending of the old pattern so that the new events can begin, this day may not be different from the day before. What is important is to realize that this day is simply the "Birth Day" of a new pattern that will now move into actualization. The birth itself will be monumental, but it will still require an energy of understanding that has grown, that has expanded. That this being so for those who have worked at the Inner levels, both consciously and unconsciously, what will become quickly apparent is that events and circumstances will actualize themselves far more quickly than ever before....

Much has indeed changed, but it may take a while for the individual to fully comprehend and understand this and thus implement it. It will take civilization, the Collective Human Consciousness, a time to realize these changes. It is for this reason that many who are advanced in their understanding and have offered themselves to be of Service during this crucial time, will be of critical importance. Many who have sought the higher levels of consciousness and have grounded them strongly within their own Being will find themselves in situations where more are finally paying attention to them, to what they have spoken, for there will be that shift that does occur even if at an unconscious level in the collective consciousness of Humanity.

But as one must be patient with the infant, not expecting the infant to tap dance immediately upon birth, but allowing the growth and development of the body and the consciousness of the infant, so must it be for Humanity itself. It will be newborn but will not realize this. It will take those who have committed themselves to Teach and Guide and Heal, to be of a higher awareness and higher patience, to see that while things may not instantaneously change, that change towards the higher perception and consciousness will be underway.

Individuals who have reached that higher place of Conscious Awareness will begin to see how quickly things move in their own lives first and foremost, for this must always still remain the focus of attention, one's own individual journey, but one will begin to see how the energies are changing, how they are moving, and with this awareness they will see that September 21st was indeed that birth date of the new pattern in conscious belief and conscious focus.

It will be an auspicious day but not one that necessarily will provide all the Brave New World that they so desperately yearn. Indeed they who understand this will truly begin to build this Brave New World, will allow civilization to move at its own pace, more than once was but not as much as some would wish. This patience will be required so one does not become frustrated, so one does not dismiss that which has occurred, but rather can be open truly to the high magic of the Divine, that will be available.

That this Awareness is complete at this time.

Channeled by Will and Callista Summerfield-Berlinghof at: http://Rainbow-Phoenix.com


25 September 2013 – COSMIC AWARENESS: A Forewarning

This Awareness has a message concerning that which was the Equinox Energies of the date of September 21st and the Weekend of the 21st-22nd, which has now been completed. This marked not the actual moment when "Great Change" would occur but it did indeed mark the completion of the Nine-month Period that this Awareness has often talked about and described. Many have had an experience upon its completion, of great weariness, great tiredness and that many are wondering what this is about, why they are feeling so exhausted and so tired.

This Awareness would quickly state here that the reason for this is because you have gone through a High Energy Event of an internal nature, and that this High Energy Event, this "Birthing", if you will, has caused many to feel weariness, to feel aches and pains, to feel unsettled. That if one were again to use the analogy of a birth – that when the child is born, often that newborn child needs time to rest, for the actual birth process itself is strenuous, is exhausting.

Therefore, for all that feel exhausted and weary, this Awareness would say: simply rest now, take it easy, do not exert or force yourself into activities when you have the opportunity to rest. The need for activity is something that has been bred deeply into the Human psyche; the need to do, and to do, and to do again. However at this time after the expenditure of such high volumes of energy, the energy needed to complete the Birthing Process into the New Energies of the New Realities, is such that it simply requires your patience, your understanding and your willingness to let things go, to be in the moment, to relax if this is what is needed; even to sleep, for sleep is a way of going through the temporal time energies that Humankind are immersed in. This being of course the "Linear expression of Time" and the experiencing of that linear process that always seems to suggest there is not enough time or that one must use their time wisely, must do things so that one is prepared or ready.

Very few understand that Time is illusionary and that it is more an inbred sense of doing, of the need to do, that is pushing and forcing one into a state of anxiety if they do not feel they are doing enough. These are the early days, the beginning of a New Way. They are not the completion of that New Way, they are simply the completion of that time frame that this Awareness has spoken of: the Nine-month Period of Time where much occurred on the internal level of one's Being. Now that this is complete, there will be abundant time to actualize that which is the "Inner State of Knowing", but for this to be accomplished one must still go through the present reality of experience that each and every one is experiencing. No two sets of experiences will be exactly the same, will be identical to one another. There will always be personal differences and personal interpretations that will make one's own personal experience different from others. Even if one partakes in Mass Events with many others, each will still have their own personal journey through the experiences that are shared on that Mass level.

Many have reached the point where that "Event" which may soon unfold, namely a prolonged loss of electricity, will seem particularly undesirable to them, uncomfortable, and even difficult to the extreme. The Channeler of this Message and his Wife this day happened to experience a loss of electricity for several hours due to the extreme wind storms that were sweeping through their local area in which the Channeler and his Wife live in now. This loss of electricity did mean that which is normally held as the normal working state was not available to them for several hours. While this in itself was not a great difficulty, the Channeler did have a sense of the desperation that will occur if many go through such an experience.

This Awareness would now say that many will indeed go through such an experience, a time when suddenly the electricity has gone, the telecommunication devices are no longer functioning, the computers have crashed and the state of existence being suddenly one of hardship. This will be what will happen for many as they go through the "Mass experiences" that are ready to occur. Even those who have long listened to the words of this Awareness have been open to understanding or attempting at least to understand how it may be that one can create a different reality, will still be going through the Mass experiencing of the breakdown of the System, of its collapse and will find themselves in such apprehension and such fear.

That while this Awareness says that it is what is needed, that there will be new Realities formulating and being available, still many will go through the upheaval, that the loss of that which is considered normal and available every day is suddenly unavailable, no longer there to be taken advantage of. Such is the nature of reality in the modern world that most do not know what to do when the power goes down.

Luckily for many this will be but a temporary situation which will in fact be restored after a certain period of time. But imagine, if you will, a situation where the electricity that was once always available simply is no longer available. A majority will go into fear reaction. Many will not be able to cope and many will "pass over" at that time because of the seriousness of the situation extending over a prolonged period. This Awareness is not simply talking about several hours without electricity.

Yet this Awareness will also say that this is what is required for the World to shift from that which is the standard way of living to a New Way of Living. Remember always that electricity is produced through fuels that are used: oil, coal, nuclear energy, all are those energy fuels that are needed to run the power plants. If it is to be that this form of fuel which produces electricity is no longer available, that which no longer can be used in the future, many will not be able to see an immediate solution. Yet there are indeed solutions, and this Awareness does say that the Dark "Powers That Be" know of the solutions that are available that could change the Planet, but could take away their power over others.

That is one of the reasons why those Dark "Powers That Be" have tried so hard to keep these solutions secret so as to keep this Planet engaged in the production of oil and coal, to stay in charge by providing electricity to the many, but only to the degree that it suits them. They do know that the Events that are coming, that are already underway, will finally destroy even their capacity to keep people imprisoned in the mentality of need for power, the power they have controlled, the power that they hold. When this is gone and unavailable, it is their desire, wish and plan to ensure their own needs are met. Hence their efforts to create underground Bases and places of safety for themselves which will have their own power supplies. They are not concerned with what will happen to those on the surface, those who will go through the upheaval of a loss of energy available to run one's refrigerator, one's stove, to heat one's house, to watch one's television, to sit in front of one's computer.

The Dark "Powers That Be" are aware of what is coming and they have kept Humanity in ignorance on this matter. Not only have they kept them in the dark, they have also kept secret the alternative sources of energies that are available. Tesla did indeed create apparatus that would allow people to tap into free energy, Orgone energies available in the very sky above, in the air around, and these devices have long been known of by the "Powers That Be". But in their manipulation of world events, in their control of fuel for the production of electricity, they have held this back, they have not allowed such information to come to the forward understanding and perception of Humanity itself.

This Awareness will say here, that should it be that the World Energy Grid does go down, there are E.T. forces that are ready to bring forward the advanced technology that is already available, and to restore power and electricity to ensure survival. But many will be in a state of panic during this time, many will simply not believe that such a thing is possible, many will tie themselves into their fears to such a degree and such an extent that they go into panic reaction. The times ahead are such that this Awareness yet again proclaims that all must be calm, all must understand there are alternative realities that are ready to come online, that are ready to be initiated, but this can only happen once the Old structures are collapsed.

Those new structures, including new Banking Systems, new Economic realities, new levels of Human Compassion and Cooperation, can only come to be when those who have such tight grip on such matters are removed. It may take time, it may indeed require that some go through the upheaval, the death throes of the Planet's Old System, the Old Regimes collapsing. But do not lose heart, for this Awareness has always seen and always expressed that there are other ways, a new way of being, a new way of cooperation, not only in the World of Man and Woman, but also in the World of Mother Earth, and in the collective Planetary Consciousness.

That the Planet is indeed also starting afresh and while it is that there may be certain geophysical events that occur, this is part of the clearing, for that is what needs to happen, a clearing of the Old so that the New can formulate and proceed.

That if it is so, that one is experiencing the death throes, is in the midst of panic and stress over what is occurring – this is the very time to go within, to allow oneself to move toward in Trust and Belief that while one Regime, one way of reality is ending, it is not the ending of all. It is simply the sweeping away of what has been the corruption and the insanity that has been prevalent, for the new "Light of Reason" to dawn, the New Comprehension and Understanding of the Higher Truths.

For those who have an awareness of this already but are still in need of the experience, understand that the experience of upheaval and discord, the experience of collapse and even calamity, are simply the Old Energies being cleared out. Do not panic but remain calm, remain positive, go deeply within to find the inner connections, to find the trust and faith necessary to go through the events that are ready to occur and are already underway. This Awareness is seeking here to present a Message of Hope and not one of despair.

Channeled by Will and Callista Summerfield-Berlinghof at: http://Rainbow-Phoenix.com


12 October 2013 - Christ Michael of Nebadon - The Mass Consciousness of Humanity is now at 51 percent! – through Kibo

Christ Michael:  As of now over 51% of the Consciousnesses of the Ensouled Human Beings on Gaia are at last standing within the "Light".  Even more are as yet striving for greater Light.  Whatever these numbers may fluctuate to in the future, it will have no impact insofar as the foundational majority of the Mass Consciousness is now more in "Light" than in Darkness.  It is now established that it will never again go below 51%.

This means that over half the population of Human Beings on Earth desire to live within the "Light" and are willing to act upon that.  They now recognize who and what the problem is and wish for that problem to be solved.  They are now able to recognize that Global Banking has been the core fuel that runs the machinery and mechanisms of oppression that they have hitherto experienced.  They also recognize, more and more, the manipulations of the media, education and organized religions, as they are all operated by this Dark system of Control.  They want real change and they are no longer willing to place faith in the persons of the Control systems that they have endured under their former Leadership.  They are willing to effect change without those persons and in spite of them.

Now WE have at last what we have been waiting for: Prime Creator SOURCE has finally given the "Green Light" to begin OUR operations.  It will commence from now onwards and increase gradually, as our influence is shown to become more and more obvious and the final breakaway from the influence of the "shadow-mind" of the Dark becomes more and more absolute.

We would ideally like to commence the Three Days of Darkness before they [the remaining Dark Forces] play with the North American Power Grid, which they had planned to shut down in November.  It serves them no purpose other than to further their own Dark agenda of population control.  There is no sense in waiting for such a thing to happen, so WE are putting a STOP to all that now!

When the "Changes" begin, you will know what to do and when and where to do it - have no fear!  This Event [part of our full entry into the Photon Belt*] exists on myriad levels and placements of energies and Beings and circumstances.  The design of the Plan is fulfilled and wound up to go - and now it has been set loose to do what it was designed to do.  Thus is the Ascension of your World moving into the beginning stages leading to the final evolutionary state of "Light and Life". All of this comes from the Infinite Heart of Prime Source's Eternal Energy of Love sent out throughout Creation.  Be joyful for what is coming upon you, for it is a time and moment of Glory unmatched and unequaled in the Brightness and Beauty of created Light, and which will now be further added to.  That Light of Source Creator's Love is to become your Light.  That Light is also Gaia's Light.  That Light coming from the Creator Source is also the Light of the Paradise-Isle Father-Mother-Son Trinity, the Light of The Seven SuperUniverse Master Spirits and the Trinity-Michael Sons and Daughters.  It is also the Light of your Celestial "Thought Adjusters" [our Guides and Higher Selves]. It is the Light of The Melchizedeks and The Elohim.  It is the Light of the Archangels and the Angelic Kingdom.……It is also the Light of the Ascended Earth Masters and also of all the Masters who have Ascended throughout our Grand Universe and the total Cosmic Creation of other Grand Universes.  It is all part of the One, and it is all here and now…helping, supporting and cheering us on!

Christ Michael of Nebadon

* There is more information on the nature of the PHOTON BELT and also of our going into STASIS at the end of this Chapter.


16 October 2013 - Prime Creator on your coming Ascension - Kathryn E. May - Published in the "Sedona Journal"

Where shall I begin? The news for 2014 is so dramatic, so life-changing for Humankind, for Planets, Stars and all the Beings of the Cosmos that words can hardly describe it. I am delighted to have an audience in the "Sedona Journal" that is very advanced spiritually, so that I can raise the level of discourse here with confidence that it will be received and understood.

First, I will tell you that the path to Ascension is now filled with hard-working Masters who are eager to take the next step into the Higher Dimensions. We have a dilemma here, however. I will describe it to you. The Councils who have their "fingers on the button", so to speak, are troubled by one persistent problem for Humankind. Because of the thousands of years of lack, and the psychological programming which convinced most that this lack is permanent, irreversible and irreparable, there is a vague but pervasive current of despair, hopelessness and resentment underneath all other emotions, even for those who are trying diligently to raise their vibrations.

These underlying feelings which have been so familiar for Lightworkers over the eons have become a part of your psyche, so much so that you think of them as inherent in your expression of generosity and kindness to others. Your concern for the suffering of others contains within it a strain of impatience and begrudging resentment against those who have oppressed the entire population for thousands of years. Of course this seems natural to you, since it springs from your warrior mentality, and your wish to defend and protect those who have been abused. From a 3-Dimensional perspective, it makes perfect sense. Now, as the "New Golden Age" dawns, I ask you to turn 180 degrees from the feelings of desperation, even if that desperation is for the plight of others. Look to the Sun, Beloved Ones, and find it in your hearts to offer forgiveness to those who have been the oppressors, for in your past lives many of you have played the role of powerful leaders who abused their powers. It was part of your agreement with Us, that you would experience every possible kind of life, in order to develop empathy for others. This you have done, and now it is time for you to resolve all of it, relinquishing every shred of resentment and blaming of others for any plight you observe in the world.

You will not completely understand the complexities of this arrangement you made with your Higher Self and with Us until you Ascend, but you will not be able to Ascend until you are able to leave behind all lower vibrational feelings. Look inside yourselves, Beloved Ones, and identify any feeling of impatience, frustration, resentment, anxiety or depression, for these things will hold you back from joining the "First Wave" of Ascension [for certain Lightworkers to be taken up to the Motherships for training and preparations for the coming Earth Ascension] which is to begin imminently and continue through to the first months of 2014.

Here is the dilemma which is holding up the "First Wave" at this time: The frustration you are feeling, which you blame on the suffering around you, keeps you locked in a lower vibration, which you say will be relieved by the release of "Prosperity Funds". From our point of view, we see that this is not the high vibration needed for Ascension, because you are seeing your emotional state linked to economic conditions. This is the 3-Dimensional trap which has held the Planet captive for centuries, reflected through the eyes of a Lightworker's empathic state. This is not a "chicken-and-egg" dilemma. We are asking you to place yourselves in an "Ascended" feeling state. This alone will make it possible for you to lift yourselves into the 5th Dimension. This Ascended state of which we speak is one in which you understand that even starving to death or suffering physical pain is not a troublesome issue for a Soul in Ascension, for it is only the outward condition of the body. Similarly, losing a house or apartment, even if you had to live in a shelter, is not crucial, because it is only a matter of physical comfort, not genuine survival, for your Soul lives on eternally regardless of the state of this temporary body.

It is a difficult challenge, to forgo anxiety over the physical state of yourself and the families around you. Leaving behind the anxiety does not mean you do not care or want to help; it simply means you are aware of the greater picture, which is the development of your Souls. And so we ask, Dear Ones, that you turn away from the thoughts of "Prosperity" and the comforts it will bring for Mother Earth and all her creatures, and turn instead to the tasks in front of you. Help where you can, raise your Light energies, and join Us in the celebration of the triumphant elevation of the Souls of all those who are living now in Human bodies.

There is no physical comfort or relief which will ensure your passage. The "Prosperity Funds" are intended only to offer a respite for those "Sleeping Ones" who were focused on their financial worries, in order to allow them the breathing room to look around them and begin to awaken to the New Beginning. The suffering you have experienced on the Planet was part of the "Agreement" you signed on to before you came here, not something that necessarily needs to be changed or eliminated. In fact, it is the condition which has spurred you to greater compassion, tolerance and Service to Others. Instead of cursing the Dark, as you have been told, Light your Candle, and let it burn brightly, fearlessly and in complete and endless Love.

Only Faith, Love and Forgiveness will give you wings to lift your hearts and accomplish the Great Shift of 2014 which is your birthright. I can tell you this, Beloved Ones, that if you can accomplish this, and the other Ten Commandments for Ascension I have laid out for you as guidelines, as a part of Sananda's New Scriptures, every one of you reading this will be embracing your Brothers and Sisters in higher dimensions before the first Equinox of 2014, and many of you will have completed your Ascension before the end of the new historic calendar year.

I believe in you, and support your magnificent Grand Plan for the Ascension of Planet Earth and all her inhabitants. You will succeed triumphantly in this coming year, and all the Cosmos will rejoice with you. You are the children of my Heart, and I give you my unending Love.

Transcribed by Kathryn E. May, PsyD

The "Sedona Journal" is published by Light Technology Publishing, LLC (http://www.lighttechnology.com) and the "Sedona Journal" at: http://sedonajournal.com


23 October 2013 - Commander Ashtar on the Coming Changes - Elizabeth Trutwin

Greetings this is Lord Ashtar.

As you enter the powerful energies this week I invite you to leave everything behind. We are leaving the "Hologram Earth" and moving into the "Real World". The past years have reminded us that changes need to happen, that this kind of life is no longer bearing fruit or peaceful. We will be reminded once again that we can no longer live lives where our own "Collective Highest Good" is ignored.

Consider contemplating this statement of Higher Truth. In the days to come, as you slide gently into Ascended Earth you will leave behind everything you know about your life now. Do you feel resistance to that statement? Are you feeling you may not be ready? Maybe that you will be losing something? By contemplating your feelings about this you may notice that all that is bothering you are just thoughts. Remember, nothing in this realm is real. What should you leave behind? The Illusion.

There are many who consider themselves Lightworkers who still believe President Obama is a puppet and controlled by others. There are many who consider themselves Lightworkers who believe the Dark are still in charge. Ego mind loves to take up positions. Ego mind validates its existence by doing this. You are not your Ego. You are not your Body. You are Pure Love, Pure Consciousness. There is no Dark Force in charge of you or your world. Ego is incredibly stubborn and likes to be right. The negativity of these beliefs hold one in constant outrage, hurt, anger, pain, addiction and suffering. Gratitude shrinks ego. It is time to dissolve Ego Mind. Gratitude is focused on what is good. When you are grateful the Universe brings more to be Grateful for. Focus only on what is Light and the Universe brings more Light….

Earth now is in the midst of a violent storm. It is manifesting itself in the physical with Typhoons, Tornados, Cyclones and Earthquakes. The winds of change are blowing through. Mother Earth made a clarion call in 1987 which lead to the "Harmonic Convergence" and the reversal of her destruction. Now we see the economic structure which is built on destroying Earth must dissolve. It is not supported by Earth Ascension. The Galactic Federation as well as the Intergalactic Confederation of Worlds have their Crews at Earth coordinating their assistance on every level to return Earth to Balance…..

One of the very hard concepts to accept in this "Change" is that many will be leaving the Planet permanently. It may be as many as 2 Billion people. As you hear this news, allow it to bypass Ego and bypass any fear you may have and take it into the Heart. Earth's Citizens have allowed themselves to ignore the Souls which they were powerless to help. Out of over 190 Countries on Earth there are wars being waged today in 60 Countries. Every year one and a half million people die from hunger. Around one hundred million people worldwide are homeless. Almost one million people are trafficked across borders everyday, always for forced labor of different kinds, half are children. There is a potential for 2 Billion Souls to move away from their lives on Earth and onto other Realms in our Multidimensional World which will better serve their Soul Growth at this time. In the Indian Vedic Text called the Mahabharata these Ones were called the walking dead. They lived their lives to underscore suffering on Earth. By doing so they helped every Soul mobilize for Ascension. They have cleared their karma by taking on this role of great suffering. They agreed before they incarnated that they would have a new assignment in a new place when Earth Ascends.

In the very next moment as Earth Citizens end all wars, destroy all nukes and welcome the Galactics back to Earth then Divine Government with a new Economic System slide right into place for all on Earth. What can we expect then?

Free Energy, Replicators and Healing Machines. These will be top priority. Homes for the Homeless, Clean Water and Communication Technologies. Shuttle Craft to fly to the Light Cities. There will be little boxes, the size of a shoe box which will be able to power your entire house for free. These are manufactured and available and will be given out free to everyone. Taking Free Energy will not be mandatory. All of the old appliances and different forms of energy will be supported. Whatever appliances you have today will work with the little boxes. Immediately you will have free heat, electricity, hot water, phones, television broadcasting and the Internet. Free for All.

Replicators will be given out free. These will be able to replicate healthy food. Free Food. Immediately. You may replicate any food or dish you desire. Our technologies will be able to clear all the pollution in every body of water on Earth. Water supplies will be made ready where there is none. We have the power, Ships, supplies and people already in place to carry out these missions immediately. A network of communication is already in place and will be activated immediately. Everyone on Earth, no matter where they are or their mode of communication will receive all updates equally around the world. Some Countries have never had the Internet until very recently and this was brought in on purpose to be ready for changeover. Public use Shuttle Craft are available for distribution immediately. These will be used to attend gatherings in the Light Cities. Also they will be used to leave Earth and visit various places. More information to follow. As these minor details are worked out we are able to move on to the "Real World".

Love and Truth aligned Consciousness will permeate every cell on Earth. Grace is revealed. Having surrendered everything you knew before, I present to you the "Real World". I invite you to Celebrate every moment of your life with childlike wonder. Enter your Shuttle Craft. Input into the GPS onboard your destination. I invite you to visit us at our Space Stations, which float within Earth's atmosphere. These Space Stations have been here all along. In this present Era they were not revealed to you.

Galactic Crew move through these Space Stations like a train station. Crew come into the Stations to make connections with other Crews. Lodging, Meeting Places, Holiday Accommodations and Administration for the Galactic Federation are found here. You will be a part of the Crew. You will be welcomed anytime. I invite you to visit us in the Light Cities, which will be hovering just above Earth. Here you will find your Mentors, heal psychological and health issues. You will have training for the new technology. You will have connections with like-minded people all over the world. You will have access to rest and relaxation on levels you cannot now comprehend. You will reconnect with Light and Sound frequencies through many different mediums. Earth Citizens will begin to contemplate their Next Mission. Until the healings are completed the Missions cannot be comprehended.

Reunions: Every person on Earth will receive two or three Mentors to help make sense of the "Changes". Each person's Mentors will be someone they have known before. Some have prepared to be reunited with their Twin Souls/Flames immediately. Others will be met with family members or friends who had passed on and have rehabilitated, Ascended and returned for reunions to act as Mentors. There is no need to have anxiety about meeting with your Twin Flame or other Mentors. Everything is designed to be comfortable for you on every level. You will understand as it unfolds. There will be two or three Mentors for every person on Earth. There are billions of Galactics standing by from the Intergalactic Confederation of Worlds who have been preparing for this moment for a very long time. All of the support which will be needed to comfortably slide into change will be here living on Earth.

Some Earth Citizens will feel the best way to heal is a visit to their Home Planet. These Holidays off Earth will be granted. You will be welcomed to Venus, Jupiter, Saturn, Pluto, Neptune, Ceres, Vesta, Mars, Moon, Alpha Centari, Sirius, Pleiades, Arcturus, Andromeda and so many other places. Each of these places is very different and known for their specialty. There are as many reasons to visit as people wanting to go.

After a short visit you will return to your duties on Earth involving establishing Divine Government and beginning the New Earth. Holodecks will be available in the Light Cities. The Holodecks are a space a person enters which is programmed by a computer to virtually become anything [virtual reality]. You may visit the beach, the mountains, an iceberg, a desert. Holograms may be programmed with any virtual experience where one may visit Home for a few hours without traveling there.

There will be plenty of time made for rest and relaxation. This will be made available to anyone requesting it. Along with these healings and mentoring activities will be planning meetings for your New Mission. You will be "Called to Duty" to share your gifts and talents in building the New Earth. It is about to become more fun. Some other activities we will all enjoy together will be cultural exchanges on Earth and off Planet. Also we will be welcoming many new species to Earth, both Humanoid and those of the magical kind. Animals which have been extinct thousands of years will be reintroduced to Earth in the right conditions.

The Great Teachers of Earth will be returning to help with this Earth Ascension Mission. Some who left Earth eons ago have been invited back to "Guide and Serve". When they show up they will be wearing the garb of their former culture and time on Earth. They will look like they did then. These are the Avatara forms of Great Teachers and they will be together at the same time living on Earth. It will take all these Great Beings to be able to accomplish all the changes to Earth. They are excited to return and do their Service for Earth. You will be seeing the Roman, Greek, Egyptian, Hindu, Far Asian, Hyperborean, Pangean, Celtic, Near Asian ancient "Gods" represented. All will be Ascended Masters here to integrate the Highest Teachings into the new economic system and Divine Government. There will be much to learn. It is a great honor to work with these Beings.

Inner Earth dwellers [Agarthians] will join surface Earth Citizens and invite them to their Crystal Cities within Inner Earth. There are Paths leading home through Earth's crust to the Inner Earth. Guides will take you into their cities there and host you for cultural exchanges. Inner and Outer Earth will become One in their Mission and all will be free travel between the two as has always been meant to be. This was a very important aspect of healing the former civilisation of Atlantis. Inner Earth dwellers are overjoyed at the prospect of being welcomed back onto the surface once more. They could not travel to Earth's surface as long as there was ongoing war. A few have done so but they do not stay, they always return inside and have patiently waited for this "Great Reunion" with their Earth counterparts.

Remain in Gratitude and Love as we move deftly through the changes ahead will bring. When it is the right timing, the command will come from Admiral Sananda. Continue to look inside and ungrip from any emotions, reactions or thoughts which continue to hold you apart from FREEDOM. Call on Me for Guidance, you are never alone!

Salut! This is Lord Ashtar through Elizabeth Trutwin


22 November 2013 - Archangel Metatron: The Approach of Comet ISON – Anna Merkaba

"As she soars through the skies of the second merger
She brings with her the wisdom of the ages to have come
As she merges with the Sun's rays at the noon of the eternal waters
She brings forth the understanding of all that has gone by and has arrived
For she brings with her the Eternal Truth of The Source,
The Eternal Truth of the understanding of the key of life,
For she swirls within her very passion
In order to bring forth the mightiness of ONE."

The ISON, the magnificent, and the magical and the all powerful and all encompassing "Comet ISON" [it is said by some to be a Spaceship - a supra-computer "planetary transformer", escorted by several intelligently controlled space vehicles. Thoth refers to it as a planetary transformer whose mission is to quicken certain dynamics in this solar system in preparation for the Earth’s Planetary Ascension and also by which this entire Galaxy will be effected in the process.], as she is known to your Earthling selves dwelling on GAIA at this very momentous splinter of time. Have you no clue as to the prowess that is about to unfold before your eyes? [ISON passes around our Sun during 27-29 November 2013 and will be visible during the early weeks of December on its return passage.]

We the Ascended Masters of the 33rd Parallel, the 33rd Decree and the 33rd Dimension are here to quench the inquisitive minds of your Human selves, for we look upon you with delight, for we look upon you with understanding and unconditional, unyielding and Eternal Love. For you all, are the children of the creation of the minds, that have come and gone before you, for you who dwell upon GAIA bring forth such awe within us, that we shall share the mightiness of the informational decree that is about to unfold on your GAIA.

And so, let us begin the venture of explaining to your minds the true history and the idea, and the informational powers, and the codices hidden within the one that you call ISON.

No, Dearly Beloveds, there shall be no fear amongst your hearts, for the fear that dwells therein, shall be removed once and for all, for the fear that has been generated for you by those Dark Ones that you understand to be in the power of your own bodies, and your own Souls, bears no rulership over your Souls, bears not rulership over your hearts, for the Dark Ones that you believe to be in power of your Souls, are mere Mortals, walking along the side of your very Beings. Those who shall benevolently accept the assistance from the above Decrees shall bear witness to the bridge of the ISON that shall open wide before their very eyes.

For what we are referring to, is the evolution that is about to unfold within your very Beings, a change unseen and unheard and misunderstood and unattainable to your naked eye. For only through your hearts, shall you know the real meaning of the ISIONIC energies that are about to engulf and spread throughout your GAIA.

And so, the collective energies that are lifted from your Earthly selves, desire to know that which you shall expect to occur on the physical planes of your existence, shall any calamities to be expected? And we say to you that there shall occur such a state, for when there is change, there shall be Great Change.

The upheaval of the Earth shall bring forth the hidden knowledge, the hidden knowledge that most of you are in dire need of, for within your Human incarnations, you still are seeking from the outside that which you shall and must find within, and so to help you rediscover who you truly are, the upheaval of the Earth energies, the Earth grounds and dust and core, shall bring forth the hidden treasures therein, the hidden treasures that have been hidden for your generation eons prior, by those who have come before you, by those who have returned, indeed returned onto your Planet GAIA, to assist you in your incredible, astounding, phenomenal, mind boggling, and all encompassing growth. Growth that is affecting not only your own psyche, but the psyche of ALL who dwell in this magnificent universe of yours.

And so, upon the close encounter with your Sun, the ISON shall pass through the outer ridge of the Suns' Holographic self, and shall recode the Sun's energies and the Suns codexes in the sequence of the directional womb, and redirect such energies in the sequence all too familiar to your Earthly selves, the sequence of the Fabionachi Codexes, and once such sequences of the binary codexes enters your psyche, and is absorbed by all that sustains you on GAIA, you shall incorporate these energies into your very Being yet again.

But this time, Dearly Beloveds you shall fully reawaken to your "True Selves", no more shall the masks be worn upon your faces; no more shall you hide beneath the masks that you have placed upon yourself in this incarnation. For you will have unclothed it all, in order to leave that which no longer positively serves you behind, and to move forward in your destination to the new planetary alignment of GAIA.

Many revolutionary discoveries are to be brought forth into your world, many technological advancements, but more importantly and what you are all seeking first and foremost PEACE, peace within every cell of your Being, Peace and Harmony within every single cell of your understanding, and those around you. And this is just the beginning, for more and more of the Awakened Ones shall bridge the gap and create a Circle of Light of such magnitude that it shall encompass the whole Globe and shift the energies in the direction of true peace, true understanding, from heart to heart and not from mind to mind, the peace and harmony on Earth that you have been dreaming about, and have been holding onto for a very long time shall finally spread throughout your GAIA, step by step brining you to your final closure of liberation, freedom and understanding.

That is all that we have for you now. We Love you. We are with you. Goodbye for now.

Archangel Metatron & The 33rd Dimension Channeled by Anna Merkaba


30 November 2013 - A Message about ISON from a Soul close to Sananda
Channeler: Saeko Morishiro - translated from Japanese  

Many arguments are heard about ISON. From our viewpoint within the Galactic Federation, ISON is turning around the Sun watching the Sun itself and Planet Earth.  

ISON is a Mothership far beyond any recognition of the Earthly Scientists and in fact traverses throughout space, knowledge of which would greatly astonish them.  

Since this Mothership ISON is basically a "Vehicle of Light" and its shape and colors are changeable at will, the Earth Scientists are unable to follow all its movements.  

As is well acknowledged, many Galactic Federation Spaceships are hovering above you and they are visible only for those with their "Third Eye" open to a higher vibrational level.  

ISON's purpose is part of the transfiguration of Human DNA, the coming "Shift" of Gaia, clearing up the Environment - which includes the cleansing of air and water - something that all these overhead Spaceships are carrying out in order to assist Humans and to cooperate with them. This is all that we are allowed to inform you of at present.  

Although, from your point of view, our activities as the Galactic Federation on the Spaceships might have been seen as a little too slow, it has nevertheless required much perseverance, and we can assure you that the process for your Ascension is proceeding surely and perfectly.  

From now on, further astonishing "Events" will happen, however, these are ones that we will be performing carefully, though boldly, taking much care for your spiritual growth as a whole. This is all based on the Heaven's intention. Rest assured that everything will be carried out at a perfect timing and that we are proceeding as fast as is possible.  

We know how eager you are to know definite dates for the coming "Events" through having watched you over a long period, and we now dare to mention that the astonishing "Big Event" could take place within this year.


3 December 2013 - Pleiadian Council and Archangel Michael: COMET ISON is an Intergalactic Mothership and A Gift from Source Creator – via Goldenlight

Your world is going to forever change as our Intergalactic Societies intersect. This beautiful Starship exists to bring together and form the new Intergalactic Societies between Earth and the Star Nations represented on this Intergalactic Ship.

Greetings - We are the Pleiadian Council and Archangel Michael and we wish to speak to you tonight of our large Intergalactic Mothership in your sky which is being referred to as COMET ISON, but is indeed one of our largest Motherships as has been spoken of in other messages recently.

The reason this "Comet" has been apparently "disappearing", "disintegrating", or otherwise vanishing or changing is because we have the ability to change the form of our ship at will. We can appear as a Comet, many Stars, a Planet, or any other type of apparition/hologram that we wish. The reason we have chosen the form of a Comet is so that the people of Planet Earth would take notice of our Ship for indeed we are crossing the threshold of the time when our intergalactic relations are beginning to form…first in your minds, hearts, and awareness, then in individual visitations, then on a larger scale as your awareness, consciousness, vibration, and frequency continue to raise as your civilization on Earth enters into the Golden Age.

This Golden Age on Earth is a time when you have open intergalactic relations with many benevolent Star Nations such as us from the Pleiades, the Andromedans, the Sirians, the Orions, the Venusians, the Felines, and many other Star Races. This will happen on a slowly accelerating basis, not in a large crash or boom that would terrify your people. Everything that we of the Pleiades and the other benevolent Star Systems aboard our ship do is soft, gentle, loving, compassionate, and we act out of all the higher qualities of Love…higher dimensional qualities which we have embraced fully into our Beings. There are no malevolent Beings in our society, nor in the societies of the other Star Nations who are aboard this Intergalactic Mothership.

This Mothership is one of the Ships on which we have blended our Intergalactic Societies. We are made up of many different Star Nations, all living harmoniously together in a higher vibrational atmosphere of Love, Cooperation, Unity Consciousness, and most importantly with great care, Love and concern for the birthing of Mother Earth/Gaia and her inhabitants into the new Golden Age on Earth. Your Planet is the catalyst in a "domino effect" that will effect all other Planets, Galaxies, and Universes in the Multiverse; the Ascension of Gaia and her inhabitants to higher dimensional levels is setting off a chain reaction in the Multiverse wherein all other Planets, Star Systems, Galaxies, Beings are being upgraded a level or two. This is indeed occurring now on your Planet. Beings are beginning to wake up, many have already achieved a higher level of consciousness and vibration and we of the Pleiades and other Star Systems are aware of your tremendous growth.

We are glad, too, that there are those that can bring in the messages of truth that we are a Mothership. For indeed we are. Our Intergalactic Ship has a Consciousness that responds to a Council and Commander that steers the Ship. As mentioned, we can change the form of our ship at any time. We have sometimes shown ourselves as a Mothership so that you would learn the truth. It is a fine line we must walk on during this time as we cannot show ourselves fully as it is not completely safe to do so. There are still those in your civilization who would hide the truth from the general population. So, we bring you the truth slowly so that all may wake up to it. This is the way it has always been done. We practice the Law of Non-interference unless there is something that would threaten your Planet such as nuclear weapons which we have diffused many times.

Yet we come into a "time" in your dimension wherein you are raising your frequencies and awareness to the point where they begin to intersect ours and we are going to meet you somewhere in between the two "Worlds" or Dimensions. We wish for the awareness of our existence to be known now, and the awareness of the existence of this Flagship to also be known. And we wish for not only these two truths, but other truths, to come into your awareness, such as the truth that we have been in your skies for hundreds of years, and that our numbers have increased exponentially in the last 12 months of your time on Earth………

Channeled by Goldenlight, www.thegoldenlightchannel.com.
Original message: http://thegoldenlightchannel.com/mothership-comet-ison-via-goldenlight


4 December 2013 - COSMIC AWARENESS on the significance of Comet ISONWill Berlinghof

The Galactic Forces that are using the Comet ISON have the technology to bring around them a Comet's mass that can disguise and hide that which lies within. There were within the hollow core of the Comet, the mass at the Core, several Spaceships within the hollowed-out Core itself. There were also Spaceships outside of the Core, some of which were clearly identified when photos of ISON were filtered on previous occasions. These Spaceships are still there, although they are "cloaked". The Spaceships that were within the Comet's Core are still there, they too are cloaked. What did occur was a release of the mass that is interpreted as the Comet's Core into the clusters that are now being photographed and being claimed to be the destroyed Comet's Core.

In effect the mass of the pieces is still that which has an energy to it, but more importantly the Space vessels that were in and around the Comet's Core and hidden within the Core are also still available and have swung around and are heading for this Planet Earth at this time. Furthermore the debris field that trailed the Comet is immense in its size and span and that the Earth will be going through this tail field of debris on and around the 26th, 27th, 28th of December, and that there are still many things to be played out. This story is by far not over or ended.

The major purpose of the dis-informers upon announcing the destruction of ISON was to shut down conjecture that this Comet had any significance or importance. It has been the illusionists' trick all along of allowing certain things to be seen and other things to be hidden. This illusionist trick has been played on both sides, both those of the Galactic Federation, who for their own reasons chose not to be obvious in the approach of these craft as well as the Dark "Powers That Be" who do not wish Humanity to be aware that there is a flotilla approaching the Earth, that had connections to Comet ISON that were sending out rays and beams of frequency. These are sending these rays now towards Earth to affect the electromagnetic fields that will bring Earth through a debris field, to plant on the Planet certain minerals and jewels and objects. This is still to come, this is still to unfold, but this Awareness will say categorically that which was ISON, although may no longer be what it was, that which was the Core now no longer massed and intact, is still a recognizable object that is heading towards this Planet and that this object is composed of various vessels as well as much debris that will have impact upon the Planet.

That this is that which is to be seen in the weeks and months ahead but in particular, just after that occasion known as Christmas, December 25th. In particular, December 28th is when the Planet is fully in the tail of the Comet, the debris tail of that which is Comet ISON even if it is not what many thought it was. It is of great significance, greater than any other "Event" that has been reported, for it is proof that there is indeed an Extraterrestrial force that is coming towards the Planet.



1 January 2014 – According to Cosmic Creator's close Advisor, Zoosh, the effects of Earth passing through the tail of the Comet Ison will not be physically apparent to the majority of Earth Humans, as it will be manifested at an Etheric level (that is, at a higher vibrationary level)*. Zoosh has also implied that Comet Ison is in fact the well-known "Wormwood" Celestial body and "Sign" referred to in the Bible's "Book of Revelations".

Prime Creator's Message of the 16th of October 2013 (see above) suggests that this appearance of "Comet Ison" could also be the time of the "First Wave" Ascension of Humanity referred to, to be followed by a "Second Wave" by the Spring Solstice of 2014. However, it will be that the "First Wave" would consist only of those specially selected Lightworkers who need to be taken up as part of a "pre-Event" to the Motherships for Training and preparation. Their disappearance would not be of sufficient numbers to alert Earth's Mass Media of the unusual fact that so many persons have apparently disappeared.

There will be also many of Earth's senior Lightworkers – especially those involved in the channeled communications and spiritual information given out to the general public – who have elected to remain with 3-4D Earth "to the bitter end", that is, until the "Final Earth Changes and Ascension" become manifest. Regarding the "First" and "Second Wave" Ascensions, it has also previously been drawn to our attention in the Tuella Books (see Link below to "ASHTAR – Project World Evacuation") of Earth Humanity's Ascension occurring in "Three Waves", the first two Waves being made up of the two different levels and functions of Lightworkers, followed by the final "Third Wave" Mass Ascension of Earth's Humanity at the appropriate time.

Therefore, the "Second Wave" of Ascension by the 2014 Spring Solstice mentioned by Prime Creator in the October 2013 Message is most likely to be a second and even larger group of Lightworkers to be taken up to the Motherships to join up with the others already involved in the planning of the forthcoming "Earth Changes". The Final Ascension of Humanity and also the commencement of the "Earth Changes" may well be set in motion when the Earth finally makes its full immersion into the Photon Belt, possibly by the Autumn Solstice of 2014.

*More information on the significance of the Comet ISON Energies beamed to Earth can be read at: White Tara: the Comet ISON Energies + "The True make-up of the Comet and its effect upon Earth"


13 January 2014 – The Trinity Mother/Father God: The New Declaration of Independence for Planet Earth - Kathryn E. May

Soon, the changes across Planet Earth will come, faster and more abruptly than you could have imagined.  We have declared that WE ARE FINISHED waiting for Earth's squabbling Governments and Ruling Families to come to terms with the fact that IT IS DONE.  

No more will those in power be permitted to instigate wars by engineering "false flag attacks" and fueling every argument by supporting the aggressor, no matter what the circumstances.  It was a simple and effective formula - one that required only plenty of money and a few troublemakers on the ground to spread the ill will.  It was a simple matter in many areas of the World, like the Middle East, where tempers have run high for centuries.

It is what you would call a cheap trick - this formula for stoking the fires of war. It takes very little thought, little knowledge of the true cares and concerns of the belligerents involved.  Sell enough weapons to each side to impoverish the government and the people, tell both they are justified and have your support, and leave the rest to the despots and their thugs on both sides to do your bidding.  Once both countries or regions are exhausted or one has prevailed, you can go in, buy up their resources for next to nothing by paying off those you have armed, and you can control the entire territory economically and politically without ever leaving your bank's plush office in New York or Paris or London.

This cheap trick international power-mongering will not be permitted to continue. All the players in this global game of cat and mouse are well known to us, and will be rounded up and taken in for trial, or in the most egregious cases, will be taken to an alternative Planet which has been prepared for them.  There they will be given the opportunity to live in communities made up of members like themselves, where brute force carries the day, and where they can experience life without the mitigating influence of the Lightworkers they previously disdained.

In the arena of this primitive and pervasive approach to destroying peace, genuine diplomacy appeared difficult, impossibly complex and fraught with problems.  It was true that peace hardly had a chance as long as the Dark Ones were getting rich from their wars.  Where good will might have blossomed, it was cut short by bribes, blackmail, threats and extortion.  Good people on the ground gave their hearts and souls to try to restore peace, only to be defeated by those with nearly unlimited power to crush everything of the Light.  And still our beloved Lightworkers persevered and prayed for our help.

And so it has been decided, with the support of Prime Creator, that Planet Earth would be freed from the destructive grip of the Dark Ones.  She will never again be permitted to suffer nuclear explosions, chemical poisonings, deep well drillings and mountain-top decimation.  Nuclear weapons have all been permanently neutralized.  Toxic spills are being cleaned up with the help of your Galactic Brothers and Sisters, and those industries that have so tortured your dear Mother Earth will find themselves unable to continue to operate.  This includes all who produce genetically engineered foods and chemical fertilizers.

The Animal Kingdom will no longer be permitted to suffer in zoos, factory farms or breeding mills.  All will be released and taken to be cared for in safe and comfortable environments where they can adapt to the changing energies.  They will all eventually  take their places as the free-roaming friends and peaceful inhabitants of the Planet.

The Lion will indeed lie down with the Lamb in the new Golden Age of Planet Earth. This will be possible, even probable, because all animals and all Humans will have evolved to thrive on a light diet of vegetables, fruits and grains.  

And when, you ask, will this fairyland Kingdom come to be?  A thousand years in the future?  NO!  It has already begun.  Look around you.  The skies are bluer, the oceans cleaner every day.  No toxic waves of nuclear waste have washed up on the shores of the western U.S. as a result of the Fukushima disaster.  It has been taken care of.

It was planned, until recently, that the phases of change would unfold gradually, beginning with the revaluation of currency, the release of Prosperity Funds across the Planet, then later Disclosure of the Galactic presence, along with education about the truth of your Planet's History, and finally the landing of the ships and the eventual appearance of mentors, teachers and friends.  Finally, the new technologies from more advanced civilizations in the Galactic Federation of Light would completely change the way life is lived on Mother Earth.

It has now been decided that the conduct of the affairs of Planet Earth can no longer be left to the mercies of those currently in power.  Free Will is a privilege and responsibility that has been relentlessly abused.  Decisions are still being made on the basis of the most profitable outcome rather than the Greater Good. WE WILL NO LONGER PERMIT THIS.  NO ONE WILL BE PERMITTED TO ABUSE OTHERS FOR PROFIT OR FOR POWER.  

This is our "Declaration of Independence for the People of Planet Earth".  

IT IS DONE.

We are your Mother/Father God.

Via Kathryn E. May, Jan. 13, 2014, Mt. Shasta, CA - www.whoneedslight.org


25 February 2014 - SANAT KUMARA on the Coming Changes – James McConnell

I am Sanat Kumara. I am the One you have known, each of you has known, in many times previously. For we have fought many a fight. Not the kind of fight you would think of though. Not the battle you would know of today but a fight for Love and Understanding. We have been there in the trenches, you and I - to all who would be reading these words. For I am One who is known as the "One Initiator". I am the One who is there whenever there is that Change in Consciousness that movement that takes you to the next level of your Being. I am there with you at that time. And have been many times before. But now at this time, we no longer call it Initiations because that is no longer necessary. In the past, it was an Initiation to move from Dimension to Dimension. From vibration to vibration. In order to receive that Initiation you had to go through much. Many of you have done that in the past. If not in the bodies here on Planet Earth, in your other systems that you came from.

But now the Times have changed. It is a New Time. A New Awakening. It is the time to start anew. With a new Body. Not that you will not have your Physical Body, you will. But a new body of vibration. A new body of Light. Some have called it the "Rainbow Body". You are taking that Body on once again. You are taking on as a cloak over you. For it is really no different than that.

It has been said that the Year you are in now is the "Year of Transformation", a transition. That it is. This is the Year when all that you know of is going to wash away. That "Tsunami of Love" that has been spoken of many times. Just as the old is washed away in the wake of a wave, so too will this Tsunami wash away all the "Old Ways", the old programming that you have become accustomed to. It will wash away all that is no longer needed. For you are approaching a New Life. A new level of understanding within you. And in many respects it will appear as a New Life for you. But in reality it is not. You are returning Home, each of you are returning Home from whence you came. From the One-ness that you know already. All is about to change in the twinkling of an eye. And you, Dear Ones, are here to be a part of that. As you have been there in other times and other places. In other Galaxies. For you have moved into a Solar System and scattered it asunder. Just as is happening now to the understanding of what you know as the 3 Dimensional illusion. For it is being taken down piece by piece to be replaced by the "New You", being the Collective "You" here.

We are prepared and have been for some time. You are preparing and have been for a long time as well. When the time comes, as you know it is not too far off now, no we will not use the word soon or imminent, but we will say on the verge. You are standing on that precipice, each of you. Ready to jump when the announcement is made, the "Clarion Call" goes out. It is coming!

All of my Peace and Love and Understanding and Joy be with you now as you hear the Changes coming, Sanat Kumara.


2 May 2014 - MATTHEW: Update from the Spiritual Realms on the "World Situation"

With Loving Greetings from all Souls at this Station within the Spiritual Realms, this is Matthew. The brilliant "Light of Compassion" has been streaming around the World to the Families whose Members' lives ended in the South Korean ferry and to the Families of those who are thought to have been lost at sea in the Malaysian plane dissapearance. Wherever many hundreds grieve after a trauma is suddenly shared, an outpouring of compassion for them rises from all corners of Earth.   

Thus, it may seem that your hearts are united only in times of multiple personal tragedies, and that is not so. Always you are united in your Love of Family and the desire for your children and all future generations to live in a better world than you inherited — and this foundation of your Unity is far, far stronger than your differences, beloved Sisters and Brothers! That is why, in the timeless continuum, all of Earth's Cultures and Races are living in harmony with each other and all of Nature. You are co-creating that World as you surmount challenges in this "World of the Moment".  

Let us quell concerns about Russia's aggressiveness in Ukraine — it will not lead to all-out war. Vladimir Putin doesn't want a war and he's not all wrong by attributing the turmoil in part to interference by the United States. It's not the Country's Government, it's that the US is the home of the CIA, and it is the Illuminati-controlled faction of that Agency that stirs the pot globally. Oh yes, their "Black Ops" still has enough viability to step in where people are dissatisfied and exacerbate the situation.

However, the time for new warfronts is past, the vibrations will not support much longer war temperament and combative divisiveness. The era for negotiating conflicts has arrived and ultimately, all serious differences within and between nations will be resolved by this means. Discussions will go in fits and starts, so please don't expect a smooth transition or prompt results especially where fighting still rages and in the numerous circumstances where high emotions still run roughshod over reason.

Talks to end decades of unrest between Israel and Palestine bogged down again not because the residents prefer discord to living together peacefully, but because the peak of the Illuminati doesn't want harmony there until the Region is under their control — those few individuals are holding onto their delusion of "World Domination" with Jerusalem as one of their Headquarters. Never could their plan have come to pass once Earth's Ascension began, and eventually vibratory levels will bring to fruition a lasting peace accord.   

We have been asked to comment as well on several countries in Africa — "Why is there still so much brutality?" is the bottom line question. Historically the Continent has been an arena for oppression and bloodshed. Along with ruthlessly killing each other, stronger Tribes captured weaker and kept them in subservience or sold them to Slave Traders. The negativity that amassed during the centuries of slaughter and slavery and later Apartheid and civil wars, has been released gradually during Earth's Ascension, and lingering low vibrations in those lands leave inhabitants susceptible to upheavals. Because Mother Nature's abrupt means of uprooting and releasing entrenched negativity — earthquakes, volcanic eruptions and powerful storms — are not prevalent in Africa, a "clean slate," so to say, definitely is on the way there, but it is coming more slowly than to some other areas.

Along with raising your Society's consciousness, the prevailing vibrations are producing other effects. Persons who endure trauma of one kind or another, perhaps prolonged combat, sexual molestation or other physical abuse, or mental aberrations, are especially vulnerable. When those experiences lead to uncontrollable anger or overwhelming despair, the individuals' minimal stability snaps and often they kill others or themselves. Persons who are trained from childhood to avenge what was done to their ancestors are feeling intensified urgency to annihilate the designated enemy — that will run its course as the will to kill ebbs around your world.

The commonality in those diverse situations, past and present, is that all were and are opportunities for Souls to evolve spiritually and consciously. Now, not only are former Earth Residents eagerly taking advantage of the unique chance to complete Third Density Karma in one lifetime instead of many, but Souls from other Civilizations also are coming in to do this. Yet, even for you who understand the purposeful "Karmic Cycle", we know it is extremely difficult to think that way about the many millions who are choosing to live and die in painful circumstances. So please think of the many thousands of Lightworkers, most of whom have never heard that term, who are participating in or donating money to Humanitarian Programs that are uplifting those lives, and feel grateful for their efforts — always the Light of Gratitude is a worthy contribution.

Numerous recent comments and questions can be summarized thusly: Several countries have hostile relations and some have nuclear weapons; how can you be certain that none will be used deliberately or accidentally to start a Nuclear War?  But if a Nuclear War can be prevented, why can't all Wars be prevented?

We can say with certainty that there will be no Nuclear War on Earth because Prime Creator decreed that there will be no more such wars anywhere in the Cosmos. When bodies die in ground-level or very low atmospheric explosions, Souls are not damaged — the density of the bodies safeguards them. When Nuclear weaponry explodes in Space, as has happened in other Civilizations, Souls living as Free Spirits or in Light Density forms are not protected — they have been shattered and their parts scattered throughout Space.

They cannot be left in that shocked condition, and retrieval and restoration are lengthy, intricate processes that start with specially trained Teams searching for Soul-parts. Some may be floating aimlessly, oblivious to anything other than their existence; others may have entered the bodies of benevolent Souls that took in the "Orphans"; still others may have been captured by Dark Entities and held hostage; and some may be so frightened and confused that they can only tumble about. But wherever each part is, it retains the Soul's unique frequency and that is the tracking signal the Search Teams use as their guidance system.

When a Soul part is found and retrieved, it is taken to what you would call a "Rehabilitation Center" and given treatment that is customized for its condition — that is, whatever care is appropriate for its experiences during its separated state. As other parts of that Soul are located, each is taken to the Center and gently reintroduced to the parts being rejuvenated. After all parts have been found and nurtured, they are carefully reintegrated so that all experiencing, knowledge and memories are in proper order in accordance with the Soul's File in the Akashic Records. Only then can the Soul be fully healed and restored to functioning, and in some cases, this has taken as long as thousands of your linear years.

This immense undertaking shows how important each Soul is to Prime Creator and, in this Universe, to Trinity Father God, and what those fractured Souls endure is why Prime Creator decreed that never again will there be another Nuclear War. In keeping with that, Trinity Father God authorized all spiritually, consciously and technologically evolved civilizations to prevent every attempt to detonate nuclear warheads anywhere in this Universe — in your World, they have done this more than a dozen times.

Because a "Standard" War — and it pains us to speak that way when some of our Beloved Family are being killed by others whom we also Love Unconditionally and their "Karmic Merry-go-round" keeps going — is initiated by someone's free will choice, Trinity Father God cannot intervene.  He is bound to honor Creator's Law that permits no exception to any Soul's free will choices other than starting a Nuclear War. What God is permitted to do within that Law is honor Gaia's choice for a massive in-pouring of "Light" to save her Planetary Body and all of its Life Forms. Vast, powerful distant Civilizations that responded instantly enabled Earth to jar loose from deep Third Density and start on her "Ascension pathway". 

Although this is proceeding with unprecedented swiftness, we know that in longing for all suffering and violence to end, at times your patience runs thin. You tire of hearing us say "Grand Changes" are underway — it's evidence you want, not only encouraging words. So we shall speak about progress in an area that you may not be viewing in the context of Planetary and Personal Ascension, but it is a vital — essential! — aspect of a Civilization's evolvement: the treatment of its Animals.  With joy we have seen activity on Animals' behalf become widespread in your World! 

Animals are Souls; each is a part of Source just as you are and they evolve just as you do. Among some species are Souls of highly evolved Humans who chose to embody in those forms specifically to enhance the bonding Spirit between all Animal life and Humankind. Love is the key — Animals show you how to Love without conditions or limitations.  

The intelligence of Higher Orders is very close to yours, and species-wide, the Cetacean family of Whales and Dolphins comprises the most highly evolved Souls on the Planet intellectually and spiritually. The spectrum of Animals' emotions and characteristics is similar to yours too, except for Human acquired traits like tact, deceit, bitterness and killing for sport; and in some ways their awareness is superior. They know your thoughts, they are more energy-sensitive than most people, and one or more of their basic five senses is keener than yours.

They are Multidimensional Souls just as you are, but they consciously go back and forth between Physical and Spirit Worlds, and they understand that there is no such thing as "Death." They communicate telepathically with each other and interact with the myriad Devic Souls about whom most people know little or nothing, yet these precious Beings are indispensable to the flourishing of all Life on Earth.

Let us back up a bit here. Eons ago Animals lived peaceably with each other and with the Peoples, and there was telepathic communication among all Life Forms, including the Plant and Devic Kingdoms. The entire Planet was the Garden of Eden then and every life flourished. When strong civilizations with dark proclivity succumbed to the will of the Dark Forces, they downgraded the DNA of weaker civilizations and included brutality and they introduced the ferocity in Animals that led to the predator-prey chain. As the Light in people's consciousness dimmed, they started massacring each other and the Animals — that is what caused the Planet to spiral down into deep Third Density and stay stuck there for long ages. 

The Dark Forces knew that Whales were serving the critical function of anchoring Light in ocean depths where darkness cannot reach, and to eliminate all "Light" on Earth, that force influenced Humans to kill Whales as part of the culture or commerce, and much later, cause them serious harm by sonar testing in ocean waters. But the Darkness did not accomplish its objective — the Whales agreed to let their "Light" remain deep in the seas after their bodies were killed.

The same Dark influence was at work in the near annihilation of Bison herds that roamed the Plains of the land that became the United States. Individuals who came under that spell ordered the mass destruction because they knew the animals were the source of food and hides that the Native population needed for survival.  By contrast, the Natives killed only enough Bison to provide those basic requirements and they expressed their honor and gratitude for the lives they took.  

Other examples of the Darkness' influence was motivating the populace to prize items carved of ivory tusks, to think that wearing animal fur is fashionable, to stuff heads of Wild Animals and entire "Game" Fish and mount them on walls, to believe that some Animal parts are aphrodisiacs or strengthen sexual prowess. Millions upon millions of Animals in the wild or the waters were killed simply to satisfy the cravings of Humankind.

Never did it enter people's minds then that Animals have emotions and intelligence and many species are family-oriented. There was nary a thought that those Parents Love and Care for their youngsters just as People do and mourn the loss of a Family Member or Dear Friend just as People do. No, Animals were simply objects to satisfy Human whims. That deep Third Density mentality had to change so Earth could Ascend, and that is why, during the seventy-some years She has been on her Ascension Course, the Light has been raising the consciousness of your society to see Animals' critical importance in the balance of all Life on Earth.  

After some voices proclaimed that Animals have the right to be treated humanely and with dignity and respect, groups started forming to act upon that premise; and a few courageous individuals were inspired to live in the wild and record their observations of specific species. Those beginnings burgeoned into today's Local, National and International Organizations with the mission of saving Animals and their native habitats. Some are making or expanding preserves for injured and orphaned Wild Animals, others are operating shelters or rescue and rehabilitation programs for maltreated domesticated Animals, and many people are financially supporting these groups.

Outrage about inhumane conditions under which food Animals live and die is forcing improvements in those areas. Zoos are creating or enlarging wildlife surroundings for their Animals and breeding programs are saving endangered species. Circuses are responding to pleas to care for their Animals conscientiously and kindly. National Laws prohibit the export of Native Animals; part of enforcing anti-poaching Laws is helping poachers find other livelihood; Laws require Breeders of Pets to meet higher standards.

Extensive research into Animal behavior, intelligence and communication is showing their similarity to you in those respects. Increasing numbers of "Companion Animals" are being adopted; school children are being educated about the need to spay and neuter Pets as well as their proper healthcare and nutrition. Many petitions advocating for Animal's well-being are in circulation — the very act of signing a Petition sends forth "Light Streamers" — and the Internet abounds with films and photos showing cross-species friendship, even in the predator-prey chain, as well as some Wild Animals' willingness to befriend Humans.

You know this, so why did we speak of it? So you will think about these giant strides your Society has achieved and feel grateful! Yes, a great deal more must be done, and many of you have written poignant letters asking what you can do. Of paramount importance, we urge you to stop focusing on the cruelty and negligence Animals endure and feeling distraught about it. Via the Universal Law of Attraction that's in perpetual operation, the low vibrations of those negative feelings and thoughts are helping to continue what you want to end. Sending out the high vibrations of gratitude for the innumerable endeavors on Animals' behalf spreads Light throughout the Animal Kingdom.

Beloved Family, there is far more Goodness and Light in your World than you may think, and your every Loving thought, feeling and deed adds to the abundance that is transforming your World. With Love, Respect and Honor, we salute you and accompany you every step toward the myriad glories of Earth's "Golden Age".

Love and Peace - Matthew
[previously St. MATTHEW of the Bible - one of the 12 Disciples of Jesus]                  

Suzanne Ward - suzy@matthewbooks.com


13 May 2014 - Commander Ashtar: Update on the Present "Clearing Process" – Philipp

There are times where the work you are doing is demanding that we 'leave you alone'. In this phase, where your bodies are dealing with major adjustments, it would be counter-productive to keep you busy with additional tasks.

Every one of you is going through Major Changes. During April you experienced for yourself how intensive this "Clearing" was.

The outpouring of energies upon you has affected your bodies in rather the same way as with Nature following a thunderstorm. You have probably noticed that after a storm the Sun seems brighter, the air purer and that everything is more in harmony. And, just as in the aftermath of a thunderstorm, everything that needed to be cleared is transformed and dissolved.

This 'thunderstorm' was especially heavy, as you yourselves have experienced, and the clearing process has not yet finished. The only absolute term in the Universe is that changes are happening.

However, the Divine Plan is proceeding like clockwork. Those who have doubts are still focusing too much on the outer symptoms of this clearing. Whoever claims that there are no outward signs of what we are telling you here, even though this is not true, might like to look in the mirror and compare themselves with the person they were a few months ago – switch off your brain and concentrate on your heart.

The best indication of your progress is that you are unceasing in your efforts to make the World a better place for "All That Is", and you are progressing tirelessly, irrespective of how exhausting your journey may appear at times. And so it is, Dear Ones – you agreed to follow the Path of "All That Is". You are the Wayshowers that have been chosen to pave the way for the Human Collective.

The "Tsunami of Love" is in full flow and you are ready to receive the "Major Wave". And here we would like to remind you that this "Major Wave" is not coming from outside – it is beginning and developing inside you. Open your heart to the "Tsunami of Love" and you will be totally prepared for the arrival of this "Major Wave" that is in its final approach and will clear you at the right time.

As we have said, the "Tsunami of Love" is a forerunner of your Ascension – it is preparing you for your Ascension with your physical body. And if you would like to know just where you are at this present time in the process of Ascension, then let us give you this picture: 

Imagine that you are standing in front of a huge, bright "Portal" of absolute beauty. This "Portal" is flooded with gentle, lovely music and total peace. You are directly in front of it, and your hand is on the handle that opens the door of the Portal. All that stops you from pressing the door handle are the last transformations within you, which still have to be resolved to be able to receive what is ready for you beyond the Portal.  

So you see, you are more than close to your destination. Don´t ease off in your "Process of Clearing" which will enable you to pass through the Portal. As tiresome as it may seem to be, without this "Clearing" process passage through the Portal cannot take place.

Spirit´s Plan for Humanity is implemented – nothing has changed this, neither the present unrest in your World nor your Free Will.

Your Free Will is the most precious commodity that you have received from Spirit and it is, to all who are taking part in the process of the Ascension of the Human Collective, Holy and surely not to be violated.

But it is not only the uplift of Humanity that is dependent upon your Ascension – your Ascension has an effect on the whole Universe. Therefore, your Free Will is Holy as a part of the Ascension but it cannot and must not lead to the situation where the Divine Plan is not implemented. Your Free Will is considered insofar as it is compatible with the Divine Plan.

Is it possible to adjust and to modify the Divine Plan by your willpower? Of course – as long as it is compatible with the Plan, as happened when Humanity decided to Ascend collectively. Spirit has considered your Collective – not Individual – Free Will and has agreed that  Humanity will Ascend together, so the Divine Plan was adjusted accordingly. But there was a clear agreement relating to the conditions for this adjustment: 

First of all, it should not mean that Gaia and her inhabitants have to stay much longer in the lower vibrations. Please remember that it was Gaia herself who asked for help and who initiated the "Ascension Project". Furthermore that your Ascension is affecting the whole Universe, and it is the pioneer for the Ascension of other Planets in your Universe. For this reason the 'waiting period' was deliberately concise.

A further condition is that the Individual Free Will of a few can no longer affect the Collective Free Will. Herewith we are referring to those who for some reason do not want to take part in the Ascension, be it for keeping the status quo and not losing their power, or because they have planned their Ascension for a later time.

This is important to understand – the Dark Forces can have no more influence on your Ascension. This is the reason why we are tirelessly pointing out that you should not allow any of their actions to prevent you from focusing on your Ascension work. Send them Light and Love, and do not forget that they are also players in the Game called "Life".

In a nutshell we wish to say that everything is well. We are immensely proud of you and how you are participating in this endgame. Please do not let your trust weaken, and when you have any doubts get in contact with your Brothers and Sisters 'Behind the Veil'. Ask us for strength and help – you are never alone, not for one single moment. This is the most important fact to remember again and again.

I am Ashtar, your Star Brother, who is talking to a number of Souls on this side of the Veil. And it is a great pleasure and honor for me to be this Ambassador.

In deepest Love
Ashtar. 

Channeller: Philipp


4 July 2014 - Cosmic Creator/Awareness on the possible "Changes" brought forth by the close passing-by of Planet Nibiru– Will Berlinghof

It is seen that the month of July could bring certain "Events" into full action, events of a political/economic nature, and also events of a natural nature/ physical nature. These Events could therefore propel Humanity into a state of extreme crisis for many – especially those not able to sense and feel a connection with Mother Earth, not knowing of the intimacy that truly exists between the Divine Mother and all of her Creatures - this could well create a much more difficult transition for them through times which may well be seen as a crisis period for many others.

This Awareness however does not predict, does not say it must and will be so. It however reads the energies that are coming forward, It sees the manipulations of certain Ones who are the Hidden Dark Powers, the Ones who have long controlled and manipulated Planet Earth, and sees there are many paths now that have led to this point of crisis, this acute phase in the journey of Mother Earth and of Humanity. If it is so that you may experience from the midpoint of the month of July onwards events of great consequence, that you may as a result remember the deeper bond that you have with the Planet and of course with Spirit itself.

This Awareness will now say that the Planet Nibiru will play a major part in what is seen as possibly ahead, one of upheaval, chaos, of the energies of conflict and challenge.

This Awareness is not prepared to predict that it could destroy Planet Earth, or that it may totally destroy its civilization and all that is now known, for it is not seen by this Awareness that it need become as extreme as this.

That many have prophesied doom and gloom with the approach of that Planet known as Nibiru, also known as Planet X, and also known as Wormwood, but this Awareness will say that there have been mitigating circumstances around the arrival of Nibiru. It has been entrapped up to now in a force field, in a "gravitaional pocket" of the Sun for many, many months and has been held back from proceeding along a designed, designated route that it is following through your Solar System.

The Galactic Federation Forces have been key in this and have held back the approach of Nibiru, but it was always understood, because it has always been part of the Divine Design and Plan, that Nibiru would one day be released so that it can continue on its designated route, that it can pass Earth, not to the same degree, not in the same proximity as an earlier path would have led it. This was prevented and altered, to become a different “Timeline” that many have now gone through, indeed this Awareness would say all of those Lightworkers who are reading these words at this point, have been through. They were not to be part of the previous Timeline, one with its fully dramatic effects of a closer passage of Nibiru to Planet Earth and which would have been much more destructive on a planetary level.

Yet it is also seen that the energies of Nibiru are necessary to bring certain things to completion, certain "Dark Powers" down from their mighty thrones, changes both on economic levels, social levels, geo-political levels, geological/physical levels. The energies of Nibiru are now being allowed to proceed, so that these changes can occur.

This Awareness will state that those Lightworkers who have made the necessary adjustments and choices, both consciously and most importantly unconsciously, will therefore place them in a situation where their experience of the events ahead will not be as dramatic and catastrophic as other previous choices, other chosen Timelines from earlier on.

Yet at the same time there is a need for the energies of Nibiru to intercede, to intersect with the Planet herself, with the Divine Destiny of Mother Earth and those who reside upon her surface and even those who reside under her surface. This is part of a Divine Plan, a Divine stipulation that the energies of the Prime Source have put out, is putting out for the advancement on many levels for the Planet herself, for Humanity itself, for all the creatures on the Planet as well, and those Beings and creatures under the surface as well.

Therefore Nibiru is seen as being able to play a part in the acceleration of the energies of Change that are moving forward, one that is seen by this Awareness as that which may well truly commence around the middle of July. If it does proceed, many will then experience these energies of upheaval and chaos and those unprepared will be thrown into confusion and chaos by the unfolding events.

That is why this Awareness at this time is recommending that individuals remember that this too is part of the ebb and flow, part of the Cycles of Spiritual Evolution of both the Planet and the collective consciousness of Humanity, and of Spirit Itself.

Nibiru could play an important in this equation, in this formula. It would not simply be a negative factor, not a "Destructor" of that which is now the "Reality" imposed upon the many who have chosen to experience the special lessons of life on Planet Earth. They have indeed all chosen before incarnation upon Earth to experience upheaval and change, chaos, destruction and rebirth, in order to rebuild all that which may be swept away with that which will be better, be superior and be in alignment with Source, with Divine Spirit, with the Planet herself.

Therefore the approach of Nibiru would not seen by this Awareness as a potential dreaded event of catastrophe, but as one which many have prophesied and that many have also held would come about by its close approach. It would become an instrument of the Divine Source, a tool of change that has long been anticipated, long been prophesied, long been felt within the depths of the Human Soul itself. It could now be time for Nibiru to come forth, a time for the deeper and more profound "Earth Changes" to commence.

Channeled by Will and Callista Summerfield-Berlinghof at: http://Rainbow-Phoenix.com


Although the above events did not occur as foreseen, we believe they may possibly be postponed until the Autumn Solstice of September - see the St. Germain Message below with his reference to a coming together within months of an "intersection/opening" period of events.


22 July 2014 - Divine Source Mother ("Goddess of Love") - Her "Plan of Love" for our Ascension - through Linda Dillon on Steve Bekow's “An Hour With An Angel”

Divine Mother: I speak to you as ONE and I speak to you as LOVE.

Sweet Angels, Hybrids, Earth-keepers, Starseeds, and everything in between, Archangels, Seraph, Cherubs, Faeries, Gnomes, Familiars, Wing-makers, you have so many entities, so many aspects, so many faces to express of yourselves and to your friends of Earth and far beyond, and yet how do I know each of you?

I know you by your Soul design of LOVE. I know every portion of your Being, every fiber, every particle. Oh, do not think, Dear Hearts, that I do not know the familiar face, because I do. Yes! So often, you have thought of me as distant Mother, with limited capacity, might I say! Which is quite humorous. How could I possibly know billions and billions and billions of faces? Let alone the secrets of your hearts! Well, I have an excellent cataloging system, Dear Hearts.

The way that you look if you sit down, say, at a dinner table with friends, and you look around, and maybe it's four of you, maybe it's eight, maybe it's twenty, but you know the people around the table. You know who they are, you know somewhat of their backgrounds, you read their energy, you feel their joy or their disdain or their discomfort.

So it is with me. And I look down upon you, yes, certainly as a Collective. But do not think I do not know you! How could I not know myself?

For you carry my Love, my Divinity within you. You are the direct expression of All. If you were not - and this is true, by the way, not only of those of you Humans that we call of Gaia, but of many Universes - you have difficulty expanding your head, your mind, not your heart, but your mind, to comprehend such vastness. And yet, such vastness also rests within you.

Many of you may find it very easy to Love collectively your Star Brothers and Sisters, or collectively all who inhabit Venus or Andromeda or Arcturus or Electra. One of the things that I wish to discuss this day is how you can Love Humanity, how you can LOVE period, no conditions set at all. And we will even set discussion of containment aside. How can you Love everyone upon your Planet?

Beloveds, you are at a critical intersection, and the chaos and the mayhem upon my Beloved Gaia is extreme. Now, is this part of the “Plan”? Does all this hatred, envy, control, greed, pain, have need to come to the surface? Unfortunately at this time YES. Do you need to Love it? NO. You need to learn to Love the Essence, the Divinity, of all Beings. Yes, including Humans.

When you have been having your conversation about core issues, and it is so, my Lightworkers, my Ground Crew, you are being faced with the belief of issues that have threatened you or made you feel inadequate, in past times. And we will get to the heart of this today, but first I wish to speak to the Human Collective.

Think of the core issues of your old Third Dimension and of Humanity that have clung to that reality. It is all at the surface. Let me elaborate somewhat on what St.Germain has said to thee. You have not ever been appointed as Judge or Jury for each other or for Humanity, for the Human Race. To commit yourself to Ascension, to Love, to the Gift of Grace - the Divine qualities - it cannot and does not include judgment of others.

Of course you are discerning. You have been given magnificent emotional, mental, and even Ego acuity. I am not asking you to deny your intelligence, Dear Hearts. But what I am asking is to step back and send the Love! Because it is not the judgment. It is only the Love that can heal, transmute and transform these energies of chaos that are rampant.

You say to me, “Mother,” - and I hear your cries, morning, noon and night - “Mother, why are you permitting this? Archangel Michael, why are you permitting this? Why are women and children being brutalized, killed, raped, sacrificed? Why are men - and women! - being permitted to wage atrocity? It's not a matter of who did what first! Why is this permitted?”

Humanity, Humans, Humans that carry my Spark, the Father's knowing, wisdom, everything that was ever required, are committing these actions. And I do not merely mean the actions of war. I mean the actions that are of cruelty, of bigotry, of segregation! Of financial cruelty! Political cruelty. Injustice.

Now, why am I allowing this to take place? Please remember, this cruelty is not my creation. This is a Human creation, and you beg me, you say, “Mother, make it stop!” Dear Hearts, I could not agree with you more! How?

How, when all is now in alignment at this time, how do you Ascend, how does “Collective Ignition” take place if there is not LOVE?

How does this happen? You - and I do not mean you who are listening; so again I tell you, I am speaking and calling to the people of Earth - you have asked to Ascend as “One”. You have asked to be the embodiment of the Highest Realm of Consciousness, in form, collectively, creating, inhabiting Nova Earth, Terra Gaia. This cannot occur without COLLECTIVE LOVE.

Now, who is turning that ignition key? It is not merely me, us up here. It is not merely the Archangels or what you refer to as my Company of Heaven. It is not merely your Star Brothers and Sisters, it is not even merely Gaia herself. YOUR hand is on the Ignition as clearly as mine is. And the energy to turn that key is LOVE. It always has been, it always will be. This is never going to change. So I beckon to you to call forth the LOVE, not for the heinous acts, but for that Spark of Divinity that I have birthed in each and every one of you.

Time now is of the essence. Your time, my time, Divine timing. Your Planet is playing brinkmanship. Now, will this be permitted? No. Your Star Brothers and Sisters will not allow it. But it is a very dangerous game, and it is dangerous because it is Soul destroying. So never has it been more important in this process than now to Love, to Love the Group. So, you look at a group such as ISIS - it is a very good example - do not try to separate them from yourself - because what you are then doing is you are creating segmentation, fragmentation, isolation, abandonment. And that is of the old paradigm.

Take the entire area and say, today, I send strong thoughts of LOVE to everybody who is carrying war and violence in their hearts. Now, this covers not only the atrocities in the Ukraine, and in the Middle East, in Detroit, in Chicago, in Washington, in Sudan, in Somalia, it covers the person who is cutting their wrist, wanting to die, because they are doing violence to themselves, out of hatred of themselves and their life.

So, group it that way. And if you know of a person - and all of you do; all of you - it would take about 10 seconds of your time, and none of mine, to visualize in front of you a violent person - extend from your Heart to theirs, embrace them, LOVE them. It is not like you do not know how to Love. You are experts!

Why do you think we sanctioned, chose, fostered this learning and experimentation platform of a Planet? All of you, all of you who listen, and people of Earth, if you came with one specialty, one level of expertise, it was LOVE. Try and see the embodiment of all those groups in front of you and try to send strong thoughts of Love to them.

Then the next day, so I don't overwhelm you, move on to all those who are disillusioned, living in despair and terror - and again I do not simply mean the mothers, the fathers, the children of war, I mean the mothers and the children who wonder if they will have food this day, whether the baby will make it through the night, whether they will have a roof over their heads, whether the Banks will foreclose, whether their checks will bounce, whether they will have money for milk. Those who are so tired and in despair because they physically, emotionally hurt.

Now it takes you two seconds to think of such a person, and send LOVE to them. Love those who are in pain. And especially, even create a special day for those who have given up hope, because although I am watching you and infusing all of Earth with My Grace, what I am seeing… there are far too many of them. More are hopeless than violent and waging war and disillusioned and even despaired. They have gone beyond despair to simply, we would say, pre-death. They have given up hope.

Send Love to them. Remind them that they are Loved and Lovable, and cherished and valued and honored and important to this Ascension, to the fulfillment of my Plan and theirs.

What you are doing, my Sweet Angels, is no different than what I am doing, than we up here are doing, than the Archangels are doing, the Masters… Your Star Brothers and Sisters have never been so vigorous with sending their pink ray of Love energy!

And the “Order of the Day” for all who are what you think of as the “Troops on the Ground”, your Star Brothers/Lightworkers on Earth. It is the same for them as what I am saying to you: Yes, they are acclimatizing, they are adjusting, but their urgent Order is: “Spread the LOVE”.

I have always asked you, I have always encouraged you to BE the Love, to remember that you are the Love and only the Love. But I ask you, very specifically right now - not just for today or tomorrow or for next week; but for the months ahead in this coming special period of “Divine Alignment” - please, LOVE. Love yourself, but LOVE Humanity. Lift them up and remind them who they really are, because that is what we up here are doing.

Channeled by Linda Dillon on Steve Bekow's weekly Radio Show "An Hour with an Angel" - http://goldenageofgaia.com


22 July 2014 - St Germain Asks us to Recommit to the Divine Mother's Plan - Channeled through Linda Dillon

St. Germain: There are points of confluence, not only in what you think of as your time and space spectrum, but upon your Grid, your Etheric Grid, your Physical Grid, the Grid of Gaia, the Grid of the Universe, and then there are parts…if you think of the “Mother's Plan”…that have benchmarks where there is a coming together of energies, Divine Energies, my Beloved Ones, and Human energies as well.

And in many forms upon the Planet right now, this Planet that I Love more deeply than I can express and that I will defend and protect forever, there are intersections and think of it as layered intersections in your Grid, in the Gaia Grid, in the Universal Grid, benchmarks in the “Mother's Plan” that are all in alignment at this time.

Now, as you well know, this Channel [Linda Dillon] refuses and abhors stating dates for coming Events. So, I do not speak of specific dates for coming Time-lines, but I have been known to simply speak of such “benchmarks” and “intersections”. The energies of the “Plan” are indeed in alignment at this time, that is above, below, in-between, and in each Dimension.

Now, why am I speaking of this now? Why indeed am I telling you this? Because Dear Heart, your actions, your energy, your creative energy needs to be in full force at this time, in this moment. And let me say that this moment is to be defined as a period of months, not hours, not days, not weeks, but this coming “intersection”, this opening, not for just one “Event” but now for a multiple blossoming of many “Events” - what you frequently think of and are always looking for as the “The Great Final Event & Show”.

Channeled through Linda Dillon, July 22, 2014 - http://counciloflove.com


31 July 2014 – Jesus/Sananda: Realization of the Absolute Futility of Conflict of Any Sort is Dawning on Humanity - Channelled by John Smallman.

Jesus: Here in the Spiritual Realms excitement, as you might put it, is approaching fever pitch! Yet all across the World, and particularly in the area of Palestine and Israel, it would seem that people are experiencing Hell on Earth.

There is an enormous amount of unnecessary and totally unjustified pain and suffering as anger intensifies and conflicts rage, but be aware that this is the essential raising into Humanity's conscious awareness of the futility of these ways of behaving, relating, and attempting to resolve differences between peoples.

For eons conflict has totally failed to resolve disagreements, let alone establish peaceful co-existence between warring factions. Finally Humanity is getting the message, but it has taken this recent escalation of conflict across the globe to really bring this message home.

Consequently enormous numbers of good and loving people are working together to persuade those filled with hate and resentment to take a break from conflict and to meet with one another, initially to end the hostile activities that are tearing families and societies apart, and then to work together to establish a loving acceptance of each others right to live in peace.

It does seem to you that people have been futilely attempting this for generations, which they have, but now there is such an intensity of Love bringing peoples together that the angry reactionary excitement of those you might describe as “hotheads” will be calmed down in order that their often intense rage ceases to fuel the fires of dissent that it seems can never be extinguished.

It is a time for acceptance, for accepting that enormous numbers of people have been killed, tortured, and injured, and that nothing can alter that fact, and for also accepting that to continue burning with rage, just as before, will bring not solutions but only more utterly unnecessary and horrific suffering.

Up until very recent times it had been considered logical by Humanity generally that the way to win a conflict was to increase the size of their armies and the effectiveness of their weapons. However the nuclear ending to the Second World War made it clear that this was becoming an increasingly dangerous and indeed insane attitude to maintain or encourage.

Humans are social Beings who chose to limit their access to their individual spiritual natures, and as a result they divided into different races, creeds, and cultures, further separating themselves from their oneness with their Divine Source.

However, deep within every Human Being, hidden under a dark and divisive cloak of fear there burns an inextinguishable flame of Love. As a consequence of the escalating violence across the Planet over the last few decades, and the realization that the threat of a worldwide nuclear holocaust has not yet been totally removed, many, in desperation or perhaps frustration, are lifting that dark cloak within themselves and finding their true nature beneath it waiting to embrace them.

And this is why, here in the Spiritual Realms, we are so excited, uplifted, and encouraged, because we can see the absolutely amazing and elevating effects that the “Tsunami of Love” is causing and promoting very rapidly across the Planet and throughout Humanity.

Realization of the absolute futility of conflict of any sort is dawning on Humanity, and many are now getting together to gently and lovingly restrain those who, as yet, cannot see this and would continue engaging in senseless, wasteful, and in fact insane conflict.

So what we are seeing is that the futility of conflict has finally been truly recognized by the vast majority, consequently it will cease. From your perspective, reliant on the mainstream media for much of your inadequate information about the state of the world, the situation seems increasingly alarming. That is not a bad thing because it strongly encourages people to take notice and focus ever more intently on being Loving in every moment.

It is Humanity's total embrace of LOVE, All That Exists, the Power Source and creative Intent of God, that will stabilize the New Age allowing it to grow and prosper as Divinely intended. When Love is locked out, avoided, or denied, chaos ensues and the illusion is a state of chaos.

Love is One. Separation, the illusory state in which you appear to have your existence as Humans, is chaotic because your ability to communicate is severely restricted by the limitations a Human vehicle imposes on the Divine Being who chooses to experience life from that perspective. Your free will choice to separate from your Source and from all the infinite skills and abilities that state provides meant that only chaos resulted. It was initially very exciting for you, you had brought limited skills to the illusion – the rules of the game – but they were quickly found to be inadequate, and then its chaos overwhelmed you. Your different languages, cultures, religions, skin colors, and apparent differing levels of intelligence further divided you, and meaningful communication, which had initially been difficult, became virtually impossible. Over the last few hundred years or so there have been ongoing attempts to improve humanity's living conditions, although those who had inherited power and influence strongly resisted alterations to the status quo. Nevertheless, it marked a turning of the tide, and then the nuclear devastation at the end of World War II brought the realization that either you had to find a better way to live together in peace and harmony on the planet or you were doomed to destroy yourselves.

This has not happened, and it will not!

However it remains essential that you all embrace the eternal and inextinguishable flame of Love buried deep within each one of you – and daily meditation within your quiet inner sanctuary is the way to do that – because that is the way to return to the state of Oneness that is your eternal nature. As One it is impossible that you would do anything that would harm another. It is as One that you have your eternal existence, and in that state communication is instant, clear, comprehensible, and utterly loving.

Remember, your awakening has been Divinely assured, so focus on bringing it to fruition by intending to be Loving regardless of any situation that might suggest to you that Love does not work. It does, and that is why you are moving forward so positively and determinedly to your inevitable awakening.

Your Loving Brother, Jesus.


23 August 2014 – Jesus/Sananda on the Events soon coming to Earth - Kathryn E. May

It is I, Sananda, coming to you from the Bridge of the “New Jerusalem”, the Ashtar-Command Mothership . I am here with our beloved Ashtar and his Crew, planning the next "Invasion of the Angels." We are so excited about what you are going to experience in the next few weeks, we can hardly "contain" ourselves. That is a funny idea, isn't it, since we don't have containers for bodies up here, but you get what we mean. We are laughing and “high-fiving” and dancing for joy, envisioning the expressions on your faces when you are newly prosperous and in Service to Others, free from all the restrictions of the Dark Forces, and when you then look to the skies and see our glorious armada of sparkling, dancing spaceships, advancing toward you in a beautifully choreographed two-step!

For us, it is so clear that you have already accomplished what needs to be done to win your freedom that we are planning the “Celebrations”. We understand that those of you who are watching the TV News it seems as if gruesome violence has erupted in every country, every town and every family on the Planet, but it is simply not true. The incidents you are seeing now are their “Contracts” previously made at a higher Spiritual level being fulfilled which will cause the entire World to be so sickened by all the violence that they will turn away in disgust, never to return to thoughts of conquering, dominating or overpowering anyone, EVER.

We are grateful for those who have taken on the responsibility of playing the role of Assassins and Mad Despots. They are the Ones who will turn the stomachs of the entire population of Planet Earth and thereby turn the tide towards the “Light”. It has been ever thus, Dearest Ones. Humankind has needed vivid dramatizations of cruelty in order to wake them up to the revolting travesties all around them, large and small.

Transcribed by Kathryn E. May, Aug. 23, 2014, New York


When you behave or operate from Love your true nature shines out, your unnecessary defenses dissolve, and the Love that is your nature embraces everyone with whom you connect in any way at all. And by living lovingly you are able to see the inextinguishable flame of Love burning constantly in others, which they have attempted to hide or disguise out of misplaced fear. When you embrace Love your fear just dissolves.

Saulthrough John Smallman - 7 September 2014




The Nature of the PHOTON BELT

A brief Background to the Photon Belt:

This information is given to us by a High Pleiadian Source, Satya, Astrologer, Keeper of the Records for the Pleiades and the Central Pleiadian Library of Alcyone. Alcyone not only is the Central Star of the Pleiadian Constellation, but also functions as the Great Central Star within this quadrant of the Milky-Way Galaxy for our own Solar System.

"Your Sun is spinning as the Eighth [external] Star of the Pleiadian spiral of Suns [the Pleiadian "Seven Sisters"], and the Pleiades are themselves spiraling within the Galaxy as the whole Galaxy spins on its axis. Your Solar System travels through the Photon Belt when Earth precesses the Ages of Leo and Aquarius, and then you orbit through the "Galactic Night" during all the other Zodiacal Polarities of the Great Ages - Cancer/Capricorn, Gemini/Sagittarius, Taurus/Scorpio, Aries/Libra, and Pices/Virgo. At this time, you are moving into the Photon Band as you are leaving the Age of Pices and moving into the Age of Aquarius.

"Photon Bands are 7th-Dimensional "Donuts of Light" that emanate from the vertical axis of the Galactic Center. They spin around and around through the Galactic Center into the darkness of the Galactic Night. Galactic Centers [a central Galaxy vortex that appears as a "Black Hole"] are of 9th-Dimensional pure darkness, and yet, as they spin on their axes, the astounding power of their vortexes shoots out 9th-Dimensional Galactic Synchronization Beams. These Synchronization Beams spin out of the Black-Hole Galactic Centers, torqued by the Galactic axial spin. These Beams, Belts, Axes, and horizontal planes with Black Hole vortexes in their centers are 8th-Dimension organizational systems of intelligence. In the Milky Way Galaxy, this 8th Dimensional brilliance is part of the Light that belongs to the Galactic Federation, holding the Galaxy in form by means of the "information-highway" Photon Belt/Bands. All Stars existing permanently within the several Photon Bands generate spirals that capture other Stars, and these special "Photon Stars", such as Alcyone, then function as Galactic Federation "Libraries".

"Your Sun is linked to the Pleiades by means of a spiral of Stellar Light radiating out from Alcyone. Star Light is 5th-Dimensional Light that moves out through the Stars of the Pleiades - out from Alcyone, through the Pleiadian Stars of Merope, Maya, Electra, Taygeta, Coele, and finally via Atlas to your Sun. Thus in your legends, Atlas holds Earth on His shoulders in space. Each Pleiadian Star, except Alcyone, which is located in the Photon Belt eternally, travels through the 7th-Dimensional Photon Belt for 2000 years of Earth time. Each Star in the system then travels through the Galactic Night for varying lengths of Earth time.

"The Stars close to Alcyone, such as Merope and Maya, are in the Photon Belt for more time than they are in the Galactic Night. Your Solar System spends the most time out in the Galactic Night - 11,000 years in the Dark and 2000 years in the Light. .

"See your own Solar System as a disk with the Sun in the center and all the Planets whirling around it. That disk is divided into twelve zones, the Twelve Great Ages of the Zodiac. As the Planets move through these zodiacal zones, you can locate where a Planet is in relationship to the Sun in these zones with astronomical ephemerides. For now, it is enough for you to know that Earth first partially entered the Photon Belt during the Spring Equinox of 1987 and has been steadily moving into it further - one week more each side of that entry point each year. The border of Photonic Light is currently inching across the disk of your Solar System. Earth was first in the Photon Belt from March 16 to 23 in 1987, then for three weeks in 1988. The Photonic slice in the Solar Disk increases by two weeks each year, and precisely half of your Solar System will be immersed when the Photon Belt reaches your Sun at the Winter Solstice 1998. Eventually Earth's entire orbital path will be engulfed in this tidal wave of light some time after the Winter Solstice of 2012. Eventually, the whole Solar System will be totally in the Photon Band. During the next 2000 years, it will be travelling all the way through it."

[Satya, channeled through Barbara Hand Clow, in "The Pleiadian Agenda", published 1996 by Bear & Company, Santa Fe, NM, USA.]


The Nature of "Light":

Light exists in units called Photons. Photons have no density, no charge and travel at 186,000 miles per second. At this speed of travel, Photons of Light move beyond the confines of "time." Hence, a primary component of Light is, in fact, timeless. Since your physical form has myriad Photons, you are innately a "Being of Light" hidden within an Earthen shell. Every atom in your body serves as a Sun with myriad planets rotating around it. When you think of yourself in this way, it is not a large leap of faith to realize that you are composed of uncountable Photons. Thus, a huge amount of the form that you wear is already composed of "Light".


The Nature of the PHOTON BELT:

Washta of the Regional Council of the Galactic Federation of Light on Planet Sirius B of the Sirius Star System:

"Your Solar System is presently poised to enter a vast region of Light called the Photon Belt. This Photon Belt - a huge mass of light - will be the vehicle for your restoration to Full Consciousness and for the complete transformation of your DNA and Chakra systems. These unbelievable changes will forever alter not only yourselves, but also your Planet and your Solar System. This is because the Photon Belt will move your Solar System into a higher dimension, allowing your Planet, within the Solar System, to eventually move to a new position in space closer to the Sirius Star System.

The Photon Belt, is a huge torroid-shaped object composed of "Photon Light" particles. For those who do not know what a Photon Light particle is, you should realize that it is the result of a collision between an anti-electron (positron) and an electron. This split-second collision causes the two particles to destroy each other. The resulting mass of this collision is completely converted into energy that registers as Photons or Light particles. In the first quarter of this century, an English physicist, Paul Derac, postulated that for every single particle a similar anti-particle should exist. In 1932, Dr. Carl David Anderson, who won a Nobel prize in 1936, discovered the first of these anti-particles - the positron or positive electron. By the 1950s, anti-protons as well as anti-neutrons had been discovered by your scientists.

The Photon Belt was initially discovered when a series of studies on the Pleiades were begun in the early 18th Century by the famous British Astronomer, Sir Edmund Halley. Halley is famous for the discovery of Comet Halley that seemed to prove Newton's Laws of Planetary Motion. Halley discovered that at least three of the Stars in the Pleiadean Star Group are not in the same positions as recorded in classical times by various Greek Astronomers. The difference in position had become so great by Halley's time that it was impossible to state whether the Greeks or Halley were wrong. Halley therefore concluded that the Pleiades moved within a prescribed system of motion derived from an outside source of influence.

This concept was later proved correct one century later with some astute observations by Frederick Bessel. It was his discovery that all the Stars in the Pleiades had a proper motion of approximately 5.5 seconds of arc per century. Paul Otto Hesse also studied the Pleiades and discovered that at an absolute right angle (90 degrees) to the movement of the Stars in the Pleiades, there was a Photon Belt shaped like a torroid or huge doughnut with a thickness of approximately 2,000 solar years or 759,864 billion miles. Since the results of the observations of Bessel and Hesse about the Pleiades are correct, your Earth is now completing a 24,000 to 26,000-year cycle with this Photon Belt.

As Earth is now going to enter this Photon Belt, you must know what this means to Earth's Human civilization. Many of your Astrologers as well as many of your Scientists and Historians believe that the new Millennium marks the beginning of a New Age for Humankind. To Earth's Astrologers, this New Age is the Age of Aquarius, a time for vast changes in your science, technology and your consciousness.

The Photon Belt can be divided into three sections. You will first enter through what is called the Null Zone. This procedure will take roughly 5 to 6 days to complete including approximately three days of total darkness. Following this action, you will move into the main part of the Belt itself and experience a new form of intense daylight. This journey normally lasts around 2,000 years and ends when your Solar System exits at the other end of the Belt by going through the Null Zone exit for the same 5 to 6 day period.

Surrounding the Photon Belt there is the huge barrier of the Null Zone. If you could look at the Null Zone, you would see it really contains a region of incredible energy compression. It is a place where magnetic fields are so tightly strung together that it is impossible for any type of 3rd-Dimensional magnetic field to pass through it without being altered. This fact means that the magnetic field of the Earth and your Sun must be transformed into a new type of interdimensional magnetism. You should therefore expect a change in Earth's electrical, magnetic, and gravitational fields.

Therefore, when the Photon Belt is fully manifested, it will not allow any electrical device to function. Such a development will mean that neither batteries nor electrical circuits will operate whilst Earth is in the Photon Belt. You will require a new form of energy - "Photon Energy" - to operate your former and soon-to-be altered electrical devices. By entering the Photon Belt you will be losing your Earth's former electromagnetic fields, as they will now be nullified.

This means that when you enter the Photon Belt you won't be able to utilize electrical equipment anymore. Therefore, you must begin to prepare for this major change in your lives as new forms of gravitational and electrical fields are established. You will of course have the full help of the Galactic Federation in adjusting to this. What appears to you as a loss will actually be a benefit that allows Photon Energy fields to be altered at the subatomic level and become the basic energy drivers of your Solar System. As all atoms and molecules are changed, you Earth Humans will be vastly modified in your very nature. You will become something quite different - excitingly improved - from what you presently are.

Therefore, let's go over the entire scenario of the Photon Belt experience and get an idea of what is about to happen. Your Planet will experience a great field of darkness as it approaches the Null Zone. Suddenly, the twilight level of darkness will be replaced by complete darkness. It will be as though the entire Planet has been thrown into an incredibly huge closet and the door closed behind you. The Sun will have disappeared from view and you will be unable to see stars in the pitch black sky. Day will have suddenly turned to night as the Null Zone's compression of Solar and Stellar light will blot out the Sun and even the stars.

You will know by the total darkness that you have now entered the Null Zone and begun the transformation process. As you begin to accept the shock of this utter darkness, you will find that something else has happened. Not only are you in the dark, but none of your electrical devices will work anymore. Once the pumps quit and the water tanks are empty, water will not run and toilets will not flush. Lights cannot be turned on. Cars will not start. Hence, you are now in a whole new world. Despite these incredible difficulties, something has happened to your bodies, something wonderful.

When the collapse of the Planet's electrical and magnetic fields occurs, it will also allow all atoms on Earth to be changed. The atoms in your body will be modified to form a new body - a body that is semi-Etheric [4D] - and the "Veil of Consciousness" which has hitherto limited your awareness of higher Worlds around you will be removed.

You will no longer be living in the limited 3rd-Dimensional reality. You will now be Human Beings living in the reality of the higher "Galactic Light". You will now have physical and psychic gifts that you were meant to have ever since the time you Humans first left the Lyran Constellation to spread your knowledge and guardianship throughout this Galaxy. You will have begun the process of "coming home" to the 4th and 5th Dimension.

When the atmosphere begins to compress by the second day you will experience the sensation of being compacted by the pressures from the Null Zone on Earth's gravitational field and you may as a result feel somewhat bloated in your body. This feeling of bloating will only last for about two days, however.

The next change that you will feel is coldness caused by the complete absence of the Sun. This will occur because the Sun will be undergoing a change in its interdimensional polarity which will prevent the Sun's heat from reaching Planet Earth's surface.

By this point many of the Human and other living Beings who intend to remain with the new Planet Earth – other than the "Lightworkers" who will be taken up to the Motherships for training and future service on Earth – may well have been taken into a "Stasis" mode ("suspended animation" - for more information on "Stasis", see below).

By the Third Day of change, however, you will begin to see a dawn-like glimmer surrounding your Planet. You will then have the beginnings of the "Photon effect." This Photon effect is very important because it will allow you to have a new energy source. This new energy source will permit the end of your Planet's fossil fuel dependency. It will also allow the capability for space travel since Photon drive technology is the power system for all Starships operated by the Galactic Federation.

By the Third and Fourth Day, then, you will have reached the time for your first introduction to Photon Energy, weak though it may be.

As the Fourth Day quickly draws to an end and the Fifth Day now begins, the climate will begin to warm and bright light will return."

"The Photon effect which began toward the end of the Third Day will now be in full effect. You will now be able to use Photon-beam power equipment. Every living thing will now be invigorated by the Photons streaming in from the main part of the Photon Belt. You will have entered a New Age with a new body. You will now be ready for the next phase in which your psychic abilities will be heightened by the Photon effect. These Photon energies will not only provide your bodies with maximum efficiency of energy use, but they will also be used for energizing your homes and your industries. You will have entered the Photon Age!

Space travel will now become quite simple and a preferred mode of transportation. Once you begin living in the Photon Belt you will be in a fully-realized Space Age. With the power provided by Photon beam energy, the Stars and other Planets will soon seem to be as near as a trip across town. With this new energy, it will be as easy to travel to Sirius, or any other nearby Star, as it is now to travel from California to New York. In addition, you will now have in your midst those you have long called the Extraterrestrials who are your Elder Brothers and Sisters and your Counselors and Guides during this transitional period."

[The above is an extract from the Book "You Are Becoming A Galactic Human" by Virginia Essene and Sheldon Nidle, Published 1994 by the S.E.E. Publishing Company, Santa Clara, California]




Going into STASIS

The following information on the possible placing of Humanity and other sensory Beings into a state of Stasis (suspended animation) during a period of major "Earth Changes" is extracted from the communications of Christ Michael of Nebadon and Jesus/Sananda channeled over the years by Candace Frieze and Jess Anthony on the "AbundantHope" website:

"During the initial days of the entry into the Photon Belt, when it is decided it is time to move into "STASIS" (a state of "suspended animation"), this phase will turn into a total Stasis for all animate Beings in order to alleviate their trauma of the event. Everything will pause its natural living cycle to allow us to restructure the energy parameters you expect to determine your existence. Because all energy vibration in the body has paused, the body doesn't experience any sense of time passing. The Earth is not pausing, however, and she will be continuing on with her Ascendancy with our help.  There will be a new sense of environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.

Among the effects of the full move into the Photon Belt, will be a reversal of Earth's Magnetic Poles. Earth's existing Magnetic Polarity will collapse and then reverse Earth's Magnetic Poles to refresh the direction of energy circuitry - North will become South and the Sun will rise in the West and set in the East. The fact is that Planet Earth has already become somewhat erratic in its rotation. The axis position is moving constantly, causing what you have termed a "wobble" in its rotation. Celestial bodies can then appear in slightly different places than they are scheduled to be, and their positions are thus shifted because of the position of Earth's tilt in relation to them. The more serious problem, in your terms, is the need to reverse the direction of the Earth's rotation. This is necessary to re-spin the top, as it were, and keep Earth rotating at a fresh and stable angle. This action is not a unique event in terms of planetary movements; it happens to all Planets as they reach the end of one cycle and need to begin another. This action was always planned to happen during Earth's full entry into the Photon Belt.

The length of the Stasis period is not at this point fully determined, as it will be based on observation at the time, and fixing of other issues, the necessary Earth Changes and the like. However, everything will probably pause from anywhere up from two years to four years, depending on the extent and difficulties of the "Earth Cleansing" process encountered by the Galactic Federation Teams. We will therefore be putting most of the life on the Planet into Stasis, until the Earth movements are stabilized and the air cleansed enough of carbon dioxide to awaken the animal life. Plants will benefit from the higher levels of carbon dioxide and this is useful and in fact needed. Some life forms will be evacuated during the early part, and all who are continuing the Ascension will also be evacuated after Stasis is commenced to areas of safety, only IF they are in harms way. Build-up of carbon dioxide and other chemicals will not affect bodies in Stasis.

This Stasis period will not seem like any time has passed to those continuing with the shift to a higher dimensionality. Stasis is not a sleep, it is a limbo stage where nothing progresses in the sense you have been conditioned to expect. Stasis will be introduced fairly early to avoid mass confusion, but allowing enough time for a brief "Wake-up Call" to Humanity. The Spaceships triggering this energy frequency are already stationed around the globe and are ready to begin moderating the energy levels associated with a new "paused Dimensional frequency". This shift in frequency will initially cause functions to seem to stop, although this pause is not final. The movement of energy currents that make up the Magnetic Field will appear to be at a standstill. This is so that the Reversal can happen and the currents can begin to flow in the opposite direction. This realignment is not something you should experience consciously. This shift can be dealt with more easily within a Stasis period consisting of a lack of consciousness.

The collapse of the Magnetic Field will have unpredictable effects on the delicate balance holding together the existing geophysical system of faults and internal pressure points. The pressure of the Solar Wind will be immense without the mitigating effects of the Magnetic Grid. Pressure pockets will be pushed beyond their balanced state and will erupt in earthquakes and volcanic explosions. Many of those in Stasis who do happen to be within the those areas that have to be devastated or sunken will be sent either to the Inner Earth, the Motherships or be returned to their previous Home Planets, if that is their preferred wish and intention.

The actual physical logistics of inducing the Stasis Event will be that of a large grouping of Scout craft assigned to bringing in the new frequency beam coverage throughout the Planet moving into place to cover an arc of 180 degrees. This allows the craft to move in parallel and work their way around the complete circle of the Earth, East to West, following the Sun's travel. The depth of the beam they will use is about one degree of longitude. This intense but small focus is not a problem, because they are able to move fast over their positions. It only takes a few minutes to trigger a Stasis condition in any particular place. The new frequency within the beamed energy will bring in a new vibration rate that will activate the cells to be transformed into a frequency that matches a 4D vibrational frequency. This new frequency would not be compatible with the 3D range of frequencies that make up the present structure of your physical existence. Once this frequency changes, your individual energy frequency moves into a state that has no interaction with the 3D original frequency and moves you into the 4th Dimension.

This disconnect from the current 3D frequency creates the illusion of you being "paused". Once you are "paused", so to speak, we can maneuver your energy with our new 4D range of energy frequencies. We can move you around easily and quickly, if we need to. Such energy is fast moving and we can disassemble and reassemble you with no difficulties.

Thus it will be that the people and the higher mammals will be "paused", sort of like pausing a DVD for a period of a year or more. The body molecules are slowed down a great deal in this process, and therefore the body "sleeps" without need for nourishment. Higher mammals are included and also people's pets. The cycles of biological Plant Kingdom life otherwise will continue normally on the Planet, and so will the weather.  The Soul doesn't "sleep" during this period, just the body and can still keep in touch with the Higher Realms. Do not worry about this process, as anyone living on the Planet around 1992 in fact actually went through a week of mild Stasis as we first encountered more fully the outer edges of the Photon Belt. We of the Galactic Federation were then not prepared to allow the several days of disruption to Earth's inhabitants with Photon Light that would have been so bright that it could have blinded many people.

"Lightworkers" destined to be on active service will be "beamed" (Teleported) up to the Motherships. However, they will experience more of an energy exchange than a physical lifting, as you would have probably imagined it to be. Remember your physical body here is ultimately composed of just an energy force vibrating at a specific range of frequencies. You may have the belief that it is solid, but it actually is just a moving vibrational energy of atoms. This vibrational energy carries information memory-archives [such as we know about packets of digital notation information sent through the Internet being reassembled at the other end back into their original form] and these are then used to create your individual identity characteristics. You all have an Etheric (4-5D) template that you build on to experience various interactions with other energy patterns. This is what makes it appear to you that you are physically in contact with another person. We can control the frequencies of your energy packets, so that your actual appearance is the result of the new frequency band in which you have agreed to work within.

The actual timeframe is difficult to describe. Once a particular segment of the globe goes into Stasis, time stops at that point. Midnight, for instance, is always midnight because there is no later time to measure it against. In that way, Stasis can be imposed in a way that seems almost instantaneous. The explanation doesn't seem logical, but remember that "time" is an artificial measurement you have constructed to gauge your existence linearly in your own fairly unique 3D physical Earth brand of Time known as "Linear Time".

This will be brought on during sleep and it will end as Earth's inhabitants seem to wake up the next morning of what appears to be the next day. Because all energy vibration in the body has paused, the body doesn't experience any sense of time passing. The Earth is not pausing, however, and she will be continuing on with her Ascendancy with our help.  There will be a new sense of environment when people wake up, much cleaner and more balanced and peaceful.

The plan is not to physically remove all of Earth's inhabitants and take you to Motherships or the Inner Earth cities. Most of those staying on to return to the New Earth will remain here and be transformed along with the Earth. Many others will choose to leave or will not be spiritually able to adapt to the higher dimensional frequency that will be necessary for Earth's evolution. This change must be viewed as a necessary step in a Mass Ascension during a major End of Age period. No Soul is destroyed unless he or she chooses that option; when someone ends existence on Earth, that Soul moves into another form in its progression. The inevitable grief you will experience here must be tempered by awareness and a realization of the larger picture of a Soul's evolution."

* More detailed information on a possible forthcoming "Stasis Period" scenario can be read in Christ Michael's Message of the 29 October 2010 in the "Christ Michael ATON's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan" from the Link below:



Archive of Messages by CHRIST MICHAEL & ESU/JESUS - 2005-2013

Christ Michael ATON's Earth Changes & Ascension Plan


For a Compendium-Archive of Messages from the
GALACTIC FEDERATION of LIGHT and also the Galactic Federation Regional Council on Sirius B
for the years 1997-2013

Galactic Federation of Light - Updates Archive 1997-2013


There is much valuable and interesting channeling from many Spiritual sources available at:

Lightworkers Spiritual Social Network


Steve Bekow's "The Golden Age of Gaia" Website (formerly the "2012 Scenario") is an excellent source of channelings, spiritual and "alternative non-media" news. Steve Bekow's weekly Radio Show "An Hour with an Angel" features channeled messages from the Spiritual Realms.

The Golden Age of Gaia


An Archive of channeled messages by: SaLuSa of Sirius through Michael Quinsey, The Galactic Federation Council on Sirius through Sheldan Nidle Matthew Ward and others are available at:

Galactic Channelings


For extended excerpts from "My Contact with Flying Saucers" by Dino Kraspedon and the Adamski books, click on:

"MY CONTACT WITH FLYING SAUCERS"


The Secrets of the Roswell Flying Saucer Crash in 1947: When a "Flying Saucer" crashed near Roswell, New Mexico on the 8th of July 1947, a US Air Force retrieval team was immediately sent to the site of the crash. Among them was an Air Force Senior Master Sergeant Nurse, Matilda MacElroy, who not only was given the task of attending to the sole survivor E.T. out of the two other dead crew members, but was the only person on their return to the Military Base who was able to communicate with the survivor through telepathy. As a result she was given the task of communicating with the small E.T. Being whom she was to name as "Airl", and who refused to answer any questions other than through her. After being helped by Nurse MacElroy to learn English through the use of many books on all sorts of Earth subjects over a 16 day period, Airl was to give an extraordinary telepathic message, only through Nurse MacElroy and transcribed by a Government stenographer.

This largely details the workings and influence of the evil "Old Empire"- fortunately since then much of which has been disbanded and removed, although remnants still operate on Earth - as has also been outlined in Chapter 10 of "The New Earth", Book I, in Heru's messages about the "Forces of Darkness" working within our section of the Grand Universe. Following the death 6 weeks later of the E.T. Being, brought on by electric shock treatment by US Government operatives, Nurse MacElroy was debriefed and sent into forced retirement by the US Air Force, but managed in the confusion to retain her own copy of the Transcripts of the Interviews, duplicates of the "Top Secret" transcripts also kept by the US Government, the existence of which they have never revealed to the public. 60 years later on, Mrs. MacElroy sent her copy of the Transcripts to Lawrence R. Spencer, the Author of "The Oz Factors" (which she had previously read after he had contacted her by phone in 1998) not long before her death at the age of 83. Mr Spencer has bravely published this as the book "Alien Interview" which can be freely read at the following Link:

The Official Blog for this Book, can be read at:


The truly amazing "Galactic History of Planet Earth" of over 52 million years, as drawn directly from the Akashic Records through Andrew Bartzis - "Galactic Historian" - the saga of the Timeline Wars between the Forces of Light and the Forces of Dark alternatively taking control of Planet Earth - these can be listened to as 20 Videos of interviews by Lance White at Mt. Shasta during the 2013 Summer Solstice period, or downloaded as Text Transcripts, from the following Link:

"OUR GALACTIC HISTORY" through ANDREW BARTZIS - Galactic Historian


A detailed description by an E.T. Healer Crew Member of the Neptune Mothership of its Healing Chambers:

Healing Chambers of the Neptune Mothership


THE EXPLORER RACE on EARTH

A series of Books on Earth's "Explorer Race", available in 17 Volumes. Channeled through Robert Shapiro, with interviews of the Cosmic Creator, His close Associate, Zoosh, various Planetary Beings, Assistants of Creator and other multi-dimensional Entities, by the highly-evolved "Walk-in" Old Soul, Melody O'Ryin Swanson.


THE ANDROMEDA COUNCIL
and their "War of Liberation" to save Planet Earth from the negative Orion Greys and Draco Reptilians

The Andromeda Council


IlliaEm Elohim of Arcturus: “THE ALCHEMY OF CREATION”

IlliaEm Elohim of Arcturus - "The Alchemy of Creation"


You can learn about the amazing background to our whole vast Creation, ranging from the Grand Universe's ruling Trinity of the Father Creator, His Son and the Holy Spirit Mother, their abode on the central Paradise Island, of the surrounding Central Universe of Havona and of the further Seven Super Universes also orbiting the Central Universe, and of our own Seventh SuperUniverse of Orvonton in which our Milky Way Galaxy/Local Universe of Nebadon and our Planet Earth reside. It also goes on to the creation and early History of our Planet Urantia (the original name for Planet Earth), all available in a free online version of "The Urantia Book" from the following Link:

The Urantia Book was first given to Earth by Celestial Messengers in 1934 and is over 2000 pages in length and has sold well over 600,000 copies. The final part of the Book also gives us a true and detailed Life and Teachings of the final "Bestowal Incarnation" on our little known Planet Urantia/Earth by the Creator Son MICHAEL of Nebadon in a joint incarnation with Esu/Sananda as "Jesus Christ" in Palestine. This final "Seventh Bestowal Incarnation" on a mortal world of his own choosing within his Local Universe, gave the Creator Son MICHAEL at last the right to move on from simply acting as "Regent of Nebadon" on behalf of his Trinity Father, to assuming the full powers of rulership and the title: "Sovereign of the Local Universe of Nebadon".


The INNER EARTH & Realm of Aghartha
Voyages of discovery to the Inner Earth


THE ASHTAR COMMAND through Tuella
The Ashtar Command Books, given through Tuella (Thelma Terrell) in the late 1980's, gives us a most valuable insight into the coming Earth Changes and Ascension of Planet Earth, and of the assistance to be given to us by the Ashtar Command Fleet in conjunction with the Galactic Federation. The Ashtar Command "Mission" outlined in these Books remains still largely relevant within the Galactic Federation's current methods of operating. The full texts of these Books are freely available from the following Links:

ASHTAR COMMAND - PROJECT: WORLD EVACUATION
This book gives us much information about the possible Earth Changes and methods of mass-evacuation procedures by the Ashtar Command Fleet of Mother Ships which are at present in a protective orbit around Planet Earth.

For the full book text, click on
"ASHTAR - Project: World Evacuation"

ASHTAR - A Tribute compiled by Tuella.
This second Ashtar Command Book is a compilation by Tuella of further messages from Ashtar and The Ashtar Command.

For the full book text, click on
"ASHTAR - A Tribute"

Principle of Liberty

THE PRINCIPLE OF LIBERTY
A new direction in politics

This book takes a new and wide view of politics, looking first at the basic purpose of government, then scanning the history of political development over a thousand years. Beginning with Autocracy, or rule by dictator, we progressed to Democracy, or rule by majority, which is certainly an improvement over dictatorship. And yet we are witnessing a growing conviction today that there is a "right" and a "wrong" in Law irrespective of the will of the Majority, or of Parliaments or their Representatives.

The concept of "Right Law" or "Natural Law" is not new. In early Greek and Roman times, throughout the Middle Ages in Britain and well into the 1800s in Britain and the USA it was widely held that there is a "right" and a "wrong" in Law, it being the duty of Legislators and political thinkers to seek out the "right" in the continuously changing circumstances of a developing civilization.

The Principle of Liberty is the title, both of the book, and of the Principle that "we should all be free up to, but never beyond the point where the freedom of one actively intrudes upon the freedom of others". It is a Principle which in its simplicity reflects the essence of "Natural Law"; it is as old as Human conscience, and lies at the heart of English "Common Law".

Can this one single Principle be used as a basis for all Legislation required in today's complex world? The final section of this book deals with Legislation in the three major areas of: Economics and Commerce, Resources Use, and Personal Liberty. It shows that good laws, stability and prosperity can indeed result from the application of this Principle; additionally, Government can be held accountable for its Laws, its productivity and its finances.

Available also in PDF format: The Principle of Liberty

The Economics of Prosperity


Regional Development Banks established specifically to provide longterm investment for industry and infrastructure can create jobs and industries NOW, with genuine, repayable investment loans.

The absence of a fair and sustainable work-reward relationship creates inflation and monetary instability. Job-evaluated pay is already a reality in major companies. The combination of Pay, Profit and Price Evaluation can guarantee a fair day's pay, rising productivity, full employment, and a stable monetary unit.

Maximizing productivity must become a nationwide objective, especially in Government as the nation's biggest employer and its least productive.



DOWN LOAD THE BOOK
(PDF - 20 pages)
The Politics of Liberty


Politics as we know it today consists of two "sides": Red and Blue, Socialism and Conservatism, each trying to secure gains for its own supporters at the expense of the others. The result is confrontation, stalemate and ultimately dysfunctionality, while Government takes an ever-increasing share of citizens' hard-earned incomes.

Government popularity is at an all-time low, as is confidence that it can solve our current problems of recession, growing environmental degradation, and the dramatic failure of our banking and financial systems. The need is clear for a fundamental re-invention of Politics, based not on sectional advantage but on a policy of mutual respect, clearly defined fairness and justice, and maximum liberty for all, administered by a financially disciplined Government.

DOWN LOAD THE BOOK
(PDF - 15 pages)
The Supremacy of Constitution


No people should give Governments power over them, without first setting conditions on the use of that power. Such is the purpose of Constitution.

Governments govern people, Constitutions govern Governments, by establishing procedures, obligations, and perhaps most importantly, limitations on the powers of the Government.

If we are not to drift slowly and surely, ever deeper into debt and dictatorship, the issues of Constitution, its Provisions, its Supreme Status in the process of governance, and the provision for periodic and necessary Amendment must be given urgent and serious consideration.




DOWN LOAD THE BOOK
(PDF - 13 pages)



THE NEW EARTH

Book II: THE EARTH CHANGES
18th Edition (revised): Copyright 2014 by
Lawrence & Michael Sartorius
with the exception of credited quotations.
Use of the above copyrighted material is freely given by the Authors.
Contact may be made at:
arton@thenewearth.org

This document is one of three Books; a Trilogy collectively entitled
THE NEW EARTH
Earth Changes and the Ascension of Planet Earth.

Its three component volumes are as follows:
Bk.I: THE HIGHER KNOWLEDGE;
Bk.II: THE EARTH CHANGES;
Bk.III: LIFE IN THE NEW AGE.
All three volumes can be fully accessed from
THE NEW EARTH

Full details of books quoted in all three volumes
plus some other recommended titles will be found in our

NEW AGE BOOKLIST

For some additional New Earth-related material, please check our
NEW EARTH READER

www.Arton.co